medialive

package
v1.38.63 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Jun 16, 2021 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 11 Imported by: 56

Documentation

Overview

Package medialive provides the client and types for making API requests to AWS Elemental MediaLive.

API for AWS Elemental MediaLive

See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14 for more information on this service.

See medialive package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/medialive/

Using the Client

To contact AWS Elemental MediaLive with the SDK use the New function to create a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. These clients are safe to use concurrently.

See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/

See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config

See the AWS Elemental MediaLive client MediaLive for more information on creating client for this service. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/medialive/#New

Index

Constants

View Source 
const (
	// AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix is a AacCodingMode enum value
	AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX"

	// AacCodingModeCodingMode10 is a AacCodingMode enum value
	AacCodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0"

	// AacCodingModeCodingMode11 is a AacCodingMode enum value
	AacCodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1"

	// AacCodingModeCodingMode20 is a AacCodingMode enum value
	AacCodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0"

	// AacCodingModeCodingMode51 is a AacCodingMode enum value
	AacCodingModeCodingMode51 = "CODING_MODE_5_1"
)

Aac Coding Mode

View Source 
const (
	// AacInputTypeBroadcasterMixedAd is a AacInputType enum value
	AacInputTypeBroadcasterMixedAd = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD"

	// AacInputTypeNormal is a AacInputType enum value
	AacInputTypeNormal = "NORMAL"
)

Aac Input Type

View Source 
const (
	// AacProfileHev1 is a AacProfile enum value
	AacProfileHev1 = "HEV1"

	// AacProfileHev2 is a AacProfile enum value
	AacProfileHev2 = "HEV2"

	// AacProfileLc is a AacProfile enum value
	AacProfileLc = "LC"
)

Aac Profile

View Source 
const (
	// AacRateControlModeCbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value
	AacRateControlModeCbr = "CBR"

	// AacRateControlModeVbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value
	AacRateControlModeVbr = "VBR"
)

Aac Rate Control Mode

View Source 
const (
	// AacRawFormatLatmLoas is a AacRawFormat enum value
	AacRawFormatLatmLoas = "LATM_LOAS"

	// AacRawFormatNone is a AacRawFormat enum value
	AacRawFormatNone = "NONE"
)

Aac Raw Format

View Source 
const (
	// AacSpecMpeg2 is a AacSpec enum value
	AacSpecMpeg2 = "MPEG2"

	// AacSpecMpeg4 is a AacSpec enum value
	AacSpecMpeg4 = "MPEG4"
)

Aac Spec

View Source 
const (
	// AacVbrQualityHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value
	AacVbrQualityHigh = "HIGH"

	// AacVbrQualityLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value
	AacVbrQualityLow = "LOW"

	// AacVbrQualityMediumHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value
	AacVbrQualityMediumHigh = "MEDIUM_HIGH"

	// AacVbrQualityMediumLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value
	AacVbrQualityMediumLow = "MEDIUM_LOW"
)

Aac Vbr Quality

View Source 
const (
	// Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY"

	// Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN"

	// Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue = "DIALOGUE"

	// Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY"

	// Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"

	// Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects = "MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS"

	// Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"

	// Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver = "VOICE_OVER"
)

Ac3 Bitstream Mode

View Source 
const (
	// Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0"

	// Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1"

	// Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0"

	// Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe is a Ac3CodingMode enum value
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe = "CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE"
)

Ac3 Coding Mode

View Source 
const (
	// Ac3DrcProfileFilmStandard is a Ac3DrcProfile enum value
	Ac3DrcProfileFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD"

	// Ac3DrcProfileNone is a Ac3DrcProfile enum value
	Ac3DrcProfileNone = "NONE"
)

Ac3 Drc Profile

View Source 
const (
	// Ac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value
	Ac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// Ac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value
	Ac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Ac3 Lfe Filter

View Source 
const (
	// Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value
	Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT"

	// Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value
	Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Ac3 Metadata Control

View Source 
const (
	// AfdSignalingAuto is a AfdSignaling enum value
	AfdSignalingAuto = "AUTO"

	// AfdSignalingFixed is a AfdSignaling enum value
	AfdSignalingFixed = "FIXED"

	// AfdSignalingNone is a AfdSignaling enum value
	AfdSignalingNone = "NONE"
)

Afd Signaling

View Source 
const (
	// AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlFollowInput is a AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl enum value
	AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT"

	// AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlUseConfigured is a AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl enum value
	AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Audio Description Audio Type Control

View Source 
const (
	// AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlFollowInput is a AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl enum value
	AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT"

	// AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured is a AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl enum value
	AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Audio Description Language Code Control

View Source 
const (
	// AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyLoose is a AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy enum value
	AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyLoose = "LOOSE"

	// AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyStrict is a AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy enum value
	AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyStrict = "STRICT"
)

Audio Language Selection Policy

View Source 
const (
	// AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17701 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17701 = "ITU_1770_1"

	// AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17702 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17702 = "ITU_1770_2"
)

Audio Normalization Algorithm

View Source 
const (
	// AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeAac is a AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType enum value
	AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeAac = "AAC"

	// AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeFmp4 is a AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType enum value
	AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeFmp4 = "FMP4"
)

Audio Only Hls Segment Type

View Source 
const (
	// AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value
	AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT"

	// AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value
	AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT"

	// AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value
	AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT"

	// AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value
	AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM"
)

Audio Only Hls Track Type

View Source 
const (
	// AudioTypeCleanEffects is a AudioType enum value
	AudioTypeCleanEffects = "CLEAN_EFFECTS"

	// AudioTypeHearingImpaired is a AudioType enum value
	AudioTypeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"

	// AudioTypeUndefined is a AudioType enum value
	AudioTypeUndefined = "UNDEFINED"

	// AudioTypeVisualImpairedCommentary is a AudioType enum value
	AudioTypeVisualImpairedCommentary = "VISUAL_IMPAIRED_COMMENTARY"
)

Audio Type

View Source 
const (
	// AuthenticationSchemeAkamai is a AuthenticationScheme enum value
	AuthenticationSchemeAkamai = "AKAMAI"

	// AuthenticationSchemeCommon is a AuthenticationScheme enum value
	AuthenticationSchemeCommon = "COMMON"
)

Authentication Scheme

View Source 
const (
	// AvailBlankingStateDisabled is a AvailBlankingState enum value
	AvailBlankingStateDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// AvailBlankingStateEnabled is a AvailBlankingState enum value
	AvailBlankingStateEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Avail Blanking State

View Source 
const (
	// BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutDisabled is a BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout enum value
	BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutEnabled is a BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout enum value
	BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Blackout Slate Network End Blackout

View Source 
const (
	// BlackoutSlateStateDisabled is a BlackoutSlateState enum value
	BlackoutSlateStateDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// BlackoutSlateStateEnabled is a BlackoutSlateState enum value
	BlackoutSlateStateEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Blackout Slate State

View Source 
const (
	// BurnInAlignmentCentered is a BurnInAlignment enum value
	BurnInAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED"

	// BurnInAlignmentLeft is a BurnInAlignment enum value
	BurnInAlignmentLeft = "LEFT"

	// BurnInAlignmentSmart is a BurnInAlignment enum value
	BurnInAlignmentSmart = "SMART"
)

Burn In Alignment

View Source 
const (
	// BurnInBackgroundColorBlack is a BurnInBackgroundColor enum value
	BurnInBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK"

	// BurnInBackgroundColorNone is a BurnInBackgroundColor enum value
	BurnInBackgroundColorNone = "NONE"

	// BurnInBackgroundColorWhite is a BurnInBackgroundColor enum value
	BurnInBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE"
)

Burn In Background Color

View Source 
const (
	// BurnInFontColorBlack is a BurnInFontColor enum value
	BurnInFontColorBlack = "BLACK"

	// BurnInFontColorBlue is a BurnInFontColor enum value
	BurnInFontColorBlue = "BLUE"

	// BurnInFontColorGreen is a BurnInFontColor enum value
	BurnInFontColorGreen = "GREEN"

	// BurnInFontColorRed is a BurnInFontColor enum value
	BurnInFontColorRed = "RED"

	// BurnInFontColorWhite is a BurnInFontColor enum value
	BurnInFontColorWhite = "WHITE"

	// BurnInFontColorYellow is a BurnInFontColor enum value
	BurnInFontColorYellow = "YELLOW"
)

Burn In Font Color

View Source 
const (
	// BurnInOutlineColorBlack is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value
	BurnInOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK"

	// BurnInOutlineColorBlue is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value
	BurnInOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE"

	// BurnInOutlineColorGreen is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value
	BurnInOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN"

	// BurnInOutlineColorRed is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value
	BurnInOutlineColorRed = "RED"

	// BurnInOutlineColorWhite is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value
	BurnInOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE"

	// BurnInOutlineColorYellow is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value
	BurnInOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW"
)

Burn In Outline Color

View Source 
const (
	// BurnInShadowColorBlack is a BurnInShadowColor enum value
	BurnInShadowColorBlack = "BLACK"

	// BurnInShadowColorNone is a BurnInShadowColor enum value
	BurnInShadowColorNone = "NONE"

	// BurnInShadowColorWhite is a BurnInShadowColor enum value
	BurnInShadowColorWhite = "WHITE"
)

Burn In Shadow Color

View Source 
const (
	// BurnInTeletextGridControlFixed is a BurnInTeletextGridControl enum value
	BurnInTeletextGridControlFixed = "FIXED"

	// BurnInTeletextGridControlScaled is a BurnInTeletextGridControl enum value
	BurnInTeletextGridControlScaled = "SCALED"
)

Burn In Teletext Grid Control

View Source 
const (
	// CdiInputResolutionSd is a CdiInputResolution enum value
	CdiInputResolutionSd = "SD"

	// CdiInputResolutionHd is a CdiInputResolution enum value
	CdiInputResolutionHd = "HD"

	// CdiInputResolutionFhd is a CdiInputResolution enum value
	CdiInputResolutionFhd = "FHD"

	// CdiInputResolutionUhd is a CdiInputResolution enum value
	CdiInputResolutionUhd = "UHD"
)

Maximum CDI input resolution; SD is 480i and 576i up to 30 frames-per-second (fps), HD is 720p up to 60 fps / 1080i up to 30 fps, FHD is 1080p up to 60 fps, UHD is 2160p up to 60 fps

View Source 
const (
	// ChannelClassStandard is a ChannelClass enum value
	ChannelClassStandard = "STANDARD"

	// ChannelClassSinglePipeline is a ChannelClass enum value
	ChannelClassSinglePipeline = "SINGLE_PIPELINE"
)

A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel only has one.

View Source 
const (
	// ChannelStateCreating is a ChannelState enum value
	ChannelStateCreating = "CREATING"

	// ChannelStateCreateFailed is a ChannelState enum value
	ChannelStateCreateFailed = "CREATE_FAILED"

	// ChannelStateIdle is a ChannelState enum value
	ChannelStateIdle = "IDLE"

	// ChannelStateStarting is a ChannelState enum value
	ChannelStateStarting = "STARTING"

	// ChannelStateRunning is a ChannelState enum value
	ChannelStateRunning = "RUNNING"

	// ChannelStateRecovering is a ChannelState enum value
	ChannelStateRecovering = "RECOVERING"

	// ChannelStateStopping is a ChannelState enum value
	ChannelStateStopping = "STOPPING"

	// ChannelStateDeleting is a ChannelState enum value
	ChannelStateDeleting = "DELETING"

	// ChannelStateDeleted is a ChannelState enum value
	ChannelStateDeleted = "DELETED"

	// ChannelStateUpdating is a ChannelState enum value
	ChannelStateUpdating = "UPDATING"

	// ChannelStateUpdateFailed is a ChannelState enum value
	ChannelStateUpdateFailed = "UPDATE_FAILED"
)
View Source 
const (
	// DeviceSettingsSyncStateSynced is a DeviceSettingsSyncState enum value
	DeviceSettingsSyncStateSynced = "SYNCED"

	// DeviceSettingsSyncStateSyncing is a DeviceSettingsSyncState enum value
	DeviceSettingsSyncStateSyncing = "SYNCING"
)

The status of the action to synchronize the device configuration. If you change the configuration of the input device (for example, the maximum bitrate), MediaLive sends the new data to the device. The device might not update itself immediately. SYNCED means the device has updated its configuration. SYNCING means that it has not updated its configuration.

View Source 
const (
	// DeviceUpdateStatusUpToDate is a DeviceUpdateStatus enum value
	DeviceUpdateStatusUpToDate = "UP_TO_DATE"

	// DeviceUpdateStatusNotUpToDate is a DeviceUpdateStatus enum value
	DeviceUpdateStatusNotUpToDate = "NOT_UP_TO_DATE"
)

The status of software on the input device.

View Source 
const (
	// DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollow is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value
	DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollow = "SDT_FOLLOW"

	// DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value
	DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent = "SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT"

	// DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtManual is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value
	DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtManual = "SDT_MANUAL"

	// DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtNone is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value
	DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtNone = "SDT_NONE"
)

Dvb Sdt Output Sdt

View Source 
const (
	// DvbSubDestinationAlignmentCentered is a DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum value
	DvbSubDestinationAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED"

	// DvbSubDestinationAlignmentLeft is a DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum value
	DvbSubDestinationAlignmentLeft = "LEFT"

	// DvbSubDestinationAlignmentSmart is a DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum value
	DvbSubDestinationAlignmentSmart = "SMART"
)

Dvb Sub Destination Alignment

View Source 
const (
	// DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK"

	// DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorNone is a DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorNone = "NONE"

	// DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE"
)

Dvb Sub Destination Background Color

View Source 
const (
	// DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlack = "BLACK"

	// DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlue is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlue = "BLUE"

	// DvbSubDestinationFontColorGreen is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationFontColorGreen = "GREEN"

	// DvbSubDestinationFontColorRed is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationFontColorRed = "RED"

	// DvbSubDestinationFontColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationFontColorWhite = "WHITE"

	// DvbSubDestinationFontColorYellow is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationFontColorYellow = "YELLOW"
)

Dvb Sub Destination Font Color

View Source 
const (
	// DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK"

	// DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlue is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE"

	// DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorGreen is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN"

	// DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorRed is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorRed = "RED"

	// DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE"

	// DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorYellow is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW"
)

Dvb Sub Destination Outline Color

View Source 
const (
	// DvbSubDestinationShadowColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationShadowColorBlack = "BLACK"

	// DvbSubDestinationShadowColorNone is a DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationShadowColorNone = "NONE"

	// DvbSubDestinationShadowColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum value
	DvbSubDestinationShadowColorWhite = "WHITE"
)

Dvb Sub Destination Shadow Color

View Source 
const (
	// DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlFixed is a DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl enum value
	DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlFixed = "FIXED"

	// DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlScaled is a DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl enum value
	DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlScaled = "SCALED"
)

Dvb Sub Destination Teletext Grid Control

View Source 
const (
	// DvbSubOcrLanguageDeu is a DvbSubOcrLanguage enum value
	DvbSubOcrLanguageDeu = "DEU"

	// DvbSubOcrLanguageEng is a DvbSubOcrLanguage enum value
	DvbSubOcrLanguageEng = "ENG"

	// DvbSubOcrLanguageFra is a DvbSubOcrLanguage enum value
	DvbSubOcrLanguageFra = "FRA"

	// DvbSubOcrLanguageNld is a DvbSubOcrLanguage enum value
	DvbSubOcrLanguageNld = "NLD"

	// DvbSubOcrLanguagePor is a DvbSubOcrLanguage enum value
	DvbSubOcrLanguagePor = "POR"

	// DvbSubOcrLanguageSpa is a DvbSubOcrLanguage enum value
	DvbSubOcrLanguageSpa = "SPA"
)

Dvb Sub Ocr Language

View Source 
const (
	// Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value
	Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db = "ATTENUATE_3_DB"

	// Eac3AttenuationControlNone is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value
	Eac3AttenuationControlNone = "NONE"
)

Eac3 Attenuation Control

View Source 
const (
	// Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY"

	// Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN"

	// Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY"

	// Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"

	// Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"
)

Eac3 Bitstream Mode

View Source 
const (
	// Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0"

	// Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0"

	// Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 = "CODING_MODE_3_2"
)

Eac3 Coding Mode

View Source 
const (
	// Eac3DcFilterDisabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value
	Eac3DcFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// Eac3DcFilterEnabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value
	Eac3DcFilterEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Eac3 Dc Filter

View Source 
const (
	// Eac3DrcLineFilmLight is a Eac3DrcLine enum value
	Eac3DrcLineFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT"

	// Eac3DrcLineFilmStandard is a Eac3DrcLine enum value
	Eac3DrcLineFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD"

	// Eac3DrcLineMusicLight is a Eac3DrcLine enum value
	Eac3DrcLineMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT"

	// Eac3DrcLineMusicStandard is a Eac3DrcLine enum value
	Eac3DrcLineMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD"

	// Eac3DrcLineNone is a Eac3DrcLine enum value
	Eac3DrcLineNone = "NONE"

	// Eac3DrcLineSpeech is a Eac3DrcLine enum value
	Eac3DrcLineSpeech = "SPEECH"
)

Eac3 Drc Line

View Source 
const (
	// Eac3DrcRfFilmLight is a Eac3DrcRf enum value
	Eac3DrcRfFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT"

	// Eac3DrcRfFilmStandard is a Eac3DrcRf enum value
	Eac3DrcRfFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD"

	// Eac3DrcRfMusicLight is a Eac3DrcRf enum value
	Eac3DrcRfMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT"

	// Eac3DrcRfMusicStandard is a Eac3DrcRf enum value
	Eac3DrcRfMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD"

	// Eac3DrcRfNone is a Eac3DrcRf enum value
	Eac3DrcRfNone = "NONE"

	// Eac3DrcRfSpeech is a Eac3DrcRf enum value
	Eac3DrcRfSpeech = "SPEECH"
)

Eac3 Drc Rf

View Source 
const (
	// Eac3LfeControlLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value
	Eac3LfeControlLfe = "LFE"

	// Eac3LfeControlNoLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value
	Eac3LfeControlNoLfe = "NO_LFE"
)

Eac3 Lfe Control

View Source 
const (
	// Eac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value
	Eac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// Eac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value
	Eac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Eac3 Lfe Filter

View Source 
const (
	// Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value
	Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT"

	// Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value
	Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Eac3 Metadata Control

View Source 
const (
	// Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value
	Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"

	// Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value
	Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible = "WHEN_POSSIBLE"
)

Eac3 Passthrough Control

View Source 
const (
	// Eac3PhaseControlNoShift is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value
	Eac3PhaseControlNoShift = "NO_SHIFT"

	// Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value
	Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees = "SHIFT_90_DEGREES"
)

Eac3 Phase Control

View Source 
const (
	// Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value
	Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 = "DPL2"

	// Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value
	Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo = "LO_RO"

	// Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value
	Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt = "LT_RT"

	// Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value
	Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED"
)

Eac3 Stereo Downmix

View Source 
const (
	// Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value
	Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value
	Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value
	Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED"
)

Eac3 Surround Ex Mode

View Source 
const (
	// Eac3SurroundModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value
	Eac3SurroundModeDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// Eac3SurroundModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value
	Eac3SurroundModeEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value
	Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED"
)

Eac3 Surround Mode

View Source 
const (
	// EbuTtDDestinationStyleControlExclude is a EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl enum value
	EbuTtDDestinationStyleControlExclude = "EXCLUDE"

	// EbuTtDDestinationStyleControlInclude is a EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl enum value
	EbuTtDDestinationStyleControlInclude = "INCLUDE"
)

Ebu Tt DDestination Style Control

View Source 
const (
	// EbuTtDFillLineGapControlDisabled is a EbuTtDFillLineGapControl enum value
	EbuTtDFillLineGapControlDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// EbuTtDFillLineGapControlEnabled is a EbuTtDFillLineGapControl enum value
	EbuTtDFillLineGapControlEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Ebu Tt DFill Line Gap Control

View Source 
const (
	// EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value
	EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED"

	// EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value
	EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT"
)

Embedded Convert608 To708

View Source 
const (
	// EmbeddedScte20DetectionAuto is a EmbeddedScte20Detection enum value
	EmbeddedScte20DetectionAuto = "AUTO"

	// EmbeddedScte20DetectionOff is a EmbeddedScte20Detection enum value
	EmbeddedScte20DetectionOff = "OFF"
)

Embedded Scte20 Detection

View Source 
const (
	// FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActionsDisabled is a FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions enum value
	FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActionsDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActionsEnabled is a FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions enum value
	FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActionsEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Feature Activations Input Prepare Schedule Actions

View Source 
const (
	// FecOutputIncludeFecColumn is a FecOutputIncludeFec enum value
	FecOutputIncludeFecColumn = "COLUMN"

	// FecOutputIncludeFecColumnAndRow is a FecOutputIncludeFec enum value
	FecOutputIncludeFecColumnAndRow = "COLUMN_AND_ROW"
)

Fec Output Include Fec

View Source 
const (
	// FixedAfdAfd0000 is a FixedAfd enum value
	FixedAfdAfd0000 = "AFD_0000"

	// FixedAfdAfd0010 is a FixedAfd enum value
	FixedAfdAfd0010 = "AFD_0010"

	// FixedAfdAfd0011 is a FixedAfd enum value
	FixedAfdAfd0011 = "AFD_0011"

	// FixedAfdAfd0100 is a FixedAfd enum value
	FixedAfdAfd0100 = "AFD_0100"

	// FixedAfdAfd1000 is a FixedAfd enum value
	FixedAfdAfd1000 = "AFD_1000"

	// FixedAfdAfd1001 is a FixedAfd enum value
	FixedAfdAfd1001 = "AFD_1001"

	// FixedAfdAfd1010 is a FixedAfd enum value
	FixedAfdAfd1010 = "AFD_1010"

	// FixedAfdAfd1011 is a FixedAfd enum value
	FixedAfdAfd1011 = "AFD_1011"

	// FixedAfdAfd1101 is a FixedAfd enum value
	FixedAfdAfd1101 = "AFD_1101"

	// FixedAfdAfd1110 is a FixedAfd enum value
	FixedAfdAfd1110 = "AFD_1110"

	// FixedAfdAfd1111 is a FixedAfd enum value
	FixedAfdAfd1111 = "AFD_1111"
)

Fixed Afd

View Source 
const (
	// Fmp4NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough is a Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior enum value
	Fmp4NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"

	// Fmp4NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough is a Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior enum value
	Fmp4NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Fmp4 Nielsen Id3 Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// Fmp4TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough is a Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior enum value
	Fmp4TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"

	// Fmp4TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough is a Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior enum value
	Fmp4TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Fmp4 Timed Metadata Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// FollowPointEnd is a FollowPoint enum value
	FollowPointEnd = "END"

	// FollowPointStart is a FollowPoint enum value
	FollowPointStart = "START"
)

Follow reference point.

View Source 
const (
	// FrameCaptureIntervalUnitMilliseconds is a FrameCaptureIntervalUnit enum value
	FrameCaptureIntervalUnitMilliseconds = "MILLISECONDS"

	// FrameCaptureIntervalUnitSeconds is a FrameCaptureIntervalUnit enum value
	FrameCaptureIntervalUnitSeconds = "SECONDS"
)

Frame Capture Interval Unit

View Source 
const (
	// GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionNone is a GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction enum value
	GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionNone = "NONE"

	// GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionSwitchAndLoopInputs is a GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction enum value
	GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionSwitchAndLoopInputs = "SWITCH_AND_LOOP_INPUTS"
)

Global Configuration Input End Action

View Source 
const (
	// GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsDisabled is a GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs enum value
	GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsEnabled is a GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs enum value
	GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Global Configuration Low Framerate Inputs

View Source 
const (
	// GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModeEpochLocking is a GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode enum value
	GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModeEpochLocking = "EPOCH_LOCKING"

	// GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModePipelineLocking is a GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode enum value
	GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModePipelineLocking = "PIPELINE_LOCKING"
)

Global Configuration Output Locking Mode

View Source 
const (
	// GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceInputClock is a GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource enum value
	GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceInputClock = "INPUT_CLOCK"

	// GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceSystemClock is a GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource enum value
	GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceSystemClock = "SYSTEM_CLOCK"
)

Global Configuration Output Timing Source

View Source 
const (
	// H264AdaptiveQuantizationAuto is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationAuto = "AUTO"

	// H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH"

	// H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER"

	// H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW"

	// H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX"

	// H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM"

	// H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF"
)

H264 Adaptive Quantization

View Source 
const (
	// H264ColorMetadataIgnore is a H264ColorMetadata enum value
	H264ColorMetadataIgnore = "IGNORE"

	// H264ColorMetadataInsert is a H264ColorMetadata enum value
	H264ColorMetadataInsert = "INSERT"
)

H264 Color Metadata

View Source 
const (
	// H264EntropyEncodingCabac is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value
	H264EntropyEncodingCabac = "CABAC"

	// H264EntropyEncodingCavlc is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value
	H264EntropyEncodingCavlc = "CAVLC"
)

H264 Entropy Encoding

View Source 
const (
	// H264FlickerAqDisabled is a H264FlickerAq enum value
	H264FlickerAqDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H264FlickerAqEnabled is a H264FlickerAq enum value
	H264FlickerAqEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

H264 Flicker Aq

View Source 
const (
	// H264ForceFieldPicturesDisabled is a H264ForceFieldPictures enum value
	H264ForceFieldPicturesDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H264ForceFieldPicturesEnabled is a H264ForceFieldPictures enum value
	H264ForceFieldPicturesEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

H264 Force Field Pictures

View Source 
const (
	// H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a H264FramerateControl enum value
	H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// H264FramerateControlSpecified is a H264FramerateControl enum value
	H264FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

H264 Framerate Control

View Source 
const (
	// H264GopBReferenceDisabled is a H264GopBReference enum value
	H264GopBReferenceDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H264GopBReferenceEnabled is a H264GopBReference enum value
	H264GopBReferenceEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

H264 Gop BReference

View Source 
const (
	// H264GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value
	H264GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES"

	// H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value
	H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS"
)

H264 Gop Size Units

View Source 
const (
	// H264LevelH264Level1 is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264Level1 = "H264_LEVEL_1"

	// H264LevelH264Level11 is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264Level11 = "H264_LEVEL_1_1"

	// H264LevelH264Level12 is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264Level12 = "H264_LEVEL_1_2"

	// H264LevelH264Level13 is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264Level13 = "H264_LEVEL_1_3"

	// H264LevelH264Level2 is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264Level2 = "H264_LEVEL_2"

	// H264LevelH264Level21 is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264Level21 = "H264_LEVEL_2_1"

	// H264LevelH264Level22 is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264Level22 = "H264_LEVEL_2_2"

	// H264LevelH264Level3 is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264Level3 = "H264_LEVEL_3"

	// H264LevelH264Level31 is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264Level31 = "H264_LEVEL_3_1"

	// H264LevelH264Level32 is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264Level32 = "H264_LEVEL_3_2"

	// H264LevelH264Level4 is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264Level4 = "H264_LEVEL_4"

	// H264LevelH264Level41 is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264Level41 = "H264_LEVEL_4_1"

	// H264LevelH264Level42 is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264Level42 = "H264_LEVEL_4_2"

	// H264LevelH264Level5 is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264Level5 = "H264_LEVEL_5"

	// H264LevelH264Level51 is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264Level51 = "H264_LEVEL_5_1"

	// H264LevelH264Level52 is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264Level52 = "H264_LEVEL_5_2"

	// H264LevelH264LevelAuto is a H264Level enum value
	H264LevelH264LevelAuto = "H264_LEVEL_AUTO"
)

H264 Level

View Source 
const (
	// H264LookAheadRateControlHigh is a H264LookAheadRateControl enum value
	H264LookAheadRateControlHigh = "HIGH"

	// H264LookAheadRateControlLow is a H264LookAheadRateControl enum value
	H264LookAheadRateControlLow = "LOW"

	// H264LookAheadRateControlMedium is a H264LookAheadRateControl enum value
	H264LookAheadRateControlMedium = "MEDIUM"
)

H264 Look Ahead Rate Control

View Source 
const (
	// H264ParControlInitializeFromSource is a H264ParControl enum value
	H264ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// H264ParControlSpecified is a H264ParControl enum value
	H264ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

H264 Par Control

View Source 
const (
	// H264ProfileBaseline is a H264Profile enum value
	H264ProfileBaseline = "BASELINE"

	// H264ProfileHigh is a H264Profile enum value
	H264ProfileHigh = "HIGH"

	// H264ProfileHigh10bit is a H264Profile enum value
	H264ProfileHigh10bit = "HIGH_10BIT"

	// H264ProfileHigh422 is a H264Profile enum value
	H264ProfileHigh422 = "HIGH_422"

	// H264ProfileHigh42210bit is a H264Profile enum value
	H264ProfileHigh42210bit = "HIGH_422_10BIT"

	// H264ProfileMain is a H264Profile enum value
	H264ProfileMain = "MAIN"
)

H264 Profile

View Source 
const (
	// H264QualityLevelEnhancedQuality is a H264QualityLevel enum value
	H264QualityLevelEnhancedQuality = "ENHANCED_QUALITY"

	// H264QualityLevelStandardQuality is a H264QualityLevel enum value
	H264QualityLevelStandardQuality = "STANDARD_QUALITY"
)

H264 Quality Level

View Source 
const (
	// H264RateControlModeCbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value
	H264RateControlModeCbr = "CBR"

	// H264RateControlModeMultiplex is a H264RateControlMode enum value
	H264RateControlModeMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX"

	// H264RateControlModeQvbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value
	H264RateControlModeQvbr = "QVBR"

	// H264RateControlModeVbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value
	H264RateControlModeVbr = "VBR"
)

H264 Rate Control Mode

View Source 
const (
	// H264ScanTypeInterlaced is a H264ScanType enum value
	H264ScanTypeInterlaced = "INTERLACED"

	// H264ScanTypeProgressive is a H264ScanType enum value
	H264ScanTypeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE"
)

H264 Scan Type

View Source 
const (
	// H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value
	H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value
	H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

H264 Scene Change Detect

View Source 
const (
	// H264SpatialAqDisabled is a H264SpatialAq enum value
	H264SpatialAqDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H264SpatialAqEnabled is a H264SpatialAq enum value
	H264SpatialAqEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

H264 Spatial Aq

View Source 
const (
	// H264SubGopLengthDynamic is a H264SubGopLength enum value
	H264SubGopLengthDynamic = "DYNAMIC"

	// H264SubGopLengthFixed is a H264SubGopLength enum value
	H264SubGopLengthFixed = "FIXED"
)

H264 Sub Gop Length

View Source 
const (
	// H264SyntaxDefault is a H264Syntax enum value
	H264SyntaxDefault = "DEFAULT"

	// H264SyntaxRp2027 is a H264Syntax enum value
	H264SyntaxRp2027 = "RP2027"
)

H264 Syntax

View Source 
const (
	// H264TemporalAqDisabled is a H264TemporalAq enum value
	H264TemporalAqDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H264TemporalAqEnabled is a H264TemporalAq enum value
	H264TemporalAqEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

H264 Temporal Aq

View Source 
const (
	// H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled is a H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value
	H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei is a H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value
	H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei = "PIC_TIMING_SEI"
)

H264 Timecode Insertion Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// H265AdaptiveQuantizationAuto is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationAuto = "AUTO"

	// H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH"

	// H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER"

	// H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW"

	// H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX"

	// H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM"

	// H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF"
)

H265 Adaptive Quantization

View Source 
const (
	// H265AlternativeTransferFunctionInsert is a H265AlternativeTransferFunction enum value
	H265AlternativeTransferFunctionInsert = "INSERT"

	// H265AlternativeTransferFunctionOmit is a H265AlternativeTransferFunction enum value
	H265AlternativeTransferFunctionOmit = "OMIT"
)

H265 Alternative Transfer Function

View Source 
const (
	// H265ColorMetadataIgnore is a H265ColorMetadata enum value
	H265ColorMetadataIgnore = "IGNORE"

	// H265ColorMetadataInsert is a H265ColorMetadata enum value
	H265ColorMetadataInsert = "INSERT"
)

H265 Color Metadata

View Source 
const (
	// H265FlickerAqDisabled is a H265FlickerAq enum value
	H265FlickerAqDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H265FlickerAqEnabled is a H265FlickerAq enum value
	H265FlickerAqEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

H265 Flicker Aq

View Source 
const (
	// H265GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value
	H265GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES"

	// H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value
	H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS"
)

H265 Gop Size Units

View Source 
const (
	// H265LevelH265Level1 is a H265Level enum value
	H265LevelH265Level1 = "H265_LEVEL_1"

	// H265LevelH265Level2 is a H265Level enum value
	H265LevelH265Level2 = "H265_LEVEL_2"

	// H265LevelH265Level21 is a H265Level enum value
	H265LevelH265Level21 = "H265_LEVEL_2_1"

	// H265LevelH265Level3 is a H265Level enum value
	H265LevelH265Level3 = "H265_LEVEL_3"

	// H265LevelH265Level31 is a H265Level enum value
	H265LevelH265Level31 = "H265_LEVEL_3_1"

	// H265LevelH265Level4 is a H265Level enum value
	H265LevelH265Level4 = "H265_LEVEL_4"

	// H265LevelH265Level41 is a H265Level enum value
	H265LevelH265Level41 = "H265_LEVEL_4_1"

	// H265LevelH265Level5 is a H265Level enum value
	H265LevelH265Level5 = "H265_LEVEL_5"

	// H265LevelH265Level51 is a H265Level enum value
	H265LevelH265Level51 = "H265_LEVEL_5_1"

	// H265LevelH265Level52 is a H265Level enum value
	H265LevelH265Level52 = "H265_LEVEL_5_2"

	// H265LevelH265Level6 is a H265Level enum value
	H265LevelH265Level6 = "H265_LEVEL_6"

	// H265LevelH265Level61 is a H265Level enum value
	H265LevelH265Level61 = "H265_LEVEL_6_1"

	// H265LevelH265Level62 is a H265Level enum value
	H265LevelH265Level62 = "H265_LEVEL_6_2"

	// H265LevelH265LevelAuto is a H265Level enum value
	H265LevelH265LevelAuto = "H265_LEVEL_AUTO"
)

H265 Level

View Source 
const (
	// H265LookAheadRateControlHigh is a H265LookAheadRateControl enum value
	H265LookAheadRateControlHigh = "HIGH"

	// H265LookAheadRateControlLow is a H265LookAheadRateControl enum value
	H265LookAheadRateControlLow = "LOW"

	// H265LookAheadRateControlMedium is a H265LookAheadRateControl enum value
	H265LookAheadRateControlMedium = "MEDIUM"
)

H265 Look Ahead Rate Control

View Source 
const (
	// H265ProfileMain is a H265Profile enum value
	H265ProfileMain = "MAIN"

	// H265ProfileMain10bit is a H265Profile enum value
	H265ProfileMain10bit = "MAIN_10BIT"
)

H265 Profile

View Source 
const (
	// H265RateControlModeCbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value
	H265RateControlModeCbr = "CBR"

	// H265RateControlModeMultiplex is a H265RateControlMode enum value
	H265RateControlModeMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX"

	// H265RateControlModeQvbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value
	H265RateControlModeQvbr = "QVBR"
)

H265 Rate Control Mode

View Source 
const (
	// H265ScanTypeInterlaced is a H265ScanType enum value
	H265ScanTypeInterlaced = "INTERLACED"

	// H265ScanTypeProgressive is a H265ScanType enum value
	H265ScanTypeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE"
)

H265 Scan Type

View Source 
const (
	// H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value
	H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value
	H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

H265 Scene Change Detect

View Source 
const (
	// H265TierHigh is a H265Tier enum value
	H265TierHigh = "HIGH"

	// H265TierMain is a H265Tier enum value
	H265TierMain = "MAIN"
)

H265 Tier

View Source 
const (
	// H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled is a H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value
	H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei is a H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value
	H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei = "PIC_TIMING_SEI"
)

H265 Timecode Insertion Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// HlsAdMarkersAdobe is a HlsAdMarkers enum value
	HlsAdMarkersAdobe = "ADOBE"

	// HlsAdMarkersElemental is a HlsAdMarkers enum value
	HlsAdMarkersElemental = "ELEMENTAL"

	// HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 is a HlsAdMarkers enum value
	HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 = "ELEMENTAL_SCTE35"
)

Hls Ad Markers

View Source 
const (
	// HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeChunked is a HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode enum value
	HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeChunked = "CHUNKED"

	// HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeNonChunked is a HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode enum value
	HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeNonChunked = "NON_CHUNKED"
)

Hls Akamai Http Transfer Mode

View Source 
const (
	// HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert = "INSERT"

	// HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone = "NONE"

	// HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit = "OMIT"
)

Hls Caption Language Setting

View Source 
const (
	// HlsClientCacheDisabled is a HlsClientCache enum value
	HlsClientCacheDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// HlsClientCacheEnabled is a HlsClientCache enum value
	HlsClientCacheEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Hls Client Cache

View Source 
const (
	// HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value
	HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 = "RFC_4281"

	// HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value
	HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 = "RFC_6381"
)

Hls Codec Specification

View Source 
const (
	// HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value
	HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY"

	// HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value
	HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream = "SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM"
)

Hls Directory Structure

View Source 
const (
	// HlsDiscontinuityTagsInsert is a HlsDiscontinuityTags enum value
	HlsDiscontinuityTagsInsert = "INSERT"

	// HlsDiscontinuityTagsNeverInsert is a HlsDiscontinuityTags enum value
	HlsDiscontinuityTagsNeverInsert = "NEVER_INSERT"
)

Hls Discontinuity Tags

View Source 
const (
	// HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 is a HlsEncryptionType enum value
	HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 = "AES128"

	// HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes is a HlsEncryptionType enum value
	HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes = "SAMPLE_AES"
)

Hls Encryption Type

View Source 
const (
	// HlsH265PackagingTypeHev1 is a HlsH265PackagingType enum value
	HlsH265PackagingTypeHev1 = "HEV1"

	// HlsH265PackagingTypeHvc1 is a HlsH265PackagingType enum value
	HlsH265PackagingTypeHvc1 = "HVC1"
)

Hls H265 Packaging Type

View Source 
const (
	// HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateDisabled is a HlsId3SegmentTaggingState enum value
	HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateEnabled is a HlsId3SegmentTaggingState enum value
	HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

State of HLS ID3 Segment Tagging

View Source 
const (
	// HlsIncompleteSegmentBehaviorAuto is a HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior enum value
	HlsIncompleteSegmentBehaviorAuto = "AUTO"

	// HlsIncompleteSegmentBehaviorSuppress is a HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior enum value
	HlsIncompleteSegmentBehaviorSuppress = "SUPPRESS"
)

Hls Incomplete Segment Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// HlsIvInManifestExclude is a HlsIvInManifest enum value
	HlsIvInManifestExclude = "EXCLUDE"

	// HlsIvInManifestInclude is a HlsIvInManifest enum value
	HlsIvInManifestInclude = "INCLUDE"
)

Hls Iv In Manifest

View Source 
const (
	// HlsIvSourceExplicit is a HlsIvSource enum value
	HlsIvSourceExplicit = "EXPLICIT"

	// HlsIvSourceFollowsSegmentNumber is a HlsIvSource enum value
	HlsIvSourceFollowsSegmentNumber = "FOLLOWS_SEGMENT_NUMBER"
)

Hls Iv Source

View Source 
const (
	// HlsManifestCompressionGzip is a HlsManifestCompression enum value
	HlsManifestCompressionGzip = "GZIP"

	// HlsManifestCompressionNone is a HlsManifestCompression enum value
	HlsManifestCompressionNone = "NONE"
)

Hls Manifest Compression

View Source 
const (
	// HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value
	HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint = "FLOATING_POINT"

	// HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value
	HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger = "INTEGER"
)

Hls Manifest Duration Format

View Source 
const (
	// HlsModeLive is a HlsMode enum value
	HlsModeLive = "LIVE"

	// HlsModeVod is a HlsMode enum value
	HlsModeVod = "VOD"
)

Hls Mode

View Source 
const (
	// HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments is a HlsOutputSelection enum value
	HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS"

	// HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly is a HlsOutputSelection enum value
	HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly = "SEGMENTS_ONLY"

	// HlsOutputSelectionVariantManifestsAndSegments is a HlsOutputSelection enum value
	HlsOutputSelectionVariantManifestsAndSegments = "VARIANT_MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS"
)

Hls Output Selection

View Source 
const (
	// HlsProgramDateTimeExclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value
	HlsProgramDateTimeExclude = "EXCLUDE"

	// HlsProgramDateTimeInclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value
	HlsProgramDateTimeInclude = "INCLUDE"
)

Hls Program Date Time

View Source 
const (
	// HlsRedundantManifestDisabled is a HlsRedundantManifest enum value
	HlsRedundantManifestDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// HlsRedundantManifestEnabled is a HlsRedundantManifest enum value
	HlsRedundantManifestEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Hls Redundant Manifest

View Source 
const (
	// HlsScte35SourceTypeManifest is a HlsScte35SourceType enum value
	HlsScte35SourceTypeManifest = "MANIFEST"

	// HlsScte35SourceTypeSegments is a HlsScte35SourceType enum value
	HlsScte35SourceTypeSegments = "SEGMENTS"
)

Hls Scte35 Source Type

View Source 
const (
	// HlsSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation is a HlsSegmentationMode enum value
	HlsSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation = "USE_INPUT_SEGMENTATION"

	// HlsSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration is a HlsSegmentationMode enum value
	HlsSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration = "USE_SEGMENT_DURATION"
)

Hls Segmentation Mode

View Source 
const (
	// HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value
	HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude = "EXCLUDE"

	// HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value
	HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude = "INCLUDE"
)

Hls Stream Inf Resolution

View Source 
const (
	// HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone = "NONE"

	// HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv = "PRIV"

	// HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl = "TDRL"
)

Hls Timed Metadata Id3 Frame

View Source 
const (
	// HlsTsFileModeSegmentedFiles is a HlsTsFileMode enum value
	HlsTsFileModeSegmentedFiles = "SEGMENTED_FILES"

	// HlsTsFileModeSingleFile is a HlsTsFileMode enum value
	HlsTsFileModeSingleFile = "SINGLE_FILE"
)

Hls Ts File Mode

View Source 
const (
	// HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeChunked is a HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode enum value
	HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeChunked = "CHUNKED"

	// HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeNonChunked is a HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode enum value
	HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeNonChunked = "NON_CHUNKED"
)

Hls Webdav Http Transfer Mode

View Source 
const (
	// IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeDisabled is a IFrameOnlyPlaylistType enum value
	IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeStandard is a IFrameOnlyPlaylistType enum value
	IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeStandard = "STANDARD"
)

When set to "standard", an I-Frame only playlist will be written out for each video output in the output group. This I-Frame only playlist will contain byte range offsets pointing to the I-frame(s) in each segment.

View Source 
const (
	// InputClassStandard is a InputClass enum value
	InputClassStandard = "STANDARD"

	// InputClassSinglePipeline is a InputClass enum value
	InputClassSinglePipeline = "SINGLE_PIPELINE"
)

A standard input has two sources and a single pipeline input only has one.

View Source 
const (
	// InputCodecMpeg2 is a InputCodec enum value
	InputCodecMpeg2 = "MPEG2"

	// InputCodecAvc is a InputCodec enum value
	InputCodecAvc = "AVC"

	// InputCodecHevc is a InputCodec enum value
	InputCodecHevc = "HEVC"
)

codec in increasing order of complexity

View Source 
const (
	// InputDeblockFilterDisabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value
	InputDeblockFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// InputDeblockFilterEnabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value
	InputDeblockFilterEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Input Deblock Filter

View Source 
const (
	// InputDenoiseFilterDisabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value
	InputDenoiseFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// InputDenoiseFilterEnabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value
	InputDenoiseFilterEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Input Denoise Filter

View Source 
const (
	// InputDeviceActiveInputHdmi is a InputDeviceActiveInput enum value
	InputDeviceActiveInputHdmi = "HDMI"

	// InputDeviceActiveInputSdi is a InputDeviceActiveInput enum value
	InputDeviceActiveInputSdi = "SDI"
)

The source at the input device that is currently active.

View Source 
const (
	// InputDeviceConfiguredInputAuto is a InputDeviceConfiguredInput enum value
	InputDeviceConfiguredInputAuto = "AUTO"

	// InputDeviceConfiguredInputHdmi is a InputDeviceConfiguredInput enum value
	InputDeviceConfiguredInputHdmi = "HDMI"

	// InputDeviceConfiguredInputSdi is a InputDeviceConfiguredInput enum value
	InputDeviceConfiguredInputSdi = "SDI"
)

The source to activate (use) from the input device.

View Source 
const (
	// InputDeviceConnectionStateDisconnected is a InputDeviceConnectionState enum value
	InputDeviceConnectionStateDisconnected = "DISCONNECTED"

	// InputDeviceConnectionStateConnected is a InputDeviceConnectionState enum value
	InputDeviceConnectionStateConnected = "CONNECTED"
)

The state of the connection between the input device and AWS.

View Source 
const (
	// InputDeviceIpSchemeStatic is a InputDeviceIpScheme enum value
	InputDeviceIpSchemeStatic = "STATIC"

	// InputDeviceIpSchemeDhcp is a InputDeviceIpScheme enum value
	InputDeviceIpSchemeDhcp = "DHCP"
)

Specifies whether the input device has been configured (outside of MediaLive) to use a dynamic IP address assignment (DHCP) or a static IP address.

View Source 
const (
	// InputDeviceScanTypeInterlaced is a InputDeviceScanType enum value
	InputDeviceScanTypeInterlaced = "INTERLACED"

	// InputDeviceScanTypeProgressive is a InputDeviceScanType enum value
	InputDeviceScanTypeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE"
)

The scan type of the video source.

View Source 
const (
	// InputDeviceStateIdle is a InputDeviceState enum value
	InputDeviceStateIdle = "IDLE"

	// InputDeviceStateStreaming is a InputDeviceState enum value
	InputDeviceStateStreaming = "STREAMING"
)

The state of the input device.

View Source 
const (
	// InputDeviceTransferTypeOutgoing is a InputDeviceTransferType enum value
	InputDeviceTransferTypeOutgoing = "OUTGOING"

	// InputDeviceTransferTypeIncoming is a InputDeviceTransferType enum value
	InputDeviceTransferTypeIncoming = "INCOMING"
)

The type of device transfer. INCOMING for an input device that is being transferred to you, OUTGOING for an input device that you are transferring to another AWS account.

View Source 
const (
	// InputFilterAuto is a InputFilter enum value
	InputFilterAuto = "AUTO"

	// InputFilterDisabled is a InputFilter enum value
	InputFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// InputFilterForced is a InputFilter enum value
	InputFilterForced = "FORCED"
)

Input Filter

View Source 
const (
	// InputLossActionForHlsOutEmitOutput is a InputLossActionForHlsOut enum value
	InputLossActionForHlsOutEmitOutput = "EMIT_OUTPUT"

	// InputLossActionForHlsOutPauseOutput is a InputLossActionForHlsOut enum value
	InputLossActionForHlsOutPauseOutput = "PAUSE_OUTPUT"
)

Input Loss Action For Hls Out

View Source 
const (
	// InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutEmitOutput is a InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut enum value
	InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutEmitOutput = "EMIT_OUTPUT"

	// InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutPauseOutput is a InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut enum value
	InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutPauseOutput = "PAUSE_OUTPUT"
)

Input Loss Action For Ms Smooth Out

View Source 
const (
	// InputLossActionForRtmpOutEmitOutput is a InputLossActionForRtmpOut enum value
	InputLossActionForRtmpOutEmitOutput = "EMIT_OUTPUT"

	// InputLossActionForRtmpOutPauseOutput is a InputLossActionForRtmpOut enum value
	InputLossActionForRtmpOutPauseOutput = "PAUSE_OUTPUT"
)

Input Loss Action For Rtmp Out

View Source 
const (
	// InputLossActionForUdpOutDropProgram is a InputLossActionForUdpOut enum value
	InputLossActionForUdpOutDropProgram = "DROP_PROGRAM"

	// InputLossActionForUdpOutDropTs is a InputLossActionForUdpOut enum value
	InputLossActionForUdpOutDropTs = "DROP_TS"

	// InputLossActionForUdpOutEmitProgram is a InputLossActionForUdpOut enum value
	InputLossActionForUdpOutEmitProgram = "EMIT_PROGRAM"
)

Input Loss Action For Udp Out

View Source 
const (
	// InputLossImageTypeColor is a InputLossImageType enum value
	InputLossImageTypeColor = "COLOR"

	// InputLossImageTypeSlate is a InputLossImageType enum value
	InputLossImageTypeSlate = "SLATE"
)

Input Loss Image Type

View Source 
const (
	// InputMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps is a InputMaximumBitrate enum value
	InputMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps = "MAX_10_MBPS"

	// InputMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps is a InputMaximumBitrate enum value
	InputMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps = "MAX_20_MBPS"

	// InputMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps is a InputMaximumBitrate enum value
	InputMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps = "MAX_50_MBPS"
)

Maximum input bitrate in megabits per second. Bitrates up to 50 Mbps are supported currently.

View Source 
const (
	// InputPreferenceEqualInputPreference is a InputPreference enum value
	InputPreferenceEqualInputPreference = "EQUAL_INPUT_PREFERENCE"

	// InputPreferencePrimaryInputPreferred is a InputPreference enum value
	InputPreferencePrimaryInputPreferred = "PRIMARY_INPUT_PREFERRED"
)

Input preference when deciding which input to make active when a previously failed input has recovered.If \"EQUAL_INPUT_PREFERENCE\", then the active input will stay active as long as it is healthy.If \"PRIMARY_INPUT_PREFERRED\", then always switch back to the primary input when it is healthy.

View Source 
const (
	// InputResolutionSd is a InputResolution enum value
	InputResolutionSd = "SD"

	// InputResolutionHd is a InputResolution enum value
	InputResolutionHd = "HD"

	// InputResolutionUhd is a InputResolution enum value
	InputResolutionUhd = "UHD"
)

Input resolution based on lines of vertical resolution in the input; SD is less than 720 lines, HD is 720 to 1080 lines, UHD is greater than 1080 lines

View Source 
const (
	// InputSecurityGroupStateIdle is a InputSecurityGroupState enum value
	InputSecurityGroupStateIdle = "IDLE"

	// InputSecurityGroupStateInUse is a InputSecurityGroupState enum value
	InputSecurityGroupStateInUse = "IN_USE"

	// InputSecurityGroupStateUpdating is a InputSecurityGroupState enum value
	InputSecurityGroupStateUpdating = "UPDATING"

	// InputSecurityGroupStateDeleted is a InputSecurityGroupState enum value
	InputSecurityGroupStateDeleted = "DELETED"
)
View Source 
const (
	// InputSourceEndBehaviorContinue is a InputSourceEndBehavior enum value
	InputSourceEndBehaviorContinue = "CONTINUE"

	// InputSourceEndBehaviorLoop is a InputSourceEndBehavior enum value
	InputSourceEndBehaviorLoop = "LOOP"
)

Input Source End Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// InputSourceTypeStatic is a InputSourceType enum value
	InputSourceTypeStatic = "STATIC"

	// InputSourceTypeDynamic is a InputSourceType enum value
	InputSourceTypeDynamic = "DYNAMIC"
)

There are two types of input sources, static and dynamic. If an input source is dynamic you canchange the source url of the input dynamically using an input switch action. However, the only input typeto support a dynamic url at this time is MP4_FILE. By default all input sources are static.

View Source 
const (
	// InputStateCreating is a InputState enum value
	InputStateCreating = "CREATING"

	// InputStateDetached is a InputState enum value
	InputStateDetached = "DETACHED"

	// InputStateAttached is a InputState enum value
	InputStateAttached = "ATTACHED"

	// InputStateDeleting is a InputState enum value
	InputStateDeleting = "DELETING"

	// InputStateDeleted is a InputState enum value
	InputStateDeleted = "DELETED"
)
View Source 
const (
	// InputTimecodeSourceZerobased is a InputTimecodeSource enum value
	InputTimecodeSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED"

	// InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded is a InputTimecodeSource enum value
	InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED"
)

To clip the file, you must specify the timecode for the start and end of the clip. Specify EMBEDDED to use the timecode embedded in the source content. The embedded timecode must exist in the source content, otherwise MediaLive will output black frames until it reaches the end of the source. Specify ZEROBASED to use a timecode that assumes that the first frame in the file has the timestamp 00:00:00.00. There is no default for this field, you must specify a value.

View Source 
const (
	// InputTypeUdpPush is a InputType enum value
	InputTypeUdpPush = "UDP_PUSH"

	// InputTypeRtpPush is a InputType enum value
	InputTypeRtpPush = "RTP_PUSH"

	// InputTypeRtmpPush is a InputType enum value
	InputTypeRtmpPush = "RTMP_PUSH"

	// InputTypeRtmpPull is a InputType enum value
	InputTypeRtmpPull = "RTMP_PULL"

	// InputTypeUrlPull is a InputType enum value
	InputTypeUrlPull = "URL_PULL"

	// InputTypeMp4File is a InputType enum value
	InputTypeMp4File = "MP4_FILE"

	// InputTypeMediaconnect is a InputType enum value
	InputTypeMediaconnect = "MEDIACONNECT"

	// InputTypeInputDevice is a InputType enum value
	InputTypeInputDevice = "INPUT_DEVICE"

	// InputTypeAwsCdi is a InputType enum value
	InputTypeAwsCdi = "AWS_CDI"
)
View Source 
const (
	// LastFrameClippingBehaviorExcludeLastFrame is a LastFrameClippingBehavior enum value
	LastFrameClippingBehaviorExcludeLastFrame = "EXCLUDE_LAST_FRAME"

	// LastFrameClippingBehaviorIncludeLastFrame is a LastFrameClippingBehavior enum value
	LastFrameClippingBehaviorIncludeLastFrame = "INCLUDE_LAST_FRAME"
)

If you specify a StopTimecode in an input (in order to clip the file), you can specify if you want the clip to exclude (the default) or include the frame specified by the timecode.

View Source 
const (
	// LogLevelError is a LogLevel enum value
	LogLevelError = "ERROR"

	// LogLevelWarning is a LogLevel enum value
	LogLevelWarning = "WARNING"

	// LogLevelInfo is a LogLevel enum value
	LogLevelInfo = "INFO"

	// LogLevelDebug is a LogLevel enum value
	LogLevelDebug = "DEBUG"

	// LogLevelDisabled is a LogLevel enum value
	LogLevelDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

The log level the user wants for their channel.

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorDrop is a M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior enum value
	M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorDrop = "DROP"

	// M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorEncodeSilence is a M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior enum value
	M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorEncodeSilence = "ENCODE_SILENCE"
)

M2ts Absent Input Audio Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsAribDisabled is a M2tsArib enum value
	M2tsAribDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// M2tsAribEnabled is a M2tsArib enum value
	M2tsAribEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

M2ts Arib

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlAuto is a M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl enum value
	M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlAuto = "AUTO"

	// M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlUseConfigured is a M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl enum value
	M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

M2ts Arib Captions Pid Control

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value
	M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc = "ATSC"

	// M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value
	M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb = "DVB"
)

M2ts Audio Buffer Model

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals is a M2tsAudioInterval enum value
	M2tsAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS"

	// M2tsAudioIntervalVideoInterval is a M2tsAudioInterval enum value
	M2tsAudioIntervalVideoInterval = "VIDEO_INTERVAL"
)

M2ts Audio Interval

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsAudioStreamTypeAtsc is a M2tsAudioStreamType enum value
	M2tsAudioStreamTypeAtsc = "ATSC"

	// M2tsAudioStreamTypeDvb is a M2tsAudioStreamType enum value
	M2tsAudioStreamTypeDvb = "DVB"
)

M2ts Audio Stream Type

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsBufferModelMultiplex is a M2tsBufferModel enum value
	M2tsBufferModelMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX"

	// M2tsBufferModelNone is a M2tsBufferModel enum value
	M2tsBufferModelNone = "NONE"
)

M2ts Buffer Model

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsCcDescriptorDisabled is a M2tsCcDescriptor enum value
	M2tsCcDescriptorDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// M2tsCcDescriptorEnabled is a M2tsCcDescriptor enum value
	M2tsCcDescriptorEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

M2ts Cc Descriptor

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsEbifControlNone is a M2tsEbifControl enum value
	M2tsEbifControlNone = "NONE"

	// M2tsEbifControlPassthrough is a M2tsEbifControl enum value
	M2tsEbifControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

M2ts Ebif Control

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value
	M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS"

	// M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value
	M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid = "VIDEO_PID"
)

M2ts Ebp Placement

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsEsRateInPesExclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value
	M2tsEsRateInPesExclude = "EXCLUDE"

	// M2tsEsRateInPesInclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value
	M2tsEsRateInPesInclude = "INCLUDE"
)

M2ts Es Rate In Pes

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsKlvNone is a M2tsKlv enum value
	M2tsKlvNone = "NONE"

	// M2tsKlvPassthrough is a M2tsKlv enum value
	M2tsKlvPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

M2ts Klv

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough is a M2tsNielsenId3Behavior enum value
	M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"

	// M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough is a M2tsNielsenId3Behavior enum value
	M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

M2ts Nielsen Id3 Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M2tsPcrControl enum value
	M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"

	// M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M2tsPcrControl enum value
	M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"
)

M2ts Pcr Control

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsRateModeCbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value
	M2tsRateModeCbr = "CBR"

	// M2tsRateModeVbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value
	M2tsRateModeVbr = "VBR"
)

M2ts Rate Mode

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsScte35ControlNone is a M2tsScte35Control enum value
	M2tsScte35ControlNone = "NONE"

	// M2tsScte35ControlPassthrough is a M2tsScte35Control enum value
	M2tsScte35ControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

M2ts Scte35 Control

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp = "EBP"

	// M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy = "EBP_LEGACY"

	// M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone = "NONE"

	// M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart = "PSI_SEGSTART"

	// M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt = "RAI_ADAPT"

	// M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart = "RAI_SEGSTART"
)

M2ts Segmentation Markers

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value
	M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE"

	// M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value
	M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence = "RESET_CADENCE"
)

M2ts Segmentation Style

View Source 
const (
	// M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough is a M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior enum value
	M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"

	// M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough is a M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior enum value
	M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

M2ts Timed Metadata Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough is a M3u8NielsenId3Behavior enum value
	M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"

	// M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough is a M3u8NielsenId3Behavior enum value
	M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

M3u8 Nielsen Id3 Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M3u8PcrControl enum value
	M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"

	// M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M3u8PcrControl enum value
	M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"
)

M3u8 Pcr Control

View Source 
const (
	// M3u8Scte35BehaviorNoPassthrough is a M3u8Scte35Behavior enum value
	M3u8Scte35BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"

	// M3u8Scte35BehaviorPassthrough is a M3u8Scte35Behavior enum value
	M3u8Scte35BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

M3u8 Scte35 Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough is a M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior enum value
	M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"

	// M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough is a M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior enum value
	M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

M3u8 Timed Metadata Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// MotionGraphicsInsertionDisabled is a MotionGraphicsInsertion enum value
	MotionGraphicsInsertionDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// MotionGraphicsInsertionEnabled is a MotionGraphicsInsertion enum value
	MotionGraphicsInsertionEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Motion Graphics Insertion

View Source 
const (
	// Mp2CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Mp2CodingMode enum value
	Mp2CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0"

	// Mp2CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Mp2CodingMode enum value
	Mp2CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
)

Mp2 Coding Mode

View Source 
const (
	// Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationAuto is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationAuto = "AUTO"

	// Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH"

	// Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW"

	// Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM"

	// Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF"
)

Mpeg2 Adaptive Quantization

View Source 
const (
	// Mpeg2ColorMetadataIgnore is a Mpeg2ColorMetadata enum value
	Mpeg2ColorMetadataIgnore = "IGNORE"

	// Mpeg2ColorMetadataInsert is a Mpeg2ColorMetadata enum value
	Mpeg2ColorMetadataInsert = "INSERT"
)

Mpeg2 Color Metadata

View Source 
const (
	// Mpeg2ColorSpaceAuto is a Mpeg2ColorSpace enum value
	Mpeg2ColorSpaceAuto = "AUTO"

	// Mpeg2ColorSpacePassthrough is a Mpeg2ColorSpace enum value
	Mpeg2ColorSpacePassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Mpeg2 Color Space

View Source 
const (
	// Mpeg2DisplayRatioDisplayratio16x9 is a Mpeg2DisplayRatio enum value
	Mpeg2DisplayRatioDisplayratio16x9 = "DISPLAYRATIO16X9"

	// Mpeg2DisplayRatioDisplayratio4x3 is a Mpeg2DisplayRatio enum value
	Mpeg2DisplayRatioDisplayratio4x3 = "DISPLAYRATIO4X3"
)

Mpeg2 Display Ratio

View Source 
const (
	// Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames is a Mpeg2GopSizeUnits enum value
	Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES"

	// Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a Mpeg2GopSizeUnits enum value
	Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS"
)

Mpeg2 Gop Size Units

View Source 
const (
	// Mpeg2ScanTypeInterlaced is a Mpeg2ScanType enum value
	Mpeg2ScanTypeInterlaced = "INTERLACED"

	// Mpeg2ScanTypeProgressive is a Mpeg2ScanType enum value
	Mpeg2ScanTypeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE"
)

Mpeg2 Scan Type

View Source 
const (
	// Mpeg2SubGopLengthDynamic is a Mpeg2SubGopLength enum value
	Mpeg2SubGopLengthDynamic = "DYNAMIC"

	// Mpeg2SubGopLengthFixed is a Mpeg2SubGopLength enum value
	Mpeg2SubGopLengthFixed = "FIXED"
)

Mpeg2 Sub Gop Length

View Source 
const (
	// Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled is a Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value
	Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehaviorGopTimecode is a Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value
	Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehaviorGopTimecode = "GOP_TIMECODE"
)

Mpeg2 Timecode Insertion Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHev1 is a MsSmoothH265PackagingType enum value
	MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHev1 = "HEV1"

	// MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHvc1 is a MsSmoothH265PackagingType enum value
	MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHvc1 = "HVC1"
)

Ms Smooth H265 Packaging Type

View Source 
const (
	// MultiplexStateCreating is a MultiplexState enum value
	MultiplexStateCreating = "CREATING"

	// MultiplexStateCreateFailed is a MultiplexState enum value
	MultiplexStateCreateFailed = "CREATE_FAILED"

	// MultiplexStateIdle is a MultiplexState enum value
	MultiplexStateIdle = "IDLE"

	// MultiplexStateStarting is a MultiplexState enum value
	MultiplexStateStarting = "STARTING"

	// MultiplexStateRunning is a MultiplexState enum value
	MultiplexStateRunning = "RUNNING"

	// MultiplexStateRecovering is a MultiplexState enum value
	MultiplexStateRecovering = "RECOVERING"

	// MultiplexStateStopping is a MultiplexState enum value
	MultiplexStateStopping = "STOPPING"

	// MultiplexStateDeleting is a MultiplexState enum value
	MultiplexStateDeleting = "DELETING"

	// MultiplexStateDeleted is a MultiplexState enum value
	MultiplexStateDeleted = "DELETED"
)

The current state of the multiplex.

View Source 
const (
	// NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyAndValidateName is a NetworkInputServerValidation enum value
	NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyAndValidateName = "CHECK_CRYPTOGRAPHY_AND_VALIDATE_NAME"

	// NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyOnly is a NetworkInputServerValidation enum value
	NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyOnly = "CHECK_CRYPTOGRAPHY_ONLY"
)

Network Input Server Validation

View Source 
const (
	// NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateDisabled is a NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState enum value
	NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateEnabled is a NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState enum value
	NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

State of Nielsen PCM to ID3 tagging

View Source 
const (
	// PipelineIdPipeline0 is a PipelineId enum value
	PipelineIdPipeline0 = "PIPELINE_0"

	// PipelineIdPipeline1 is a PipelineId enum value
	PipelineIdPipeline1 = "PIPELINE_1"
)

Pipeline ID

View Source 
const (
	// PreferredChannelPipelineCurrentlyActive is a PreferredChannelPipeline enum value
	PreferredChannelPipelineCurrentlyActive = "CURRENTLY_ACTIVE"

	// PreferredChannelPipelinePipeline0 is a PreferredChannelPipeline enum value
	PreferredChannelPipelinePipeline0 = "PIPELINE_0"

	// PreferredChannelPipelinePipeline1 is a PreferredChannelPipeline enum value
	PreferredChannelPipelinePipeline1 = "PIPELINE_1"
)

Indicates which pipeline is preferred by the multiplex for program ingest.If set to \"PIPELINE_0\" or \"PIPELINE_1\" and an unhealthy ingest causes the multiplex to switch to the non-preferred pipeline,it will switch back once that ingest is healthy again. If set to \"CURRENTLY_ACTIVE\",it will not switch back to the other pipeline based on it recovering to a healthy state,it will only switch if the active pipeline becomes unhealthy.

View Source 
const (
	// ReservationCodecMpeg2 is a ReservationCodec enum value
	ReservationCodecMpeg2 = "MPEG2"

	// ReservationCodecAvc is a ReservationCodec enum value
	ReservationCodecAvc = "AVC"

	// ReservationCodecHevc is a ReservationCodec enum value
	ReservationCodecHevc = "HEVC"

	// ReservationCodecAudio is a ReservationCodec enum value
	ReservationCodecAudio = "AUDIO"

	// ReservationCodecLink is a ReservationCodec enum value
	ReservationCodecLink = "LINK"
)

Codec, 'MPEG2', 'AVC', 'HEVC', or 'AUDIO'

View Source 
const (
	// ReservationMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps is a ReservationMaximumBitrate enum value
	ReservationMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps = "MAX_10_MBPS"

	// ReservationMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps is a ReservationMaximumBitrate enum value
	ReservationMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps = "MAX_20_MBPS"

	// ReservationMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps is a ReservationMaximumBitrate enum value
	ReservationMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps = "MAX_50_MBPS"
)

Maximum bitrate in megabits per second

View Source 
const (
	// ReservationMaximumFramerateMax30Fps is a ReservationMaximumFramerate enum value
	ReservationMaximumFramerateMax30Fps = "MAX_30_FPS"

	// ReservationMaximumFramerateMax60Fps is a ReservationMaximumFramerate enum value
	ReservationMaximumFramerateMax60Fps = "MAX_60_FPS"
)

Maximum framerate in frames per second (Outputs only)

View Source 
const (
	// ReservationResolutionSd is a ReservationResolution enum value
	ReservationResolutionSd = "SD"

	// ReservationResolutionHd is a ReservationResolution enum value
	ReservationResolutionHd = "HD"

	// ReservationResolutionFhd is a ReservationResolution enum value
	ReservationResolutionFhd = "FHD"

	// ReservationResolutionUhd is a ReservationResolution enum value
	ReservationResolutionUhd = "UHD"
)

Resolution based on lines of vertical resolution; SD is less than 720 lines, HD is 720 to 1080 lines, FHD is 1080 lines, UHD is greater than 1080 lines

View Source 
const (
	// ReservationResourceTypeInput is a ReservationResourceType enum value
	ReservationResourceTypeInput = "INPUT"

	// ReservationResourceTypeOutput is a ReservationResourceType enum value
	ReservationResourceTypeOutput = "OUTPUT"

	// ReservationResourceTypeMultiplex is a ReservationResourceType enum value
	ReservationResourceTypeMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX"

	// ReservationResourceTypeChannel is a ReservationResourceType enum value
	ReservationResourceTypeChannel = "CHANNEL"
)

Resource type, 'INPUT', 'OUTPUT', 'MULTIPLEX', or 'CHANNEL'

View Source 
const (
	// ReservationSpecialFeatureAdvancedAudio is a ReservationSpecialFeature enum value
	ReservationSpecialFeatureAdvancedAudio = "ADVANCED_AUDIO"

	// ReservationSpecialFeatureAudioNormalization is a ReservationSpecialFeature enum value
	ReservationSpecialFeatureAudioNormalization = "AUDIO_NORMALIZATION"

	// ReservationSpecialFeatureMghd is a ReservationSpecialFeature enum value
	ReservationSpecialFeatureMghd = "MGHD"

	// ReservationSpecialFeatureMguhd is a ReservationSpecialFeature enum value
	ReservationSpecialFeatureMguhd = "MGUHD"
)

Special features, 'ADVANCED_AUDIO' 'AUDIO_NORMALIZATION' 'MGHD' or 'MGUHD'

View Source 
const (
	// ReservationStateActive is a ReservationState enum value
	ReservationStateActive = "ACTIVE"

	// ReservationStateExpired is a ReservationState enum value
	ReservationStateExpired = "EXPIRED"

	// ReservationStateCanceled is a ReservationState enum value
	ReservationStateCanceled = "CANCELED"

	// ReservationStateDeleted is a ReservationState enum value
	ReservationStateDeleted = "DELETED"
)

Current reservation state

View Source 
const (
	// ReservationVideoQualityStandard is a ReservationVideoQuality enum value
	ReservationVideoQualityStandard = "STANDARD"

	// ReservationVideoQualityEnhanced is a ReservationVideoQuality enum value
	ReservationVideoQualityEnhanced = "ENHANCED"

	// ReservationVideoQualityPremium is a ReservationVideoQuality enum value
	ReservationVideoQualityPremium = "PREMIUM"
)

Video quality, e.g. 'STANDARD' (Outputs only)

View Source 
const (
	// RtmpCacheFullBehaviorDisconnectImmediately is a RtmpCacheFullBehavior enum value
	RtmpCacheFullBehaviorDisconnectImmediately = "DISCONNECT_IMMEDIATELY"

	// RtmpCacheFullBehaviorWaitForServer is a RtmpCacheFullBehavior enum value
	RtmpCacheFullBehaviorWaitForServer = "WAIT_FOR_SERVER"
)

Rtmp Cache Full Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// RtmpCaptionDataAll is a RtmpCaptionData enum value
	RtmpCaptionDataAll = "ALL"

	// RtmpCaptionDataField1608 is a RtmpCaptionData enum value
	RtmpCaptionDataField1608 = "FIELD1_608"

	// RtmpCaptionDataField1AndField2608 is a RtmpCaptionData enum value
	RtmpCaptionDataField1AndField2608 = "FIELD1_AND_FIELD2_608"
)

Rtmp Caption Data

View Source 
const (
	// RtmpOutputCertificateModeSelfSigned is a RtmpOutputCertificateMode enum value
	RtmpOutputCertificateModeSelfSigned = "SELF_SIGNED"

	// RtmpOutputCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity is a RtmpOutputCertificateMode enum value
	RtmpOutputCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity = "VERIFY_AUTHENTICITY"
)

Rtmp Output Certificate Mode

View Source 
const (
	// S3CannedAclAuthenticatedRead is a S3CannedAcl enum value
	S3CannedAclAuthenticatedRead = "AUTHENTICATED_READ"

	// S3CannedAclBucketOwnerFullControl is a S3CannedAcl enum value
	S3CannedAclBucketOwnerFullControl = "BUCKET_OWNER_FULL_CONTROL"

	// S3CannedAclBucketOwnerRead is a S3CannedAcl enum value
	S3CannedAclBucketOwnerRead = "BUCKET_OWNER_READ"

	// S3CannedAclPublicRead is a S3CannedAcl enum value
	S3CannedAclPublicRead = "PUBLIC_READ"
)

S3 Canned Acl

View Source 
const (
	// Scte20Convert608To708Disabled is a Scte20Convert608To708 enum value
	Scte20Convert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED"

	// Scte20Convert608To708Upconvert is a Scte20Convert608To708 enum value
	Scte20Convert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT"
)

Scte20 Convert608 To708

View Source 
const (
	// Scte27OcrLanguageDeu is a Scte27OcrLanguage enum value
	Scte27OcrLanguageDeu = "DEU"

	// Scte27OcrLanguageEng is a Scte27OcrLanguage enum value
	Scte27OcrLanguageEng = "ENG"

	// Scte27OcrLanguageFra is a Scte27OcrLanguage enum value
	Scte27OcrLanguageFra = "FRA"

	// Scte27OcrLanguageNld is a Scte27OcrLanguage enum value
	Scte27OcrLanguageNld = "NLD"

	// Scte27OcrLanguagePor is a Scte27OcrLanguage enum value
	Scte27OcrLanguagePor = "POR"

	// Scte27OcrLanguageSpa is a Scte27OcrLanguage enum value
	Scte27OcrLanguageSpa = "SPA"
)

Scte27 Ocr Language

View Source 
const (
	// Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow is a Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value
	Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW"

	// Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value
	Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE"
)

Scte35 Apos No Regional Blackout Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow is a Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value
	Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW"

	// Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value
	Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE"
)

Scte35 Apos Web Delivery Allowed Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveNotAllowed is a Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag enum value
	Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveNotAllowed = "ARCHIVE_NOT_ALLOWED"

	// Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveAllowed is a Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag enum value
	Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveAllowed = "ARCHIVE_ALLOWED"
)

Corresponds to the archive_allowed parameter. A value of ARCHIVE_NOT_ALLOWED corresponds to 0 (false) in the SCTE-35 specification. If you include one of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four of them.

View Source 
const (
	// Scte35DeviceRestrictionsNone is a Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum value
	Scte35DeviceRestrictionsNone = "NONE"

	// Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup0 is a Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum value
	Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup0 = "RESTRICT_GROUP0"

	// Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup1 is a Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum value
	Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup1 = "RESTRICT_GROUP1"

	// Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup2 is a Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum value
	Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup2 = "RESTRICT_GROUP2"
)

Corresponds to the device_restrictions parameter in a segmentation_descriptor. If you include one of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four of them.

View Source 
const (
	// Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagRegionalBlackout is a Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag enum value
	Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagRegionalBlackout = "REGIONAL_BLACKOUT"

	// Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagNoRegionalBlackout is a Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag enum value
	Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagNoRegionalBlackout = "NO_REGIONAL_BLACKOUT"
)

Corresponds to the no_regional_blackout_flag parameter. A value of REGIONAL_BLACKOUT corresponds to 0 (false) in the SCTE-35 specification. If you include one of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four of them.

View Source 
const (
	// Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventNotCanceled is a Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator enum value
	Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventNotCanceled = "SEGMENTATION_EVENT_NOT_CANCELED"

	// Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventCanceled is a Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator enum value
	Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventCanceled = "SEGMENTATION_EVENT_CANCELED"
)

Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_event_cancel_indicator. SEGMENTATION_EVENT_NOT_CANCELED corresponds to 0 in the SCTE-35 specification and indicates that this is an insertion request. SEGMENTATION_EVENT_CANCELED corresponds to 1 in the SCTE-35 specification and indicates that this is a cancelation request, in which case complete this field and the existing event ID to cancel.

View Source 
const (
	// Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow is a Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value
	Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW"

	// Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value
	Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE"
)

Scte35 Splice Insert No Regional Blackout Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow is a Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value
	Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW"

	// Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value
	Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE"
)

Scte35 Splice Insert Web Delivery Allowed Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryNotAllowed is a Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag enum value
	Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryNotAllowed = "WEB_DELIVERY_NOT_ALLOWED"

	// Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryAllowed is a Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag enum value
	Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryAllowed = "WEB_DELIVERY_ALLOWED"
)

Corresponds to the web_delivery_allowed_flag parameter. A value of WEB_DELIVERY_NOT_ALLOWED corresponds to 0 (false) in the SCTE-35 specification. If you include one of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four of them.

View Source 
const (
	// SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlPassthrough is a SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl enum value
	SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlUseConfiguredClock is a SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl enum value
	SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlUseConfiguredClock = "USE_CONFIGURED_CLOCK"
)

Smooth Group Audio Only Timecode Control

View Source 
const (
	// SmoothGroupCertificateModeSelfSigned is a SmoothGroupCertificateMode enum value
	SmoothGroupCertificateModeSelfSigned = "SELF_SIGNED"

	// SmoothGroupCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity is a SmoothGroupCertificateMode enum value
	SmoothGroupCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity = "VERIFY_AUTHENTICITY"
)

Smooth Group Certificate Mode

View Source 
const (
	// SmoothGroupEventIdModeNoEventId is a SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum value
	SmoothGroupEventIdModeNoEventId = "NO_EVENT_ID"

	// SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseConfigured is a SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum value
	SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED"

	// SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseTimestamp is a SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum value
	SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseTimestamp = "USE_TIMESTAMP"
)

Smooth Group Event Id Mode

View Source 
const (
	// SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorNone is a SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior enum value
	SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorNone = "NONE"

	// SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorSendEos is a SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior enum value
	SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorSendEos = "SEND_EOS"
)

Smooth Group Event Stop Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation is a SmoothGroupSegmentationMode enum value
	SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation = "USE_INPUT_SEGMENTATION"

	// SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration is a SmoothGroupSegmentationMode enum value
	SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration = "USE_SEGMENT_DURATION"
)

Smooth Group Segmentation Mode

View Source 
const (
	// SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeNone is a SmoothGroupSparseTrackType enum value
	SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeNone = "NONE"

	// SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35 is a SmoothGroupSparseTrackType enum value
	SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35 = "SCTE_35"

	// SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35WithoutSegmentation is a SmoothGroupSparseTrackType enum value
	SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35WithoutSegmentation = "SCTE_35_WITHOUT_SEGMENTATION"
)

Smooth Group Sparse Track Type

View Source 
const (
	// SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorDoNotSend is a SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior enum value
	SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorDoNotSend = "DO_NOT_SEND"

	// SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorSend is a SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior enum value
	SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorSend = "SEND"
)

Smooth Group Stream Manifest Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseConfiguredOffset is a SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode enum value
	SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseConfiguredOffset = "USE_CONFIGURED_OFFSET"

	// SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseEventStartDate is a SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode enum value
	SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseEventStartDate = "USE_EVENT_START_DATE"
)

Smooth Group Timestamp Offset Mode

View Source 
const (
	// Smpte2038DataPreferenceIgnore is a Smpte2038DataPreference enum value
	Smpte2038DataPreferenceIgnore = "IGNORE"

	// Smpte2038DataPreferencePrefer is a Smpte2038DataPreference enum value
	Smpte2038DataPreferencePrefer = "PREFER"
)

Smpte2038 Data Preference

View Source 
const (
	// TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningAuto is a TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening enum value
	TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningAuto = "AUTO"

	// TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningDisabled is a TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening enum value
	TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningEnabled is a TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening enum value
	TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Temporal Filter Post Filter Sharpening

View Source 
const (
	// TemporalFilterStrengthAuto is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthAuto = "AUTO"

	// TemporalFilterStrengthStrength1 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength1 = "STRENGTH_1"

	// TemporalFilterStrengthStrength2 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength2 = "STRENGTH_2"

	// TemporalFilterStrengthStrength3 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength3 = "STRENGTH_3"

	// TemporalFilterStrengthStrength4 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength4 = "STRENGTH_4"

	// TemporalFilterStrengthStrength5 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength5 = "STRENGTH_5"

	// TemporalFilterStrengthStrength6 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength6 = "STRENGTH_6"

	// TemporalFilterStrengthStrength7 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength7 = "STRENGTH_7"

	// TemporalFilterStrengthStrength8 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength8 = "STRENGTH_8"

	// TemporalFilterStrengthStrength9 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength9 = "STRENGTH_9"

	// TemporalFilterStrengthStrength10 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength10 = "STRENGTH_10"

	// TemporalFilterStrengthStrength11 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength11 = "STRENGTH_11"

	// TemporalFilterStrengthStrength12 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength12 = "STRENGTH_12"

	// TemporalFilterStrengthStrength13 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength13 = "STRENGTH_13"

	// TemporalFilterStrengthStrength14 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength14 = "STRENGTH_14"

	// TemporalFilterStrengthStrength15 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength15 = "STRENGTH_15"

	// TemporalFilterStrengthStrength16 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value
	TemporalFilterStrengthStrength16 = "STRENGTH_16"
)

Temporal Filter Strength

View Source 
const (
	// TimecodeConfigSourceEmbedded is a TimecodeConfigSource enum value
	TimecodeConfigSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED"

	// TimecodeConfigSourceSystemclock is a TimecodeConfigSource enum value
	TimecodeConfigSourceSystemclock = "SYSTEMCLOCK"

	// TimecodeConfigSourceZerobased is a TimecodeConfigSource enum value
	TimecodeConfigSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED"
)

Timecode Config Source

View Source 
const (
	// TtmlDestinationStyleControlPassthrough is a TtmlDestinationStyleControl enum value
	TtmlDestinationStyleControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// TtmlDestinationStyleControlUseConfigured is a TtmlDestinationStyleControl enum value
	TtmlDestinationStyleControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Ttml Destination Style Control

View Source 
const (
	// UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameNone is a UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value
	UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameNone = "NONE"

	// UdpTimedMetadataId3FramePriv is a UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value
	UdpTimedMetadataId3FramePriv = "PRIV"

	// UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl is a UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value
	UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl = "TDRL"
)

Udp Timed Metadata Id3 Frame

View Source 
const (
	// VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdNone is a VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum value
	VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdNone = "NONE"

	// VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdPassthrough is a VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum value
	VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdRespond is a VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum value
	VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdRespond = "RESPOND"
)

Video Description Respond To Afd

View Source 
const (
	// VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorDefault is a VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior enum value
	VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorDefault = "DEFAULT"

	// VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput is a VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior enum value
	VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput = "STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT"
)

Video Description Scaling Behavior

View Source 
const (
	// VideoSelectorColorSpaceFollow is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value
	VideoSelectorColorSpaceFollow = "FOLLOW"

	// VideoSelectorColorSpaceHdr10 is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value
	VideoSelectorColorSpaceHdr10 = "HDR10"

	// VideoSelectorColorSpaceHlg2020 is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value
	VideoSelectorColorSpaceHlg2020 = "HLG_2020"

	// VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec601 is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value
	VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec601 = "REC_601"

	// VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec709 is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value
	VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec709 = "REC_709"
)

Video Selector Color Space

View Source 
const (
	// VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageFallback is a VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage enum value
	VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageFallback = "FALLBACK"

	// VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageForce is a VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage enum value
	VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageForce = "FORCE"
)

Video Selector Color Space Usage

View Source 
const (
	// WavCodingModeCodingMode10 is a WavCodingMode enum value
	WavCodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0"

	// WavCodingModeCodingMode20 is a WavCodingMode enum value
	WavCodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0"

	// WavCodingModeCodingMode40 is a WavCodingMode enum value
	WavCodingModeCodingMode40 = "CODING_MODE_4_0"

	// WavCodingModeCodingMode80 is a WavCodingMode enum value
	WavCodingModeCodingMode80 = "CODING_MODE_8_0"
)

Wav Coding Mode

View Source 
const (

	// ErrCodeBadGatewayException for service response error code
	// "BadGatewayException".
	ErrCodeBadGatewayException = "BadGatewayException"

	// ErrCodeBadRequestException for service response error code
	// "BadRequestException".
	ErrCodeBadRequestException = "BadRequestException"

	// ErrCodeConflictException for service response error code
	// "ConflictException".
	ErrCodeConflictException = "ConflictException"

	// ErrCodeForbiddenException for service response error code
	// "ForbiddenException".
	ErrCodeForbiddenException = "ForbiddenException"

	// ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException for service response error code
	// "GatewayTimeoutException".
	ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException = "GatewayTimeoutException"

	// ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException for service response error code
	// "InternalServerErrorException".
	ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException = "InternalServerErrorException"

	// ErrCodeNotFoundException for service response error code
	// "NotFoundException".
	ErrCodeNotFoundException = "NotFoundException"

	// ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException for service response error code
	// "TooManyRequestsException".
	ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException = "TooManyRequestsException"

	// ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException for service response error code
	// "UnprocessableEntityException".
	ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException = "UnprocessableEntityException"
)
View Source 
const (
	ServiceName = "medialive" // Name of service.
	EndpointsID = ServiceName // ID to lookup a service endpoint with.
	ServiceID   = "MediaLive" // ServiceID is a unique identifier of a specific service.
)

Service information constants

View Source 
const (
	// AcceptHeaderImageJpeg is a AcceptHeader enum value
	AcceptHeaderImageJpeg = "image/jpeg"
)
View Source 
const (
	// AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl enum value
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio = "CORRECT_AUDIO"
)

Audio Normalization Algorithm Control

View Source 
const (
	// ContentTypeImageJpeg is a ContentType enum value
	ContentTypeImageJpeg = "image/jpeg"
)
View Source 
const (
	// HlsMediaStoreStorageClassTemporal is a HlsMediaStoreStorageClass enum value
	HlsMediaStoreStorageClassTemporal = "TEMPORAL"
)

Hls Media Store Storage Class

View Source 
const (
	// InputDeviceTypeHd is a InputDeviceType enum value
	InputDeviceTypeHd = "HD"
)

The type of the input device. For an AWS Elemental Link device that outputs resolutions up to 1080, choose "HD".

View Source 
const (
	// OfferingDurationUnitsMonths is a OfferingDurationUnits enum value
	OfferingDurationUnitsMonths = "MONTHS"
)

Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'

View Source 
const (
	// OfferingTypeNoUpfront is a OfferingType enum value
	OfferingTypeNoUpfront = "NO_UPFRONT"
)

Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'

View Source 
const (
	// RtmpAdMarkersOnCuePointScte35 is a RtmpAdMarkers enum value
	RtmpAdMarkersOnCuePointScte35 = "ON_CUE_POINT_SCTE35"
)

Rtmp Ad Markers

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

func AacCodingMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AacCodingMode_Values() []string

AacCodingMode_Values returns all elements of the AacCodingMode enum

func AacInputType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AacInputType_Values() []string

AacInputType_Values returns all elements of the AacInputType enum

func AacProfile_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AacProfile_Values() []string

AacProfile_Values returns all elements of the AacProfile enum

func AacRateControlMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AacRateControlMode_Values() []string

AacRateControlMode_Values returns all elements of the AacRateControlMode enum

func AacRawFormat_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AacRawFormat_Values() []string

AacRawFormat_Values returns all elements of the AacRawFormat enum

func AacSpec_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AacSpec_Values() []string

AacSpec_Values returns all elements of the AacSpec enum

func AacVbrQuality_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AacVbrQuality_Values() []string

AacVbrQuality_Values returns all elements of the AacVbrQuality enum

func Ac3BitstreamMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Ac3BitstreamMode_Values() []string

Ac3BitstreamMode_Values returns all elements of the Ac3BitstreamMode enum

func Ac3CodingMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Ac3CodingMode_Values() []string

Ac3CodingMode_Values returns all elements of the Ac3CodingMode enum

func Ac3DrcProfile_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Ac3DrcProfile_Values() []string

Ac3DrcProfile_Values returns all elements of the Ac3DrcProfile enum

func Ac3LfeFilter_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Ac3LfeFilter_Values() []string

Ac3LfeFilter_Values returns all elements of the Ac3LfeFilter enum

func Ac3MetadataControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Ac3MetadataControl_Values() []string

Ac3MetadataControl_Values returns all elements of the Ac3MetadataControl enum

func AcceptHeader_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AcceptHeader_Values() []string

AcceptHeader_Values returns all elements of the AcceptHeader enum

func AfdSignaling_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AfdSignaling_Values() []string

AfdSignaling_Values returns all elements of the AfdSignaling enum

func AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl_Values() []string

AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl_Values returns all elements of the AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl enum

func AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl_Values() []string

AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl_Values returns all elements of the AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl enum

func AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy_Values() []string

AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy_Values returns all elements of the AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy enum

func AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl_Values() []string

AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl_Values returns all elements of the AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl enum

func AudioNormalizationAlgorithm_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AudioNormalizationAlgorithm_Values() []string

AudioNormalizationAlgorithm_Values returns all elements of the AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum

func AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType_Values() []string

AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType_Values returns all elements of the AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType enum

func AudioOnlyHlsTrackType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AudioOnlyHlsTrackType_Values() []string

AudioOnlyHlsTrackType_Values returns all elements of the AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum

func AudioType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AudioType_Values() []string

AudioType_Values returns all elements of the AudioType enum

func AuthenticationScheme_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AuthenticationScheme_Values() []string

AuthenticationScheme_Values returns all elements of the AuthenticationScheme enum

func AvailBlankingState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func AvailBlankingState_Values() []string

AvailBlankingState_Values returns all elements of the AvailBlankingState enum

func BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout_Values added in v1.34.3 

func BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout_Values() []string

BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout_Values returns all elements of the BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout enum

func BlackoutSlateState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func BlackoutSlateState_Values() []string

BlackoutSlateState_Values returns all elements of the BlackoutSlateState enum

func BurnInAlignment_Values added in v1.34.3 

func BurnInAlignment_Values() []string

BurnInAlignment_Values returns all elements of the BurnInAlignment enum

func BurnInBackgroundColor_Values added in v1.34.3 

func BurnInBackgroundColor_Values() []string

BurnInBackgroundColor_Values returns all elements of the BurnInBackgroundColor enum

func BurnInFontColor_Values added in v1.34.3 

func BurnInFontColor_Values() []string

BurnInFontColor_Values returns all elements of the BurnInFontColor enum

func BurnInOutlineColor_Values added in v1.34.3 

func BurnInOutlineColor_Values() []string

BurnInOutlineColor_Values returns all elements of the BurnInOutlineColor enum

func BurnInShadowColor_Values added in v1.34.3 

func BurnInShadowColor_Values() []string

BurnInShadowColor_Values returns all elements of the BurnInShadowColor enum

func BurnInTeletextGridControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func BurnInTeletextGridControl_Values() []string

BurnInTeletextGridControl_Values returns all elements of the BurnInTeletextGridControl enum

func CdiInputResolution_Values added in v1.35.7 

func CdiInputResolution_Values() []string

CdiInputResolution_Values returns all elements of the CdiInputResolution enum

func ChannelClass_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ChannelClass_Values() []string

ChannelClass_Values returns all elements of the ChannelClass enum

func ChannelState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ChannelState_Values() []string

ChannelState_Values returns all elements of the ChannelState enum

func ContentType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ContentType_Values() []string

ContentType_Values returns all elements of the ContentType enum

func DeviceSettingsSyncState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func DeviceSettingsSyncState_Values() []string

DeviceSettingsSyncState_Values returns all elements of the DeviceSettingsSyncState enum

func DeviceUpdateStatus_Values added in v1.35.32 

func DeviceUpdateStatus_Values() []string

DeviceUpdateStatus_Values returns all elements of the DeviceUpdateStatus enum

func DvbSdtOutputSdt_Values added in v1.34.3 

func DvbSdtOutputSdt_Values() []string

DvbSdtOutputSdt_Values returns all elements of the DvbSdtOutputSdt enum

func DvbSubDestinationAlignment_Values added in v1.34.3 

func DvbSubDestinationAlignment_Values() []string

DvbSubDestinationAlignment_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum

func DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor_Values added in v1.34.3 

func DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor_Values() []string

DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum

func DvbSubDestinationFontColor_Values added in v1.34.3 

func DvbSubDestinationFontColor_Values() []string

DvbSubDestinationFontColor_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum

func DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor_Values added in v1.34.3 

func DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor_Values() []string

DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum

func DvbSubDestinationShadowColor_Values added in v1.34.3 

func DvbSubDestinationShadowColor_Values() []string

DvbSubDestinationShadowColor_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum

func DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl_Values() []string

DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl enum

func DvbSubOcrLanguage_Values added in v1.38.60 

func DvbSubOcrLanguage_Values() []string

DvbSubOcrLanguage_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubOcrLanguage enum

func Eac3AttenuationControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Eac3AttenuationControl_Values() []string

Eac3AttenuationControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3AttenuationControl enum

func Eac3BitstreamMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Eac3BitstreamMode_Values() []string

Eac3BitstreamMode_Values returns all elements of the Eac3BitstreamMode enum

func Eac3CodingMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Eac3CodingMode_Values() []string

Eac3CodingMode_Values returns all elements of the Eac3CodingMode enum

func Eac3DcFilter_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Eac3DcFilter_Values() []string

Eac3DcFilter_Values returns all elements of the Eac3DcFilter enum

func Eac3DrcLine_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Eac3DrcLine_Values() []string

Eac3DrcLine_Values returns all elements of the Eac3DrcLine enum

func Eac3DrcRf_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Eac3DrcRf_Values() []string

Eac3DrcRf_Values returns all elements of the Eac3DrcRf enum

func Eac3LfeControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Eac3LfeControl_Values() []string

Eac3LfeControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3LfeControl enum

func Eac3LfeFilter_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Eac3LfeFilter_Values() []string

Eac3LfeFilter_Values returns all elements of the Eac3LfeFilter enum

func Eac3MetadataControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Eac3MetadataControl_Values() []string

Eac3MetadataControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3MetadataControl enum

func Eac3PassthroughControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Eac3PassthroughControl_Values() []string

Eac3PassthroughControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3PassthroughControl enum

func Eac3PhaseControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Eac3PhaseControl_Values() []string

Eac3PhaseControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3PhaseControl enum

func Eac3StereoDownmix_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Eac3StereoDownmix_Values() []string

Eac3StereoDownmix_Values returns all elements of the Eac3StereoDownmix enum

func Eac3SurroundExMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Eac3SurroundExMode_Values() []string

Eac3SurroundExMode_Values returns all elements of the Eac3SurroundExMode enum

func Eac3SurroundMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Eac3SurroundMode_Values() []string

Eac3SurroundMode_Values returns all elements of the Eac3SurroundMode enum

func EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl_Values() []string

EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl_Values returns all elements of the EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl enum

func EbuTtDFillLineGapControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func EbuTtDFillLineGapControl_Values() []string

EbuTtDFillLineGapControl_Values returns all elements of the EbuTtDFillLineGapControl enum

func EmbeddedConvert608To708_Values added in v1.34.3 

func EmbeddedConvert608To708_Values() []string

EmbeddedConvert608To708_Values returns all elements of the EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum

func EmbeddedScte20Detection_Values added in v1.34.3 

func EmbeddedScte20Detection_Values() []string

EmbeddedScte20Detection_Values returns all elements of the EmbeddedScte20Detection enum

func FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions_Values added in v1.34.3 

func FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions_Values() []string

FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions_Values returns all elements of the FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions enum

func FecOutputIncludeFec_Values added in v1.34.3 

func FecOutputIncludeFec_Values() []string

FecOutputIncludeFec_Values returns all elements of the FecOutputIncludeFec enum

func FixedAfd_Values added in v1.34.3 

func FixedAfd_Values() []string

FixedAfd_Values returns all elements of the FixedAfd enum

func Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior_Values() []string

Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior_Values returns all elements of the Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior enum

func Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior_Values() []string

Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior_Values returns all elements of the Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior enum

func FollowPoint_Values added in v1.34.3 

func FollowPoint_Values() []string

FollowPoint_Values returns all elements of the FollowPoint enum

func FrameCaptureIntervalUnit_Values added in v1.34.3 

func FrameCaptureIntervalUnit_Values() []string

FrameCaptureIntervalUnit_Values returns all elements of the FrameCaptureIntervalUnit enum

func GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction_Values added in v1.34.3 

func GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction_Values() []string

GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction_Values returns all elements of the GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction enum

func GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs_Values added in v1.34.3 

func GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs_Values() []string

GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs_Values returns all elements of the GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs enum

func GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode_Values() []string

GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode_Values returns all elements of the GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode enum

func GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource_Values added in v1.34.3 

func GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource_Values() []string

GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource_Values returns all elements of the GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource enum

func H264AdaptiveQuantization_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264AdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string

H264AdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the H264AdaptiveQuantization enum

func H264ColorMetadata_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264ColorMetadata_Values() []string

H264ColorMetadata_Values returns all elements of the H264ColorMetadata enum

func H264EntropyEncoding_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264EntropyEncoding_Values() []string

H264EntropyEncoding_Values returns all elements of the H264EntropyEncoding enum

func H264FlickerAq_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264FlickerAq_Values() []string

H264FlickerAq_Values returns all elements of the H264FlickerAq enum

func H264ForceFieldPictures_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264ForceFieldPictures_Values() []string

H264ForceFieldPictures_Values returns all elements of the H264ForceFieldPictures enum

func H264FramerateControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264FramerateControl_Values() []string

H264FramerateControl_Values returns all elements of the H264FramerateControl enum

func H264GopBReference_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264GopBReference_Values() []string

H264GopBReference_Values returns all elements of the H264GopBReference enum

func H264GopSizeUnits_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264GopSizeUnits_Values() []string

H264GopSizeUnits_Values returns all elements of the H264GopSizeUnits enum

func H264Level_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264Level_Values() []string

H264Level_Values returns all elements of the H264Level enum

func H264LookAheadRateControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264LookAheadRateControl_Values() []string

H264LookAheadRateControl_Values returns all elements of the H264LookAheadRateControl enum

func H264ParControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264ParControl_Values() []string

H264ParControl_Values returns all elements of the H264ParControl enum

func H264Profile_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264Profile_Values() []string

H264Profile_Values returns all elements of the H264Profile enum

func H264QualityLevel_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264QualityLevel_Values() []string

H264QualityLevel_Values returns all elements of the H264QualityLevel enum

func H264RateControlMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264RateControlMode_Values() []string

H264RateControlMode_Values returns all elements of the H264RateControlMode enum

func H264ScanType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264ScanType_Values() []string

H264ScanType_Values returns all elements of the H264ScanType enum

func H264SceneChangeDetect_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264SceneChangeDetect_Values() []string

H264SceneChangeDetect_Values returns all elements of the H264SceneChangeDetect enum

func H264SpatialAq_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264SpatialAq_Values() []string

H264SpatialAq_Values returns all elements of the H264SpatialAq enum

func H264SubGopLength_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264SubGopLength_Values() []string

H264SubGopLength_Values returns all elements of the H264SubGopLength enum

func H264Syntax_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264Syntax_Values() []string

H264Syntax_Values returns all elements of the H264Syntax enum

func H264TemporalAq_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264TemporalAq_Values() []string

H264TemporalAq_Values returns all elements of the H264TemporalAq enum

func H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior_Values() []string

H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior_Values returns all elements of the H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum

func H265AdaptiveQuantization_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H265AdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string

H265AdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the H265AdaptiveQuantization enum

func H265AlternativeTransferFunction_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H265AlternativeTransferFunction_Values() []string

H265AlternativeTransferFunction_Values returns all elements of the H265AlternativeTransferFunction enum

func H265ColorMetadata_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H265ColorMetadata_Values() []string

H265ColorMetadata_Values returns all elements of the H265ColorMetadata enum

func H265FlickerAq_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H265FlickerAq_Values() []string

H265FlickerAq_Values returns all elements of the H265FlickerAq enum

func H265GopSizeUnits_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H265GopSizeUnits_Values() []string

H265GopSizeUnits_Values returns all elements of the H265GopSizeUnits enum

func H265Level_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H265Level_Values() []string

H265Level_Values returns all elements of the H265Level enum

func H265LookAheadRateControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H265LookAheadRateControl_Values() []string

H265LookAheadRateControl_Values returns all elements of the H265LookAheadRateControl enum

func H265Profile_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H265Profile_Values() []string

H265Profile_Values returns all elements of the H265Profile enum

func H265RateControlMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H265RateControlMode_Values() []string

H265RateControlMode_Values returns all elements of the H265RateControlMode enum

func H265ScanType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H265ScanType_Values() []string

H265ScanType_Values returns all elements of the H265ScanType enum

func H265SceneChangeDetect_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H265SceneChangeDetect_Values() []string

H265SceneChangeDetect_Values returns all elements of the H265SceneChangeDetect enum

func H265Tier_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H265Tier_Values() []string

H265Tier_Values returns all elements of the H265Tier enum

func H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior_Values() []string

H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior_Values returns all elements of the H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum

func HlsAdMarkers_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsAdMarkers_Values() []string

HlsAdMarkers_Values returns all elements of the HlsAdMarkers enum

func HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode_Values() []string

HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode_Values returns all elements of the HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode enum

func HlsCaptionLanguageSetting_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsCaptionLanguageSetting_Values() []string

HlsCaptionLanguageSetting_Values returns all elements of the HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum

func HlsClientCache_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsClientCache_Values() []string

HlsClientCache_Values returns all elements of the HlsClientCache enum

func HlsCodecSpecification_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsCodecSpecification_Values() []string

HlsCodecSpecification_Values returns all elements of the HlsCodecSpecification enum

func HlsDirectoryStructure_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsDirectoryStructure_Values() []string

HlsDirectoryStructure_Values returns all elements of the HlsDirectoryStructure enum

func HlsDiscontinuityTags_Values added in v1.35.19 

func HlsDiscontinuityTags_Values() []string

HlsDiscontinuityTags_Values returns all elements of the HlsDiscontinuityTags enum

func HlsEncryptionType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsEncryptionType_Values() []string

HlsEncryptionType_Values returns all elements of the HlsEncryptionType enum

func HlsH265PackagingType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsH265PackagingType_Values() []string

HlsH265PackagingType_Values returns all elements of the HlsH265PackagingType enum

func HlsId3SegmentTaggingState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsId3SegmentTaggingState_Values() []string

HlsId3SegmentTaggingState_Values returns all elements of the HlsId3SegmentTaggingState enum

func HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior_Values added in v1.35.19 

func HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior_Values() []string

HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior_Values returns all elements of the HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior enum

func HlsIvInManifest_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsIvInManifest_Values() []string

HlsIvInManifest_Values returns all elements of the HlsIvInManifest enum

func HlsIvSource_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsIvSource_Values() []string

HlsIvSource_Values returns all elements of the HlsIvSource enum

func HlsManifestCompression_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsManifestCompression_Values() []string

HlsManifestCompression_Values returns all elements of the HlsManifestCompression enum

func HlsManifestDurationFormat_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsManifestDurationFormat_Values() []string

HlsManifestDurationFormat_Values returns all elements of the HlsManifestDurationFormat enum

func HlsMediaStoreStorageClass_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsMediaStoreStorageClass_Values() []string

HlsMediaStoreStorageClass_Values returns all elements of the HlsMediaStoreStorageClass enum

func HlsMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsMode_Values() []string

HlsMode_Values returns all elements of the HlsMode enum

func HlsOutputSelection_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsOutputSelection_Values() []string

HlsOutputSelection_Values returns all elements of the HlsOutputSelection enum

func HlsProgramDateTime_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsProgramDateTime_Values() []string

HlsProgramDateTime_Values returns all elements of the HlsProgramDateTime enum

func HlsRedundantManifest_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsRedundantManifest_Values() []string

HlsRedundantManifest_Values returns all elements of the HlsRedundantManifest enum

func HlsScte35SourceType_Values added in v1.38.60 

func HlsScte35SourceType_Values() []string

HlsScte35SourceType_Values returns all elements of the HlsScte35SourceType enum

func HlsSegmentationMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsSegmentationMode_Values() []string

HlsSegmentationMode_Values returns all elements of the HlsSegmentationMode enum

func HlsStreamInfResolution_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsStreamInfResolution_Values() []string

HlsStreamInfResolution_Values returns all elements of the HlsStreamInfResolution enum

func HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame_Values() []string

HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame_Values returns all elements of the HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum

func HlsTsFileMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsTsFileMode_Values() []string

HlsTsFileMode_Values returns all elements of the HlsTsFileMode enum

func HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode_Values() []string

HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode_Values returns all elements of the HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode enum

func IFrameOnlyPlaylistType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func IFrameOnlyPlaylistType_Values() []string

IFrameOnlyPlaylistType_Values returns all elements of the IFrameOnlyPlaylistType enum

func InputClass_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputClass_Values() []string

InputClass_Values returns all elements of the InputClass enum

func InputCodec_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputCodec_Values() []string

InputCodec_Values returns all elements of the InputCodec enum

func InputDeblockFilter_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputDeblockFilter_Values() []string

InputDeblockFilter_Values returns all elements of the InputDeblockFilter enum

func InputDenoiseFilter_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputDenoiseFilter_Values() []string

InputDenoiseFilter_Values returns all elements of the InputDenoiseFilter enum

func InputDeviceActiveInput_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputDeviceActiveInput_Values() []string

InputDeviceActiveInput_Values returns all elements of the InputDeviceActiveInput enum

func InputDeviceConfiguredInput_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputDeviceConfiguredInput_Values() []string

InputDeviceConfiguredInput_Values returns all elements of the InputDeviceConfiguredInput enum

func InputDeviceConnectionState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputDeviceConnectionState_Values() []string

InputDeviceConnectionState_Values returns all elements of the InputDeviceConnectionState enum

func InputDeviceIpScheme_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputDeviceIpScheme_Values() []string

InputDeviceIpScheme_Values returns all elements of the InputDeviceIpScheme enum

func InputDeviceScanType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputDeviceScanType_Values() []string

InputDeviceScanType_Values returns all elements of the InputDeviceScanType enum

func InputDeviceState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputDeviceState_Values() []string

InputDeviceState_Values returns all elements of the InputDeviceState enum

func InputDeviceTransferType_Values added in v1.35.9 

func InputDeviceTransferType_Values() []string

InputDeviceTransferType_Values returns all elements of the InputDeviceTransferType enum

func InputDeviceType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputDeviceType_Values() []string

InputDeviceType_Values returns all elements of the InputDeviceType enum

func InputFilter_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputFilter_Values() []string

InputFilter_Values returns all elements of the InputFilter enum

func InputLossActionForHlsOut_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputLossActionForHlsOut_Values() []string

InputLossActionForHlsOut_Values returns all elements of the InputLossActionForHlsOut enum

func InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut_Values() []string

InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut_Values returns all elements of the InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut enum

func InputLossActionForRtmpOut_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputLossActionForRtmpOut_Values() []string

InputLossActionForRtmpOut_Values returns all elements of the InputLossActionForRtmpOut enum

func InputLossActionForUdpOut_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputLossActionForUdpOut_Values() []string

InputLossActionForUdpOut_Values returns all elements of the InputLossActionForUdpOut enum

func InputLossImageType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputLossImageType_Values() []string

InputLossImageType_Values returns all elements of the InputLossImageType enum

func InputMaximumBitrate_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputMaximumBitrate_Values() []string

InputMaximumBitrate_Values returns all elements of the InputMaximumBitrate enum

func InputPreference_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputPreference_Values() []string

InputPreference_Values returns all elements of the InputPreference enum

func InputResolution_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputResolution_Values() []string

InputResolution_Values returns all elements of the InputResolution enum

func InputSecurityGroupState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputSecurityGroupState_Values() []string

InputSecurityGroupState_Values returns all elements of the InputSecurityGroupState enum

func InputSourceEndBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputSourceEndBehavior_Values() []string

InputSourceEndBehavior_Values returns all elements of the InputSourceEndBehavior enum

func InputSourceType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputSourceType_Values() []string

InputSourceType_Values returns all elements of the InputSourceType enum

func InputState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputState_Values() []string

InputState_Values returns all elements of the InputState enum

func InputTimecodeSource_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputTimecodeSource_Values() []string

InputTimecodeSource_Values returns all elements of the InputTimecodeSource enum

func InputType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func InputType_Values() []string

InputType_Values returns all elements of the InputType enum

func LastFrameClippingBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func LastFrameClippingBehavior_Values() []string

LastFrameClippingBehavior_Values returns all elements of the LastFrameClippingBehavior enum

func LogLevel_Values added in v1.34.3 

func LogLevel_Values() []string

LogLevel_Values returns all elements of the LogLevel enum

func M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior_Values() []string

M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior_Values returns all elements of the M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior enum

func M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl_Values() []string

M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl_Values returns all elements of the M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl enum

func M2tsArib_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsArib_Values() []string

M2tsArib_Values returns all elements of the M2tsArib enum

func M2tsAudioBufferModel_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsAudioBufferModel_Values() []string

M2tsAudioBufferModel_Values returns all elements of the M2tsAudioBufferModel enum

func M2tsAudioInterval_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsAudioInterval_Values() []string

M2tsAudioInterval_Values returns all elements of the M2tsAudioInterval enum

func M2tsAudioStreamType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsAudioStreamType_Values() []string

M2tsAudioStreamType_Values returns all elements of the M2tsAudioStreamType enum

func M2tsBufferModel_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsBufferModel_Values() []string

M2tsBufferModel_Values returns all elements of the M2tsBufferModel enum

func M2tsCcDescriptor_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsCcDescriptor_Values() []string

M2tsCcDescriptor_Values returns all elements of the M2tsCcDescriptor enum

func M2tsEbifControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsEbifControl_Values() []string

M2tsEbifControl_Values returns all elements of the M2tsEbifControl enum

func M2tsEbpPlacement_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsEbpPlacement_Values() []string

M2tsEbpPlacement_Values returns all elements of the M2tsEbpPlacement enum

func M2tsEsRateInPes_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsEsRateInPes_Values() []string

M2tsEsRateInPes_Values returns all elements of the M2tsEsRateInPes enum

func M2tsKlv_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsKlv_Values() []string

M2tsKlv_Values returns all elements of the M2tsKlv enum

func M2tsNielsenId3Behavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsNielsenId3Behavior_Values() []string

M2tsNielsenId3Behavior_Values returns all elements of the M2tsNielsenId3Behavior enum

func M2tsPcrControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsPcrControl_Values() []string

M2tsPcrControl_Values returns all elements of the M2tsPcrControl enum

func M2tsRateMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsRateMode_Values() []string

M2tsRateMode_Values returns all elements of the M2tsRateMode enum

func M2tsScte35Control_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsScte35Control_Values() []string

M2tsScte35Control_Values returns all elements of the M2tsScte35Control enum

func M2tsSegmentationMarkers_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsSegmentationMarkers_Values() []string

M2tsSegmentationMarkers_Values returns all elements of the M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum

func M2tsSegmentationStyle_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsSegmentationStyle_Values() []string

M2tsSegmentationStyle_Values returns all elements of the M2tsSegmentationStyle enum

func M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior_Values() []string

M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior_Values returns all elements of the M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior enum

func M3u8NielsenId3Behavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M3u8NielsenId3Behavior_Values() []string

M3u8NielsenId3Behavior_Values returns all elements of the M3u8NielsenId3Behavior enum

func M3u8PcrControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M3u8PcrControl_Values() []string

M3u8PcrControl_Values returns all elements of the M3u8PcrControl enum

func M3u8Scte35Behavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M3u8Scte35Behavior_Values() []string

M3u8Scte35Behavior_Values returns all elements of the M3u8Scte35Behavior enum

func M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior_Values() []string

M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior_Values returns all elements of the M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior enum

func MotionGraphicsInsertion_Values added in v1.38.13 

func MotionGraphicsInsertion_Values() []string

MotionGraphicsInsertion_Values returns all elements of the MotionGraphicsInsertion enum

func Mp2CodingMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Mp2CodingMode_Values() []string

Mp2CodingMode_Values returns all elements of the Mp2CodingMode enum

func Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization_Values added in v1.35.7 

func Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string

Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum

func Mpeg2ColorMetadata_Values added in v1.35.7 

func Mpeg2ColorMetadata_Values() []string

Mpeg2ColorMetadata_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2ColorMetadata enum

func Mpeg2ColorSpace_Values added in v1.35.7 

func Mpeg2ColorSpace_Values() []string

Mpeg2ColorSpace_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2ColorSpace enum

func Mpeg2DisplayRatio_Values added in v1.35.7 

func Mpeg2DisplayRatio_Values() []string

Mpeg2DisplayRatio_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2DisplayRatio enum

func Mpeg2GopSizeUnits_Values added in v1.35.7 

func Mpeg2GopSizeUnits_Values() []string

Mpeg2GopSizeUnits_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2GopSizeUnits enum

func Mpeg2ScanType_Values added in v1.35.7 

func Mpeg2ScanType_Values() []string

Mpeg2ScanType_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2ScanType enum

func Mpeg2SubGopLength_Values added in v1.35.7 

func Mpeg2SubGopLength_Values() []string

Mpeg2SubGopLength_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2SubGopLength enum

func Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior_Values added in v1.35.7 

func Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior_Values() []string

Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum

func MsSmoothH265PackagingType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func MsSmoothH265PackagingType_Values() []string

MsSmoothH265PackagingType_Values returns all elements of the MsSmoothH265PackagingType enum

func MultiplexState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func MultiplexState_Values() []string

MultiplexState_Values returns all elements of the MultiplexState enum

func NetworkInputServerValidation_Values added in v1.34.3 

func NetworkInputServerValidation_Values() []string

NetworkInputServerValidation_Values returns all elements of the NetworkInputServerValidation enum

func NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState_Values() []string

NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState_Values returns all elements of the NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState enum

func OfferingDurationUnits_Values added in v1.34.3 

func OfferingDurationUnits_Values() []string

OfferingDurationUnits_Values returns all elements of the OfferingDurationUnits enum

func OfferingType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func OfferingType_Values() []string

OfferingType_Values returns all elements of the OfferingType enum

func PipelineId_Values added in v1.34.3 

func PipelineId_Values() []string

PipelineId_Values returns all elements of the PipelineId enum

func PreferredChannelPipeline_Values added in v1.34.3 

func PreferredChannelPipeline_Values() []string

PreferredChannelPipeline_Values returns all elements of the PreferredChannelPipeline enum

func ReservationCodec_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ReservationCodec_Values() []string

ReservationCodec_Values returns all elements of the ReservationCodec enum

func ReservationMaximumBitrate_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ReservationMaximumBitrate_Values() []string

ReservationMaximumBitrate_Values returns all elements of the ReservationMaximumBitrate enum

func ReservationMaximumFramerate_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ReservationMaximumFramerate_Values() []string

ReservationMaximumFramerate_Values returns all elements of the ReservationMaximumFramerate enum

func ReservationResolution_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ReservationResolution_Values() []string

ReservationResolution_Values returns all elements of the ReservationResolution enum

func ReservationResourceType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ReservationResourceType_Values() []string

ReservationResourceType_Values returns all elements of the ReservationResourceType enum

func ReservationSpecialFeature_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ReservationSpecialFeature_Values() []string

ReservationSpecialFeature_Values returns all elements of the ReservationSpecialFeature enum

func ReservationState_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ReservationState_Values() []string

ReservationState_Values returns all elements of the ReservationState enum

func ReservationVideoQuality_Values added in v1.34.3 

func ReservationVideoQuality_Values() []string

ReservationVideoQuality_Values returns all elements of the ReservationVideoQuality enum

func RtmpAdMarkers_Values added in v1.35.23 

func RtmpAdMarkers_Values() []string

RtmpAdMarkers_Values returns all elements of the RtmpAdMarkers enum

func RtmpCacheFullBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func RtmpCacheFullBehavior_Values() []string

RtmpCacheFullBehavior_Values returns all elements of the RtmpCacheFullBehavior enum

func RtmpCaptionData_Values added in v1.34.3 

func RtmpCaptionData_Values() []string

RtmpCaptionData_Values returns all elements of the RtmpCaptionData enum

func RtmpOutputCertificateMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func RtmpOutputCertificateMode_Values() []string

RtmpOutputCertificateMode_Values returns all elements of the RtmpOutputCertificateMode enum

func S3CannedAcl_Values added in v1.37.29 

func S3CannedAcl_Values() []string

S3CannedAcl_Values returns all elements of the S3CannedAcl enum

func Scte20Convert608To708_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Scte20Convert608To708_Values() []string

Scte20Convert608To708_Values returns all elements of the Scte20Convert608To708 enum

func Scte27OcrLanguage_Values added in v1.38.60 

func Scte27OcrLanguage_Values() []string

Scte27OcrLanguage_Values returns all elements of the Scte27OcrLanguage enum

func Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior_Values() []string

Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior_Values returns all elements of the Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum

func Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior_Values() []string

Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior_Values returns all elements of the Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum

func Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag_Values() []string

Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag_Values returns all elements of the Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag enum

func Scte35DeviceRestrictions_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Scte35DeviceRestrictions_Values() []string

Scte35DeviceRestrictions_Values returns all elements of the Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum

func Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag_Values() []string

Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag_Values returns all elements of the Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag enum

func Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator_Values() []string

Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator_Values returns all elements of the Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator enum

func Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior_Values() []string

Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior_Values returns all elements of the Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum

func Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior_Values() []string

Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior_Values returns all elements of the Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum

func Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag_Values() []string

Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag_Values returns all elements of the Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag enum

func SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl_Values() []string

SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl_Values returns all elements of the SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl enum

func SmoothGroupCertificateMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func SmoothGroupCertificateMode_Values() []string

SmoothGroupCertificateMode_Values returns all elements of the SmoothGroupCertificateMode enum

func SmoothGroupEventIdMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func SmoothGroupEventIdMode_Values() []string

SmoothGroupEventIdMode_Values returns all elements of the SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum

func SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior_Values() []string

SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior_Values returns all elements of the SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior enum

func SmoothGroupSegmentationMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func SmoothGroupSegmentationMode_Values() []string

SmoothGroupSegmentationMode_Values returns all elements of the SmoothGroupSegmentationMode enum

func SmoothGroupSparseTrackType_Values added in v1.34.3 

func SmoothGroupSparseTrackType_Values() []string

SmoothGroupSparseTrackType_Values returns all elements of the SmoothGroupSparseTrackType enum

func SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior_Values() []string

SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior_Values returns all elements of the SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior enum

func SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode_Values added in v1.34.3 

func SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode_Values() []string

SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode_Values returns all elements of the SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode enum

func Smpte2038DataPreference_Values added in v1.34.3 

func Smpte2038DataPreference_Values() []string

Smpte2038DataPreference_Values returns all elements of the Smpte2038DataPreference enum

func TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening_Values added in v1.34.3 

func TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening_Values() []string

TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening_Values returns all elements of the TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening enum

func TemporalFilterStrength_Values added in v1.34.3 

func TemporalFilterStrength_Values() []string

TemporalFilterStrength_Values returns all elements of the TemporalFilterStrength enum

func TimecodeConfigSource_Values added in v1.34.3 

func TimecodeConfigSource_Values() []string

TimecodeConfigSource_Values returns all elements of the TimecodeConfigSource enum

func TtmlDestinationStyleControl_Values added in v1.34.3 

func TtmlDestinationStyleControl_Values() []string

TtmlDestinationStyleControl_Values returns all elements of the TtmlDestinationStyleControl enum

func UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame_Values added in v1.34.3 

func UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame_Values() []string

UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame_Values returns all elements of the UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum

func VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd_Values added in v1.34.3 

func VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd_Values() []string

VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd_Values returns all elements of the VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum

func VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior_Values added in v1.34.3 

func VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior_Values() []string

VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior_Values returns all elements of the VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior enum

func VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage_Values added in v1.34.3 

func VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage_Values() []string

VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage_Values returns all elements of the VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage enum

func VideoSelectorColorSpace_Values added in v1.34.3 

func VideoSelectorColorSpace_Values() []string

VideoSelectorColorSpace_Values returns all elements of the VideoSelectorColorSpace enum

func WavCodingMode_Values added in v1.35.7 

func WavCodingMode_Values() []string

WavCodingMode_Values returns all elements of the WavCodingMode enum

Types

type AacSettings 

type AacSettings struct {

	// Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid values depend on rate control mode
	// and profile.
	Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"`

	// Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values depend on rate control
	// mode and profile. The adReceiverMix setting receives a stereo description
	// plus control track and emits a mono AAC encode of the description track,
	// with control data emitted in the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex
	// E.
	CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"AacCodingMode"`

	// Set to "broadcasterMixedAd" when input contains pre-mixed main audio + AD
	// (narration) as a stereo pair. The Audio Type field (audioType) will be set
	// to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster
	// mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed
	// audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. The values in audioTypeControl
	// and audioType (in AudioDescription) are ignored when set to broadcasterMixedAd.Leave
	// set to "normal" when input does not contain pre-mixed audio + AD.
	InputType *string `locationName:"inputType" type:"string" enum:"AacInputType"`

	// AAC Profile.
	Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"AacProfile"`

	// Rate Control Mode.
	RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"AacRateControlMode"`

	// Sets LATM / LOAS AAC output for raw containers.
	RawFormat *string `locationName:"rawFormat" type:"string" enum:"AacRawFormat"`

	// Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile.
	SampleRate *float64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"double"`

	// Use MPEG-2 AAC audio instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport
	// Stream containers.
	Spec *string `locationName:"spec" type:"string" enum:"AacSpec"`

	// VBR Quality Level - Only used if rateControlMode is VBR.
	VbrQuality *string `locationName:"vbrQuality" type:"string" enum:"AacVbrQuality"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Aac Settings

func (AacSettings) GoString 

func (s AacSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AacSettings) SetBitrate 

func (s *AacSettings) SetBitrate(v float64) *AacSettings

SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.

func (*AacSettings) SetCodingMode 

func (s *AacSettings) SetCodingMode(v string) *AacSettings

SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.

func (*AacSettings) SetInputType 

func (s *AacSettings) SetInputType(v string) *AacSettings

SetInputType sets the InputType field's value.

func (*AacSettings) SetProfile 

func (s *AacSettings) SetProfile(v string) *AacSettings

SetProfile sets the Profile field's value.

func (*AacSettings) SetRateControlMode 

func (s *AacSettings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *AacSettings

SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.

func (*AacSettings) SetRawFormat 

func (s *AacSettings) SetRawFormat(v string) *AacSettings

SetRawFormat sets the RawFormat field's value.

func (*AacSettings) SetSampleRate 

func (s *AacSettings) SetSampleRate(v float64) *AacSettings

SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.

func (*AacSettings) SetSpec 

func (s *AacSettings) SetSpec(v string) *AacSettings

SetSpec sets the Spec field's value.

func (*AacSettings) SetVbrQuality 

func (s *AacSettings) SetVbrQuality(v string) *AacSettings

SetVbrQuality sets the VbrQuality field's value.

func (AacSettings) String 

func (s AacSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Ac3Settings 

type Ac3Settings struct {

	// Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode.
	Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"`

	// Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted AC-3 stream. See ATSC
	// A/52-2012 for background on these values.
	BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3BitstreamMode"`

	// Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels.
	CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3CodingMode"`

	// Sets the dialnorm for the output. If excluded and input audio is Dolby Digital,
	// dialnorm will be passed through.
	Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// If set to filmStandard, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the output
	// bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification.
	DrcProfile *string `locationName:"drcProfile" type:"string" enum:"Ac3DrcProfile"`

	// When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior
	// to encoding. Only valid in codingMode32Lfe mode.
	LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Ac3LfeFilter"`

	// When set to "followInput", encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD,
	// DD+, or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied
	// from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
	MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Ac3MetadataControl"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Ac3 Settings

func (Ac3Settings) GoString 

func (s Ac3Settings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Ac3Settings) SetBitrate 

func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Ac3Settings

SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.

func (*Ac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode 

func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Ac3Settings

SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value.

func (*Ac3Settings) SetCodingMode 

func (s *Ac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Ac3Settings

SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.

func (*Ac3Settings) SetDialnorm 

func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Ac3Settings

SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value.

func (*Ac3Settings) SetDrcProfile 

func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDrcProfile(v string) *Ac3Settings

SetDrcProfile sets the DrcProfile field's value.

func (*Ac3Settings) SetLfeFilter 

func (s *Ac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Ac3Settings

SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value.

func (*Ac3Settings) SetMetadataControl 

func (s *Ac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Ac3Settings

SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value.

func (Ac3Settings) String 

func (s Ac3Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Ac3Settings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *Ac3Settings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput added in v1.35.9 

type AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput struct {

	// InputDeviceId is a required field
	InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput) GoString added in v1.35.9 

func (s AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput) SetInputDeviceId added in v1.35.9 

func (s *AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput) SetInputDeviceId(v string) *AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput

SetInputDeviceId sets the InputDeviceId field's value.

func (AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput) String added in v1.35.9 

func (s AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput) Validate added in v1.35.9 

func (s *AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AcceptInputDeviceTransferOutput added in v1.35.9 

type AcceptInputDeviceTransferOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AcceptInputDeviceTransferOutput) GoString added in v1.35.9 

func (s AcceptInputDeviceTransferOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (AcceptInputDeviceTransferOutput) String added in v1.35.9 

func (s AcceptInputDeviceTransferOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AncillarySourceSettings added in v1.35.7 

type AncillarySourceSettings struct {

	// Specifies the number (1 to 4) of the captions channel you want to extract
	// from the ancillary captions. If you plan to convert the ancillary captions
	// to another format, complete this field. If you plan to choose Embedded as
	// the captions destination in the output (to pass through all the channels
	// in the ancillary captions), leave this field blank because MediaLive ignores
	// the field.
	SourceAncillaryChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"sourceAncillaryChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Ancillary Source Settings

func (AncillarySourceSettings) GoString added in v1.35.7 

func (s AncillarySourceSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AncillarySourceSettings) SetSourceAncillaryChannelNumber added in v1.35.7 

func (s *AncillarySourceSettings) SetSourceAncillaryChannelNumber(v int64) *AncillarySourceSettings

SetSourceAncillaryChannelNumber sets the SourceAncillaryChannelNumber field's value.

func (AncillarySourceSettings) String added in v1.35.7 

func (s AncillarySourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AncillarySourceSettings) Validate added in v1.35.7 

func (s *AncillarySourceSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ArchiveCdnSettings added in v1.37.29 

type ArchiveCdnSettings struct {

	// Archive S3 Settings
	ArchiveS3Settings *ArchiveS3Settings `locationName:"archiveS3Settings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Archive Cdn Settings

func (ArchiveCdnSettings) GoString added in v1.37.29 

func (s ArchiveCdnSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ArchiveCdnSettings) SetArchiveS3Settings added in v1.37.29 

func (s *ArchiveCdnSettings) SetArchiveS3Settings(v *ArchiveS3Settings) *ArchiveCdnSettings

SetArchiveS3Settings sets the ArchiveS3Settings field's value.

func (ArchiveCdnSettings) String added in v1.37.29 

func (s ArchiveCdnSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ArchiveContainerSettings 

type ArchiveContainerSettings struct {

	// M2ts Settings
	M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Raw Settings
	RawSettings *RawSettings `locationName:"rawSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Archive Container Settings

func (ArchiveContainerSettings) GoString 

func (s ArchiveContainerSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ArchiveContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings 

func (s *ArchiveContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings(v *M2tsSettings) *ArchiveContainerSettings

SetM2tsSettings sets the M2tsSettings field's value.

func (*ArchiveContainerSettings) SetRawSettings added in v1.35.7 

func (s *ArchiveContainerSettings) SetRawSettings(v *RawSettings) *ArchiveContainerSettings

SetRawSettings sets the RawSettings field's value.

func (ArchiveContainerSettings) String 

func (s ArchiveContainerSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ArchiveContainerSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *ArchiveContainerSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ArchiveGroupSettings 

type ArchiveGroupSettings struct {

	// Parameters that control interactions with the CDN.
	ArchiveCdnSettings *ArchiveCdnSettings `locationName:"archiveCdnSettings" type:"structure"`

	// A directory and base filename where archive files should be written.
	//
	// Destination is a required field
	Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Number of seconds to write to archive file before closing and starting a
	// new one.
	RolloverInterval *int64 `locationName:"rolloverInterval" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Archive Group Settings

func (ArchiveGroupSettings) GoString 

func (s ArchiveGroupSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ArchiveGroupSettings) SetArchiveCdnSettings added in v1.37.29 

func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) SetArchiveCdnSettings(v *ArchiveCdnSettings) *ArchiveGroupSettings

SetArchiveCdnSettings sets the ArchiveCdnSettings field's value.

func (*ArchiveGroupSettings) SetDestination 

func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *ArchiveGroupSettings

SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.

func (*ArchiveGroupSettings) SetRolloverInterval 

func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) SetRolloverInterval(v int64) *ArchiveGroupSettings

SetRolloverInterval sets the RolloverInterval field's value.

func (ArchiveGroupSettings) String 

func (s ArchiveGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ArchiveGroupSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ArchiveOutputSettings 

type ArchiveOutputSettings struct {

	// Settings specific to the container type of the file.
	//
	// ContainerSettings is a required field
	ContainerSettings *ArchiveContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Output file extension. If excluded, this will be auto-selected from the container
	// type.
	Extension *string `locationName:"extension" type:"string"`

	// String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for
	// multiple outputs of the same type.
	NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Archive Output Settings

func (ArchiveOutputSettings) GoString 

func (s ArchiveOutputSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ArchiveOutputSettings) SetContainerSettings 

func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetContainerSettings(v *ArchiveContainerSettings) *ArchiveOutputSettings

SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value.

func (*ArchiveOutputSettings) SetExtension 

func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetExtension(v string) *ArchiveOutputSettings

SetExtension sets the Extension field's value.

func (*ArchiveOutputSettings) SetNameModifier 

func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *ArchiveOutputSettings

SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value.

func (ArchiveOutputSettings) String 

func (s ArchiveOutputSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ArchiveOutputSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ArchiveS3Settings added in v1.37.29 

type ArchiveS3Settings struct {

	// Specify the canned ACL to apply to each S3 request. Defaults to none.
	CannedAcl *string `locationName:"cannedAcl" type:"string" enum:"S3CannedAcl"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Archive S3 Settings

func (ArchiveS3Settings) GoString added in v1.37.29 

func (s ArchiveS3Settings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ArchiveS3Settings) SetCannedAcl added in v1.37.29 

func (s *ArchiveS3Settings) SetCannedAcl(v string) *ArchiveS3Settings

SetCannedAcl sets the CannedAcl field's value.

func (ArchiveS3Settings) String added in v1.37.29 

func (s ArchiveS3Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AribDestinationSettings 

type AribDestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Arib Destination Settings

func (AribDestinationSettings) GoString 

func (s AribDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (AribDestinationSettings) String 

func (s AribDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AribSourceSettings 

type AribSourceSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Arib Source Settings

func (AribSourceSettings) GoString 

func (s AribSourceSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (AribSourceSettings) String 

func (s AribSourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AudioChannelMapping 

type AudioChannelMapping struct {

	// Indices and gain values for each input channel that should be remixed into
	// this output channel.
	//
	// InputChannelLevels is a required field
	InputChannelLevels []*InputChannelLevel `locationName:"inputChannelLevels" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// The index of the output channel being produced.
	//
	// OutputChannel is a required field
	OutputChannel *int64 `locationName:"outputChannel" type:"integer" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Channel Mapping

func (AudioChannelMapping) GoString 

func (s AudioChannelMapping) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioChannelMapping) SetInputChannelLevels 

func (s *AudioChannelMapping) SetInputChannelLevels(v []*InputChannelLevel) *AudioChannelMapping

SetInputChannelLevels sets the InputChannelLevels field's value.

func (*AudioChannelMapping) SetOutputChannel 

func (s *AudioChannelMapping) SetOutputChannel(v int64) *AudioChannelMapping

SetOutputChannel sets the OutputChannel field's value.

func (AudioChannelMapping) String 

func (s AudioChannelMapping) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioChannelMapping) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *AudioChannelMapping) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioCodecSettings 

type AudioCodecSettings struct {

	// Aac Settings
	AacSettings *AacSettings `locationName:"aacSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Ac3 Settings
	Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings `locationName:"ac3Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Eac3 Settings
	Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings `locationName:"eac3Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Mp2 Settings
	Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings `locationName:"mp2Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Pass Through Settings
	PassThroughSettings *PassThroughSettings `locationName:"passThroughSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Wav Settings
	WavSettings *WavSettings `locationName:"wavSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Codec Settings

func (AudioCodecSettings) GoString 

func (s AudioCodecSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioCodecSettings) SetAacSettings 

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAacSettings(v *AacSettings) *AudioCodecSettings

SetAacSettings sets the AacSettings field's value.

func (*AudioCodecSettings) SetAc3Settings 

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAc3Settings(v *Ac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings

SetAc3Settings sets the Ac3Settings field's value.

func (*AudioCodecSettings) SetEac3Settings 

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetEac3Settings(v *Eac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings

SetEac3Settings sets the Eac3Settings field's value.

func (*AudioCodecSettings) SetMp2Settings 

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetMp2Settings(v *Mp2Settings) *AudioCodecSettings

SetMp2Settings sets the Mp2Settings field's value.

func (*AudioCodecSettings) SetPassThroughSettings 

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetPassThroughSettings(v *PassThroughSettings) *AudioCodecSettings

SetPassThroughSettings sets the PassThroughSettings field's value.

func (*AudioCodecSettings) SetWavSettings added in v1.35.7 

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetWavSettings(v *WavSettings) *AudioCodecSettings

SetWavSettings sets the WavSettings field's value.

func (AudioCodecSettings) String 

func (s AudioCodecSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioCodecSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioDescription 

type AudioDescription struct {

	// Advanced audio normalization settings.
	AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings `locationName:"audioNormalizationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// The name of the AudioSelector used as the source for this AudioDescription.
	//
	// AudioSelectorName is a required field
	AudioSelectorName *string `locationName:"audioSelectorName" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Applies only if audioTypeControl is useConfigured. The values for audioType
	// are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1.
	AudioType *string `locationName:"audioType" type:"string" enum:"AudioType"`

	// Determines how audio type is determined. followInput: If the input contains
	// an ISO 639 audioType, then that value is passed through to the output. If
	// the input contains no ISO 639 audioType, the value in Audio Type is included
	// in the output. useConfigured: The value in Audio Type is included in the
	// output.Note that this field and audioType are both ignored if inputType is
	// broadcasterMixedAd.
	AudioTypeControl *string `locationName:"audioTypeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl"`

	// Audio codec settings.
	CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"`

	// RFC 5646 language code representing the language of the audio output track.
	// Only used if languageControlMode is useConfigured, or there is no ISO 639
	// language code specified in the input.
	LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Choosing followInput will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output to
	// follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The languageCode will be used
	// when useConfigured is set, or when followInput is selected but there is no
	// ISO 639 language code specified by the input.
	LanguageCodeControl *string `locationName:"languageCodeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl"`

	// The name of this AudioDescription. Outputs will use this name to uniquely
	// identify this AudioDescription. Description names should be unique within
	// this Live Event.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Settings that control how input audio channels are remixed into the output
	// audio channels.
	RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Used for MS Smooth and Apple HLS outputs. Indicates the name displayed by
	// the player (eg. English, or Director Commentary).
	StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Description

func (AudioDescription) GoString 

func (s AudioDescription) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioDescription) SetAudioNormalizationSettings 

func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioNormalizationSettings(v *AudioNormalizationSettings) *AudioDescription

SetAudioNormalizationSettings sets the AudioNormalizationSettings field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetAudioSelectorName 

func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioSelectorName(v string) *AudioDescription

SetAudioSelectorName sets the AudioSelectorName field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetAudioType 

func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioType(v string) *AudioDescription

SetAudioType sets the AudioType field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetAudioTypeControl 

func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioTypeControl(v string) *AudioDescription

SetAudioTypeControl sets the AudioTypeControl field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetCodecSettings 

func (s *AudioDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *AudioCodecSettings) *AudioDescription

SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetLanguageCode 

func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioDescription

SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetLanguageCodeControl 

func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCodeControl(v string) *AudioDescription

SetLanguageCodeControl sets the LanguageCodeControl field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetName 

func (s *AudioDescription) SetName(v string) *AudioDescription

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetRemixSettings 

func (s *AudioDescription) SetRemixSettings(v *RemixSettings) *AudioDescription

SetRemixSettings sets the RemixSettings field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetStreamName 

func (s *AudioDescription) SetStreamName(v string) *AudioDescription

SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value.

func (AudioDescription) String 

func (s AudioDescription) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioDescription) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *AudioDescription) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioLanguageSelection 

type AudioLanguageSelection struct {

	// Selects a specific three-letter language code from within an audio source.
	//
	// LanguageCode is a required field
	LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// When set to "strict", the transport stream demux strictly identifies audio
	// streams by their language descriptor. If a PMT update occurs such that an
	// audio stream matching the initially selected language is no longer present
	// then mute will be encoded until the language returns. If "loose", then on
	// a PMT update the demux will choose another audio stream in the program with
	// the same stream type if it can't find one with the same language.
	LanguageSelectionPolicy *string `locationName:"languageSelectionPolicy" type:"string" enum:"AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Language Selection

func (AudioLanguageSelection) GoString 

func (s AudioLanguageSelection) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioLanguageSelection) SetLanguageCode 

func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioLanguageSelection

SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.

func (*AudioLanguageSelection) SetLanguageSelectionPolicy 

func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) SetLanguageSelectionPolicy(v string) *AudioLanguageSelection

SetLanguageSelectionPolicy sets the LanguageSelectionPolicy field's value.

func (AudioLanguageSelection) String 

func (s AudioLanguageSelection) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioLanguageSelection) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioNormalizationSettings 

type AudioNormalizationSettings struct {

	// Audio normalization algorithm to use. itu17701 conforms to the CALM Act specification,
	// itu17702 conforms to the EBU R-128 specification.
	Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithm"`

	// When set to correctAudio the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm.
	// If set to measureOnly, the audio will be measured but not adjusted.
	AlgorithmControl *string `locationName:"algorithmControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl"`

	// Target LKFS(loudness) to adjust volume to. If no value is entered, a default
	// value will be used according to the chosen algorithm. The CALM Act (1770-1)
	// recommends a target of -24 LKFS. The EBU R-128 specification (1770-2) recommends
	// a target of -23 LKFS.
	TargetLkfs *float64 `locationName:"targetLkfs" type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Normalization Settings

func (AudioNormalizationSettings) GoString 

func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithm 

func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithm(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings

SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value.

func (*AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithmControl 

func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithmControl(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings

SetAlgorithmControl sets the AlgorithmControl field's value.

func (*AudioNormalizationSettings) SetTargetLkfs 

func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetTargetLkfs(v float64) *AudioNormalizationSettings

SetTargetLkfs sets the TargetLkfs field's value.

func (AudioNormalizationSettings) String 

func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AudioOnlyHlsSettings 

type AudioOnlyHlsSettings struct {

	// Specifies the group to which the audio Rendition belongs.
	AudioGroupId *string `locationName:"audioGroupId" type:"string"`

	// Optional. Specifies the .jpg or .png image to use as the cover art for an
	// audio-only output. We recommend a low bit-size file because the image increases
	// the output audio bandwidth.The image is attached to the audio as an ID3 tag,
	// frame type APIC, picture type 0x10, as per the "ID3 tag version 2.4.0 - Native
	// Frames" standard.
	AudioOnlyImage *InputLocation `locationName:"audioOnlyImage" type:"structure"`

	// Four types of audio-only tracks are supported:Audio-Only Variant StreamThe
	// client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth
	// scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest.Alternate
	// Audio, Auto Select, DefaultAlternate rendition that the client should try
	// to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest
	// with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YESAlternate Audio, Auto Select, Not DefaultAlternate
	// rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented as
	// an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YESAlternate
	// Audio, not Auto SelectAlternate rendition that the client will not try to
	// play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with
	// DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO
	AudioTrackType *string `locationName:"audioTrackType" type:"string" enum:"AudioOnlyHlsTrackType"`

	// Specifies the segment type.
	SegmentType *string `locationName:"segmentType" type:"string" enum:"AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Only Hls Settings

func (AudioOnlyHlsSettings) GoString 

func (s AudioOnlyHlsSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioGroupId 

func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioGroupId(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings

SetAudioGroupId sets the AudioGroupId field's value.

func (*AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyImage 

func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyImage(v *InputLocation) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings

SetAudioOnlyImage sets the AudioOnlyImage field's value.

func (*AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioTrackType 

func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioTrackType(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings

SetAudioTrackType sets the AudioTrackType field's value.

func (*AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetSegmentType added in v1.26.4 

func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetSegmentType(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings

SetSegmentType sets the SegmentType field's value.

func (AudioOnlyHlsSettings) String 

func (s AudioOnlyHlsSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioOnlyHlsSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioPidSelection 

type AudioPidSelection struct {

	// Selects a specific PID from within a source.
	//
	// Pid is a required field
	Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Pid Selection

func (AudioPidSelection) GoString 

func (s AudioPidSelection) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioPidSelection) SetPid 

func (s *AudioPidSelection) SetPid(v int64) *AudioPidSelection

SetPid sets the Pid field's value.

func (AudioPidSelection) String 

func (s AudioPidSelection) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioPidSelection) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *AudioPidSelection) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioSelector 

type AudioSelector struct {

	// The name of this AudioSelector. AudioDescriptions will use this name to uniquely
	// identify this Selector. Selector names should be unique per input.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The audio selector settings.
	SelectorSettings *AudioSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Selector

func (AudioSelector) GoString 

func (s AudioSelector) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioSelector) SetName 

func (s *AudioSelector) SetName(v string) *AudioSelector

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*AudioSelector) SetSelectorSettings 

func (s *AudioSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *AudioSelectorSettings) *AudioSelector

SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value.

func (AudioSelector) String 

func (s AudioSelector) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioSelector) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *AudioSelector) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioSelectorSettings 

type AudioSelectorSettings struct {

	// Audio Language Selection
	AudioLanguageSelection *AudioLanguageSelection `locationName:"audioLanguageSelection" type:"structure"`

	// Audio Pid Selection
	AudioPidSelection *AudioPidSelection `locationName:"audioPidSelection" type:"structure"`

	// Audio Track Selection
	AudioTrackSelection *AudioTrackSelection `locationName:"audioTrackSelection" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Selector Settings

func (AudioSelectorSettings) GoString 

func (s AudioSelectorSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioLanguageSelection 

func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioLanguageSelection(v *AudioLanguageSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings

SetAudioLanguageSelection sets the AudioLanguageSelection field's value.

func (*AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioPidSelection 

func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioPidSelection(v *AudioPidSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings

SetAudioPidSelection sets the AudioPidSelection field's value.

func (*AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioTrackSelection added in v1.30.16 

func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioTrackSelection(v *AudioTrackSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings

SetAudioTrackSelection sets the AudioTrackSelection field's value.

func (AudioSelectorSettings) String 

func (s AudioSelectorSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioSelectorSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioSilenceFailoverSettings added in v1.36.2 

type AudioSilenceFailoverSettings struct {

	// The name of the audio selector in the input that MediaLive should monitor
	// to detect silence. Select your most important rendition. If you didn't create
	// an audio selector in this input, leave blank.
	//
	// AudioSelectorName is a required field
	AudioSelectorName *string `locationName:"audioSelectorName" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The amount of time (in milliseconds) that the active input must be silent
	// before automatic input failover occurs. Silence is defined as audio loss
	// or audio quieter than -50 dBFS.
	AudioSilenceThresholdMsec *int64 `locationName:"audioSilenceThresholdMsec" min:"1000" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) GoString added in v1.36.2 

func (s AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) SetAudioSelectorName added in v1.36.2 

func (s *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) SetAudioSelectorName(v string) *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings

SetAudioSelectorName sets the AudioSelectorName field's value.

func (*AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) SetAudioSilenceThresholdMsec added in v1.36.2 

func (s *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) SetAudioSilenceThresholdMsec(v int64) *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings

SetAudioSilenceThresholdMsec sets the AudioSilenceThresholdMsec field's value.

func (AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) String added in v1.36.2 

func (s AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) Validate added in v1.36.2 

func (s *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioTrack added in v1.30.16 

type AudioTrack struct {

	// 1-based integer value that maps to a specific audio track
	//
	// Track is a required field
	Track *int64 `locationName:"track" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Track

func (AudioTrack) GoString added in v1.30.16 

func (s AudioTrack) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioTrack) SetTrack added in v1.30.16 

func (s *AudioTrack) SetTrack(v int64) *AudioTrack

SetTrack sets the Track field's value.

func (AudioTrack) String added in v1.30.16 

func (s AudioTrack) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioTrack) Validate added in v1.30.16 

func (s *AudioTrack) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioTrackSelection added in v1.30.16 

type AudioTrackSelection struct {

	// Selects one or more unique audio tracks from within a source.
	//
	// Tracks is a required field
	Tracks []*AudioTrack `locationName:"tracks" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio Track Selection

func (AudioTrackSelection) GoString added in v1.30.16 

func (s AudioTrackSelection) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioTrackSelection) SetTracks added in v1.30.16 

func (s *AudioTrackSelection) SetTracks(v []*AudioTrack) *AudioTrackSelection

SetTracks sets the Tracks field's value.

func (AudioTrackSelection) String added in v1.30.16 

func (s AudioTrackSelection) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioTrackSelection) Validate added in v1.30.16 

func (s *AudioTrackSelection) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AutomaticInputFailoverSettings added in v1.30.3 

type AutomaticInputFailoverSettings struct {

	// This clear time defines the requirement a recovered input must meet to be
	// considered healthy. The input must have no failover conditions for this length
	// of time. Enter a time in milliseconds. This value is particularly important
	// if the input_preference for the failover pair is set to PRIMARY_INPUT_PREFERRED,
	// because after this time, MediaLive will switch back to the primary input.
	ErrorClearTimeMsec *int64 `locationName:"errorClearTimeMsec" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// A list of failover conditions. If any of these conditions occur, MediaLive
	// will perform a failover to the other input.
	FailoverConditions []*FailoverCondition `locationName:"failoverConditions" type:"list"`

	// Input preference when deciding which input to make active when a previously
	// failed input has recovered.
	InputPreference *string `locationName:"inputPreference" type:"string" enum:"InputPreference"`

	// The input ID of the secondary input in the automatic input failover pair.
	//
	// SecondaryInputId is a required field
	SecondaryInputId *string `locationName:"secondaryInputId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The settings for Automatic Input Failover.

func (AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) GoString added in v1.30.3 

func (s AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) SetErrorClearTimeMsec added in v1.35.19 

func (s *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) SetErrorClearTimeMsec(v int64) *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings

SetErrorClearTimeMsec sets the ErrorClearTimeMsec field's value.

func (*AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) SetFailoverConditions added in v1.35.19 

func (s *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) SetFailoverConditions(v []*FailoverCondition) *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings

SetFailoverConditions sets the FailoverConditions field's value.

func (*AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) SetInputPreference added in v1.30.3 

func (s *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) SetInputPreference(v string) *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings

SetInputPreference sets the InputPreference field's value.

func (*AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) SetSecondaryInputId added in v1.30.3 

func (s *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) SetSecondaryInputId(v string) *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings

SetSecondaryInputId sets the SecondaryInputId field's value.

func (AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) String added in v1.30.3 

func (s AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) Validate added in v1.30.3 

func (s *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AvailBlanking 

type AvailBlanking struct {

	// Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png
	// images are supported.
	AvailBlankingImage *InputLocation `locationName:"availBlankingImage" type:"structure"`

	// When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when
	// insertion metadata is added.
	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"AvailBlankingState"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Avail Blanking

func (AvailBlanking) GoString 

func (s AvailBlanking) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AvailBlanking) SetAvailBlankingImage 

func (s *AvailBlanking) SetAvailBlankingImage(v *InputLocation) *AvailBlanking

SetAvailBlankingImage sets the AvailBlankingImage field's value.

func (*AvailBlanking) SetState 

func (s *AvailBlanking) SetState(v string) *AvailBlanking

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (AvailBlanking) String 

func (s AvailBlanking) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AvailBlanking) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *AvailBlanking) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AvailConfiguration 

type AvailConfiguration struct {

	// Ad avail settings.
	AvailSettings *AvailSettings `locationName:"availSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Avail Configuration

func (AvailConfiguration) GoString 

func (s AvailConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AvailConfiguration) SetAvailSettings 

func (s *AvailConfiguration) SetAvailSettings(v *AvailSettings) *AvailConfiguration

SetAvailSettings sets the AvailSettings field's value.

func (AvailConfiguration) String 

func (s AvailConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AvailConfiguration) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *AvailConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AvailSettings 

type AvailSettings struct {

	// Scte35 Splice Insert
	Scte35SpliceInsert *Scte35SpliceInsert `locationName:"scte35SpliceInsert" type:"structure"`

	// Scte35 Time Signal Apos
	Scte35TimeSignalApos *Scte35TimeSignalApos `locationName:"scte35TimeSignalApos" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Avail Settings

func (AvailSettings) GoString 

func (s AvailSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AvailSettings) SetScte35SpliceInsert 

func (s *AvailSettings) SetScte35SpliceInsert(v *Scte35SpliceInsert) *AvailSettings

SetScte35SpliceInsert sets the Scte35SpliceInsert field's value.

func (*AvailSettings) SetScte35TimeSignalApos 

func (s *AvailSettings) SetScte35TimeSignalApos(v *Scte35TimeSignalApos) *AvailSettings

SetScte35TimeSignalApos sets the Scte35TimeSignalApos field's value.

func (AvailSettings) String 

func (s AvailSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AvailSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *AvailSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BadGatewayException added in v1.28.0 

type BadGatewayException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (*BadGatewayException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *BadGatewayException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*BadGatewayException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *BadGatewayException) Error() string

func (BadGatewayException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s BadGatewayException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BadGatewayException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *BadGatewayException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*BadGatewayException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *BadGatewayException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*BadGatewayException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *BadGatewayException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*BadGatewayException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *BadGatewayException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (BadGatewayException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s BadGatewayException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BadRequestException added in v1.28.0 

type BadRequestException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (*BadRequestException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *BadRequestException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*BadRequestException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *BadRequestException) Error() string

func (BadRequestException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s BadRequestException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BadRequestException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *BadRequestException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*BadRequestException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *BadRequestException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*BadRequestException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *BadRequestException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*BadRequestException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *BadRequestException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (BadRequestException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s BadRequestException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchDeleteInput added in v1.34.27 

type BatchDeleteInput struct {
	ChannelIds []*string `locationName:"channelIds" type:"list"`

	InputIds []*string `locationName:"inputIds" type:"list"`

	InputSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"inputSecurityGroupIds" type:"list"`

	MultiplexIds []*string `locationName:"multiplexIds" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchDeleteInput) GoString added in v1.34.27 

func (s BatchDeleteInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchDeleteInput) SetChannelIds added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchDeleteInput) SetChannelIds(v []*string) *BatchDeleteInput

SetChannelIds sets the ChannelIds field's value.

func (*BatchDeleteInput) SetInputIds added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchDeleteInput) SetInputIds(v []*string) *BatchDeleteInput

SetInputIds sets the InputIds field's value.

func (*BatchDeleteInput) SetInputSecurityGroupIds added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchDeleteInput) SetInputSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *BatchDeleteInput

SetInputSecurityGroupIds sets the InputSecurityGroupIds field's value.

func (*BatchDeleteInput) SetMultiplexIds added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchDeleteInput) SetMultiplexIds(v []*string) *BatchDeleteInput

SetMultiplexIds sets the MultiplexIds field's value.

func (BatchDeleteInput) String added in v1.34.27 

func (s BatchDeleteInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchDeleteOutput added in v1.34.27 

type BatchDeleteOutput struct {
	Failed []*BatchFailedResultModel `locationName:"failed" type:"list"`

	Successful []*BatchSuccessfulResultModel `locationName:"successful" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchDeleteOutput) GoString added in v1.34.27 

func (s BatchDeleteOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchDeleteOutput) SetFailed added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchDeleteOutput) SetFailed(v []*BatchFailedResultModel) *BatchDeleteOutput

SetFailed sets the Failed field's value.

func (*BatchDeleteOutput) SetSuccessful added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchDeleteOutput) SetSuccessful(v []*BatchSuccessfulResultModel) *BatchDeleteOutput

SetSuccessful sets the Successful field's value.

func (BatchDeleteOutput) String added in v1.34.27 

func (s BatchDeleteOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchFailedResultModel added in v1.34.27 

type BatchFailedResultModel struct {

	// ARN of the resource
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// Error code for the failed operation
	Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string"`

	// ID of the resource
	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// Error message for the failed operation
	Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details from a failed operation

func (BatchFailedResultModel) GoString added in v1.34.27 

func (s BatchFailedResultModel) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchFailedResultModel) SetArn added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchFailedResultModel) SetArn(v string) *BatchFailedResultModel

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*BatchFailedResultModel) SetCode added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchFailedResultModel) SetCode(v string) *BatchFailedResultModel

SetCode sets the Code field's value.

func (*BatchFailedResultModel) SetId added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchFailedResultModel) SetId(v string) *BatchFailedResultModel

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*BatchFailedResultModel) SetMessage added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchFailedResultModel) SetMessage(v string) *BatchFailedResultModel

SetMessage sets the Message field's value.

func (BatchFailedResultModel) String added in v1.34.27 

func (s BatchFailedResultModel) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest added in v1.15.19 

type BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest struct {

	// A list of schedule actions to create.
	//
	// ScheduleActions is a required field
	ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A list of schedule actions to create (in a request) or that have been created (in a response).

func (BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) SetScheduleActions added in v1.15.19 

func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest

SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value.

func (BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) Validate added in v1.15.19 

func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchScheduleActionCreateResult added in v1.15.19 

type BatchScheduleActionCreateResult struct {

	// List of actions that have been created in the schedule.
	//
	// ScheduleActions is a required field
	ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

List of actions that have been created in the schedule.

func (BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) SetScheduleActions added in v1.15.19 

func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult

SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value.

func (BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest added in v1.15.19 

type BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest struct {

	// A list of schedule actions to delete.
	//
	// ActionNames is a required field
	ActionNames []*string `locationName:"actionNames" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A list of schedule actions to delete.

func (BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) SetActionNames added in v1.15.19 

func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) SetActionNames(v []*string) *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest

SetActionNames sets the ActionNames field's value.

func (BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) Validate added in v1.15.19 

func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult added in v1.15.19 

type BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult struct {

	// List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule.
	//
	// ScheduleActions is a required field
	ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule.

func (BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) SetScheduleActions added in v1.15.19 

func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult

SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value.

func (BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchStartInput added in v1.34.27 

type BatchStartInput struct {
	ChannelIds []*string `locationName:"channelIds" type:"list"`

	MultiplexIds []*string `locationName:"multiplexIds" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchStartInput) GoString added in v1.34.27 

func (s BatchStartInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchStartInput) SetChannelIds added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchStartInput) SetChannelIds(v []*string) *BatchStartInput

SetChannelIds sets the ChannelIds field's value.

func (*BatchStartInput) SetMultiplexIds added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchStartInput) SetMultiplexIds(v []*string) *BatchStartInput

SetMultiplexIds sets the MultiplexIds field's value.

func (BatchStartInput) String added in v1.34.27 

func (s BatchStartInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchStartOutput added in v1.34.27 

type BatchStartOutput struct {
	Failed []*BatchFailedResultModel `locationName:"failed" type:"list"`

	Successful []*BatchSuccessfulResultModel `locationName:"successful" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchStartOutput) GoString added in v1.34.27 

func (s BatchStartOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchStartOutput) SetFailed added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchStartOutput) SetFailed(v []*BatchFailedResultModel) *BatchStartOutput

SetFailed sets the Failed field's value.

func (*BatchStartOutput) SetSuccessful added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchStartOutput) SetSuccessful(v []*BatchSuccessfulResultModel) *BatchStartOutput

SetSuccessful sets the Successful field's value.

func (BatchStartOutput) String added in v1.34.27 

func (s BatchStartOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchStopInput added in v1.34.27 

type BatchStopInput struct {
	ChannelIds []*string `locationName:"channelIds" type:"list"`

	MultiplexIds []*string `locationName:"multiplexIds" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchStopInput) GoString added in v1.34.27 

func (s BatchStopInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchStopInput) SetChannelIds added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchStopInput) SetChannelIds(v []*string) *BatchStopInput

SetChannelIds sets the ChannelIds field's value.

func (*BatchStopInput) SetMultiplexIds added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchStopInput) SetMultiplexIds(v []*string) *BatchStopInput

SetMultiplexIds sets the MultiplexIds field's value.

func (BatchStopInput) String added in v1.34.27 

func (s BatchStopInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchStopOutput added in v1.34.27 

type BatchStopOutput struct {
	Failed []*BatchFailedResultModel `locationName:"failed" type:"list"`

	Successful []*BatchSuccessfulResultModel `locationName:"successful" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchStopOutput) GoString added in v1.34.27 

func (s BatchStopOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchStopOutput) SetFailed added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchStopOutput) SetFailed(v []*BatchFailedResultModel) *BatchStopOutput

SetFailed sets the Failed field's value.

func (*BatchStopOutput) SetSuccessful added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchStopOutput) SetSuccessful(v []*BatchSuccessfulResultModel) *BatchStopOutput

SetSuccessful sets the Successful field's value.

func (BatchStopOutput) String added in v1.34.27 

func (s BatchStopOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchSuccessfulResultModel added in v1.34.27 

type BatchSuccessfulResultModel struct {

	// ARN of the resource
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// ID of the resource
	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// Current state of the resource
	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details from a successful operation

func (BatchSuccessfulResultModel) GoString added in v1.34.27 

func (s BatchSuccessfulResultModel) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchSuccessfulResultModel) SetArn added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchSuccessfulResultModel) SetArn(v string) *BatchSuccessfulResultModel

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*BatchSuccessfulResultModel) SetId added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchSuccessfulResultModel) SetId(v string) *BatchSuccessfulResultModel

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*BatchSuccessfulResultModel) SetState added in v1.34.27 

func (s *BatchSuccessfulResultModel) SetState(v string) *BatchSuccessfulResultModel

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (BatchSuccessfulResultModel) String added in v1.34.27 

func (s BatchSuccessfulResultModel) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BatchUpdateScheduleInput added in v1.15.19 

type BatchUpdateScheduleInput struct {

	// ChannelId is a required field
	ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Schedule actions to create in the schedule.
	Creates *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest `locationName:"creates" type:"structure"`

	// Schedule actions to delete from the schedule.
	Deletes *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest `locationName:"deletes" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A request to create actions (add actions to the schedule), delete actions (remove actions from the schedule), or both create and delete actions.

func (BatchUpdateScheduleInput) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s BatchUpdateScheduleInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetChannelId added in v1.15.19 

func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput

SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.

func (*BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetCreates added in v1.15.19 

func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetCreates(v *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput

SetCreates sets the Creates field's value.

func (*BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetDeletes added in v1.15.19 

func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetDeletes(v *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput

SetDeletes sets the Deletes field's value.

func (BatchUpdateScheduleInput) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s BatchUpdateScheduleInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BatchUpdateScheduleInput) Validate added in v1.15.19 

func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BatchUpdateScheduleOutput added in v1.15.19 

type BatchUpdateScheduleOutput struct {

	// List of actions that have been created in the schedule.
	Creates *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult `locationName:"creates" type:"structure"`

	// List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule.
	Deletes *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult `locationName:"deletes" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) SetCreates added in v1.15.19 

func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) SetCreates(v *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput

SetCreates sets the Creates field's value.

func (*BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) SetDeletes added in v1.15.19 

func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) SetDeletes(v *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput

SetDeletes sets the Deletes field's value.

func (BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type BlackoutSlate 

type BlackoutSlate struct {

	// Blackout slate image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and
	// png images are supported.
	BlackoutSlateImage *InputLocation `locationName:"blackoutSlateImage" type:"structure"`

	// Setting to enabled causes the encoder to blackout the video, audio, and captions,
	// and raise the "Network Blackout Image" slate when an SCTE104/35 Network End
	// Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The blackout will be lifted when
	// the Network Start Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The Network End
	// and Network Start descriptors must contain a network ID that matches the
	// value entered in "Network ID".
	NetworkEndBlackout *string `locationName:"networkEndBlackout" type:"string" enum:"BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout"`

	// Path to local file to use as Network End Blackout image. Image will be scaled
	// to fill the entire output raster.
	NetworkEndBlackoutImage *InputLocation `locationName:"networkEndBlackoutImage" type:"structure"`

	// Provides Network ID that matches EIDR ID format (e.g., "10.XXXX/XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-C").
	NetworkId *string `locationName:"networkId" min:"34" type:"string"`

	// When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when
	// indicated by program metadata.
	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"BlackoutSlateState"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Blackout Slate

func (BlackoutSlate) GoString 

func (s BlackoutSlate) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BlackoutSlate) SetBlackoutSlateImage 

func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetBlackoutSlateImage(v *InputLocation) *BlackoutSlate

SetBlackoutSlateImage sets the BlackoutSlateImage field's value.

func (*BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkEndBlackout 

func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkEndBlackout(v string) *BlackoutSlate

SetNetworkEndBlackout sets the NetworkEndBlackout field's value.

func (*BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkEndBlackoutImage 

func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkEndBlackoutImage(v *InputLocation) *BlackoutSlate

SetNetworkEndBlackoutImage sets the NetworkEndBlackoutImage field's value.

func (*BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkId 

func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkId(v string) *BlackoutSlate

SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value.

func (*BlackoutSlate) SetState 

func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetState(v string) *BlackoutSlate

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (BlackoutSlate) String 

func (s BlackoutSlate) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BlackoutSlate) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *BlackoutSlate) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BurnInDestinationSettings 

type BurnInDestinationSettings struct {

	// If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to centered
	// will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting
	// a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If
	// x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter,
	// the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates.
	// Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and center-justify
	// pre-recorded subtitles. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"BurnInAlignment"`

	// Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInBackgroundColor"`

	// Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
	// Leaving this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent).
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf'
	// or 'tte'. Although the user can select output fonts for many different types
	// of input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system.
	// Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display
	// of proportional fonts. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	Font *InputLocation `locationName:"font" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for
	// source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
	// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
	// settings must match.
	FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInFontColor"`

	// Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"`

	// When set to 'auto' fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output.
	// Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontSize *string `locationName:"fontSize" type:"string"`

	// Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions
	// that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already
	// pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
	// must match.
	OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInOutlineColor"`

	// Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source
	// captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
	// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
	// settings must match.
	OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub
	// font settings must match.
	ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInShadowColor"`

	// Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving
	// this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All burn-in
	// and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in
	// pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels.
	// A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output subtitles
	// bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs.
	TeletextGridControl *string `locationName:"teletextGridControl" type:"string" enum:"BurnInTeletextGridControl"`

	// Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side
	// of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting
	// 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided,
	// the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the
	// output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
	// pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided,
	// the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. All burn-in
	// and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Burn In Destination Settings

func (BurnInDestinationSettings) GoString 

func (s BurnInDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetAlignment 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value.

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value.

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value.

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFont 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFont(v *InputLocation) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetFont sets the Font field's value.

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontColor 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value.

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value.

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value.

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontSize 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value.

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value.

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value.

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value.

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value.

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value.

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value.

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetTeletextGridControl 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetTeletextGridControl(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetTeletextGridControl sets the TeletextGridControl field's value.

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetXPosition 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value.

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) SetYPosition 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings

SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value.

func (BurnInDestinationSettings) String 

func (s BurnInDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BurnInDestinationSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CancelInputDeviceTransferInput added in v1.35.9 

type CancelInputDeviceTransferInput struct {

	// InputDeviceId is a required field
	InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CancelInputDeviceTransferInput) GoString added in v1.35.9 

func (s CancelInputDeviceTransferInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CancelInputDeviceTransferInput) SetInputDeviceId added in v1.35.9 

func (s *CancelInputDeviceTransferInput) SetInputDeviceId(v string) *CancelInputDeviceTransferInput

SetInputDeviceId sets the InputDeviceId field's value.

func (CancelInputDeviceTransferInput) String added in v1.35.9 

func (s CancelInputDeviceTransferInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CancelInputDeviceTransferInput) Validate added in v1.35.9 

func (s *CancelInputDeviceTransferInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CancelInputDeviceTransferOutput added in v1.35.9 

type CancelInputDeviceTransferOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CancelInputDeviceTransferOutput) GoString added in v1.35.9 

func (s CancelInputDeviceTransferOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CancelInputDeviceTransferOutput) String added in v1.35.9 

func (s CancelInputDeviceTransferOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CaptionDescription 

type CaptionDescription struct {

	// Specifies which input caption selector to use as a caption source when generating
	// output captions. This field should match a captionSelector name.
	//
	// CaptionSelectorName is a required field
	CaptionSelectorName *string `locationName:"captionSelectorName" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Additional settings for captions destination that depend on the destination
	// type.
	DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// ISO 639-2 three-digit code: http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/
	LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"`

	// Human readable information to indicate captions available for players (eg.
	// English, or Spanish).
	LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"`

	// Name of the caption description. Used to associate a caption description
	// with an output. Names must be unique within an event.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Caption Description

func (CaptionDescription) GoString 

func (s CaptionDescription) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CaptionDescription) SetCaptionSelectorName 

func (s *CaptionDescription) SetCaptionSelectorName(v string) *CaptionDescription

SetCaptionSelectorName sets the CaptionSelectorName field's value.

func (*CaptionDescription) SetDestinationSettings 

func (s *CaptionDescription) SetDestinationSettings(v *CaptionDestinationSettings) *CaptionDescription

SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDescription) SetLanguageCode 

func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescription

SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.

func (*CaptionDescription) SetLanguageDescription 

func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionDescription

SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value.

func (*CaptionDescription) SetName 

func (s *CaptionDescription) SetName(v string) *CaptionDescription

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (CaptionDescription) String 

func (s CaptionDescription) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CaptionDescription) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *CaptionDescription) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CaptionDestinationSettings 

type CaptionDestinationSettings struct {

	// Arib Destination Settings
	AribDestinationSettings *AribDestinationSettings `locationName:"aribDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Burn In Destination Settings
	BurnInDestinationSettings *BurnInDestinationSettings `locationName:"burnInDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Dvb Sub Destination Settings
	DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings `locationName:"dvbSubDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Ebu Tt DDestination Settings
	EbuTtDDestinationSettings *EbuTtDDestinationSettings `locationName:"ebuTtDDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Embedded Destination Settings
	EmbeddedDestinationSettings *EmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Embedded Plus Scte20 Destination Settings
	EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings *EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Rtmp Caption Info Destination Settings
	RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings *RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings `locationName:"rtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Scte20 Plus Embedded Destination Settings
	Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings *Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Scte27 Destination Settings
	Scte27DestinationSettings *Scte27DestinationSettings `locationName:"scte27DestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Smpte Tt Destination Settings
	SmpteTtDestinationSettings *SmpteTtDestinationSettings `locationName:"smpteTtDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Teletext Destination Settings
	TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings `locationName:"teletextDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Ttml Destination Settings
	TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings `locationName:"ttmlDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Webvtt Destination Settings
	WebvttDestinationSettings *WebvttDestinationSettings `locationName:"webvttDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Caption Destination Settings

func (CaptionDestinationSettings) GoString 

func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetAribDestinationSettings 

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetAribDestinationSettings(v *AribDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetAribDestinationSettings sets the AribDestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetBurnInDestinationSettings 

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetBurnInDestinationSettings(v *BurnInDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetBurnInDestinationSettings sets the BurnInDestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDvbSubDestinationSettings 

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDvbSubDestinationSettings(v *DvbSubDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetDvbSubDestinationSettings sets the DvbSubDestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEbuTtDDestinationSettings added in v1.33.14 

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEbuTtDDestinationSettings(v *EbuTtDDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetEbuTtDDestinationSettings sets the EbuTtDDestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings 

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings(v *EmbeddedDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings sets the EmbeddedDestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings 

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings(v *EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetEmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings sets the EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetRtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings added in v1.13.34 

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetRtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings(v *RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetRtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings sets the RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetScte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings 

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetScte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings(v *Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetScte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings sets the Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetScte27DestinationSettings 

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetScte27DestinationSettings(v *Scte27DestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetScte27DestinationSettings sets the Scte27DestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetSmpteTtDestinationSettings 

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetSmpteTtDestinationSettings(v *SmpteTtDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetSmpteTtDestinationSettings sets the SmpteTtDestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTeletextDestinationSettings 

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTeletextDestinationSettings(v *TeletextDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetTeletextDestinationSettings sets the TeletextDestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTtmlDestinationSettings 

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTtmlDestinationSettings(v *TtmlDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetTtmlDestinationSettings sets the TtmlDestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetWebvttDestinationSettings 

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetWebvttDestinationSettings(v *WebvttDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetWebvttDestinationSettings sets the WebvttDestinationSettings field's value.

func (CaptionDestinationSettings) String 

func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CaptionLanguageMapping 

type CaptionLanguageMapping struct {

	// The closed caption channel being described by this CaptionLanguageMapping.
	// Each channel mapping must have a unique channel number (maximum of 4)
	//
	// CaptionChannel is a required field
	CaptionChannel *int64 `locationName:"captionChannel" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// Three character ISO 639-2 language code (see http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2)
	//
	// LanguageCode is a required field
	LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Textual description of language
	//
	// LanguageDescription is a required field
	LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Maps a caption channel to an ISO 693-2 language code (http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2), with an optional description.

func (CaptionLanguageMapping) GoString 

func (s CaptionLanguageMapping) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CaptionLanguageMapping) SetCaptionChannel 

func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetCaptionChannel(v int64) *CaptionLanguageMapping

SetCaptionChannel sets the CaptionChannel field's value.

func (*CaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageCode 

func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionLanguageMapping

SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.

func (*CaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageDescription 

func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionLanguageMapping

SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value.

func (CaptionLanguageMapping) String 

func (s CaptionLanguageMapping) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CaptionLanguageMapping) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CaptionRectangle added in v1.37.29 

type CaptionRectangle struct {

	// See the description in leftOffset.For height, specify the entire height of
	// the rectangle as a percentage of the underlying frame height. For example,
	// \"80\" means the rectangle height is 80% of the underlying frame height.
	// The topOffset and rectangleHeight must add up to 100% or less.This field
	// corresponds to tts:extent - Y in the TTML standard.
	//
	// Height is a required field
	Height *float64 `locationName:"height" type:"double" required:"true"`

	// Applies only if you plan to convert these source captions to EBU-TT-D or
	// TTML in an output. (Make sure to leave the default if you don't have either
	// of these formats in the output.) You can define a display rectangle for the
	// captions that is smaller than the underlying video frame. You define the
	// rectangle by specifying the position of the left edge, top edge, bottom edge,
	// and right edge of the rectangle, all within the underlying video frame. The
	// units for the measurements are percentages.If you specify a value for one
	// of these fields, you must specify a value for all of them.For leftOffset,
	// specify the position of the left edge of the rectangle, as a percentage of
	// the underlying frame width, and relative to the left edge of the frame. For
	// example, \"10\" means the measurement is 10% of the underlying frame width.
	// The rectangle left edge starts at that position from the left edge of the
	// frame.This field corresponds to tts:origin - X in the TTML standard.
	//
	// LeftOffset is a required field
	LeftOffset *float64 `locationName:"leftOffset" type:"double" required:"true"`

	// See the description in leftOffset.For topOffset, specify the position of
	// the top edge of the rectangle, as a percentage of the underlying frame height,
	// and relative to the top edge of the frame. For example, \"10\" means the
	// measurement is 10% of the underlying frame height. The rectangle top edge
	// starts at that position from the top edge of the frame.This field corresponds
	// to tts:origin - Y in the TTML standard.
	//
	// TopOffset is a required field
	TopOffset *float64 `locationName:"topOffset" type:"double" required:"true"`

	// See the description in leftOffset.For width, specify the entire width of
	// the rectangle as a percentage of the underlying frame width. For example,
	// \"80\" means the rectangle width is 80% of the underlying frame width. The
	// leftOffset and rectangleWidth must add up to 100% or less.This field corresponds
	// to tts:extent - X in the TTML standard.
	//
	// Width is a required field
	Width *float64 `locationName:"width" type:"double" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Caption Rectangle

func (CaptionRectangle) GoString added in v1.37.29 

func (s CaptionRectangle) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CaptionRectangle) SetHeight added in v1.37.29 

func (s *CaptionRectangle) SetHeight(v float64) *CaptionRectangle

SetHeight sets the Height field's value.

func (*CaptionRectangle) SetLeftOffset added in v1.37.29 

func (s *CaptionRectangle) SetLeftOffset(v float64) *CaptionRectangle

SetLeftOffset sets the LeftOffset field's value.

func (*CaptionRectangle) SetTopOffset added in v1.37.29 

func (s *CaptionRectangle) SetTopOffset(v float64) *CaptionRectangle

SetTopOffset sets the TopOffset field's value.

func (*CaptionRectangle) SetWidth added in v1.37.29 

func (s *CaptionRectangle) SetWidth(v float64) *CaptionRectangle

SetWidth sets the Width field's value.

func (CaptionRectangle) String added in v1.37.29 

func (s CaptionRectangle) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CaptionRectangle) Validate added in v1.37.29 

func (s *CaptionRectangle) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CaptionSelector 

type CaptionSelector struct {

	// When specified this field indicates the three letter language code of the
	// caption track to extract from the source.
	LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"`

	// Name identifier for a caption selector. This name is used to associate this
	// caption selector with one or more caption descriptions. Names must be unique
	// within an event.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Caption selector settings.
	SelectorSettings *CaptionSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Output groups for this Live Event. Output groups contain information about where streams should be distributed.

func (CaptionSelector) GoString 

func (s CaptionSelector) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CaptionSelector) SetLanguageCode 

func (s *CaptionSelector) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionSelector

SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.

func (*CaptionSelector) SetName 

func (s *CaptionSelector) SetName(v string) *CaptionSelector

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*CaptionSelector) SetSelectorSettings 

func (s *CaptionSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *CaptionSelectorSettings) *CaptionSelector

SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value.

func (CaptionSelector) String 

func (s CaptionSelector) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CaptionSelector) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *CaptionSelector) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CaptionSelectorSettings 

type CaptionSelectorSettings struct {

	// Ancillary Source Settings
	AncillarySourceSettings *AncillarySourceSettings `locationName:"ancillarySourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Arib Source Settings
	AribSourceSettings *AribSourceSettings `locationName:"aribSourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Dvb Sub Source Settings
	DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings `locationName:"dvbSubSourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Embedded Source Settings
	EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings `locationName:"embeddedSourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Scte20 Source Settings
	Scte20SourceSettings *Scte20SourceSettings `locationName:"scte20SourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Scte27 Source Settings
	Scte27SourceSettings *Scte27SourceSettings `locationName:"scte27SourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Teletext Source Settings
	TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings `locationName:"teletextSourceSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Caption Selector Settings

func (CaptionSelectorSettings) GoString 

func (s CaptionSelectorSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CaptionSelectorSettings) SetAncillarySourceSettings added in v1.35.7 

func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetAncillarySourceSettings(v *AncillarySourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings

SetAncillarySourceSettings sets the AncillarySourceSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionSelectorSettings) SetAribSourceSettings 

func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetAribSourceSettings(v *AribSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings

SetAribSourceSettings sets the AribSourceSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionSelectorSettings) SetDvbSubSourceSettings 

func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetDvbSubSourceSettings(v *DvbSubSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings

SetDvbSubSourceSettings sets the DvbSubSourceSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionSelectorSettings) SetEmbeddedSourceSettings 

func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetEmbeddedSourceSettings(v *EmbeddedSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings

SetEmbeddedSourceSettings sets the EmbeddedSourceSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionSelectorSettings) SetScte20SourceSettings 

func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetScte20SourceSettings(v *Scte20SourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings

SetScte20SourceSettings sets the Scte20SourceSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionSelectorSettings) SetScte27SourceSettings 

func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetScte27SourceSettings(v *Scte27SourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings

SetScte27SourceSettings sets the Scte27SourceSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionSelectorSettings) SetTeletextSourceSettings 

func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetTeletextSourceSettings(v *TeletextSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings

SetTeletextSourceSettings sets the TeletextSourceSettings field's value.

func (CaptionSelectorSettings) String 

func (s CaptionSelectorSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CaptionSelectorSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CdiInputSpecification added in v1.35.7 

type CdiInputSpecification struct {

	// Maximum CDI input resolution
	Resolution *string `locationName:"resolution" type:"string" enum:"CdiInputResolution"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CdiInputSpecification) GoString added in v1.35.7 

func (s CdiInputSpecification) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CdiInputSpecification) SetResolution added in v1.35.7 

func (s *CdiInputSpecification) SetResolution(v string) *CdiInputSpecification

SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value.

func (CdiInputSpecification) String added in v1.35.7 

func (s CdiInputSpecification) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Channel 

type Channel struct {

	// The unique arn of the channel.
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// Specification of CDI inputs for this channel
	CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification `locationName:"cdiInputSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or
	// SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline.
	ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"`

	// A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is onedestination
	// per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there isone destination per
	// packager.
	Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	// The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from
	EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"`

	// Encoder Settings
	EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"`

	// The unique id of the channel.
	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// List of input attachments for channel.
	InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"`

	// Specification of network and file inputs for this channel
	InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs.
	LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"`

	// The name of the channel. (user-mutable)
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// Runtime details for the pipelines of a running channel.
	PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"`

	// The number of currently healthy pipelines.
	PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel.
	RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`

	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"`

	// A collection of key-value pairs.
	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	// Settings for VPC output
	Vpc *VpcOutputSettingsDescription `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (Channel) GoString 

func (s Channel) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Channel) SetArn 

func (s *Channel) SetArn(v string) *Channel

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*Channel) SetCdiInputSpecification added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Channel) SetCdiInputSpecification(v *CdiInputSpecification) *Channel

SetCdiInputSpecification sets the CdiInputSpecification field's value.

func (*Channel) SetChannelClass added in v1.19.11 

func (s *Channel) SetChannelClass(v string) *Channel

SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.

func (*Channel) SetDestinations 

func (s *Channel) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *Channel

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*Channel) SetEgressEndpoints 

func (s *Channel) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *Channel

SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value.

func (*Channel) SetEncoderSettings 

func (s *Channel) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *Channel

SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value.

func (*Channel) SetId 

func (s *Channel) SetId(v string) *Channel

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*Channel) SetInputAttachments 

func (s *Channel) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *Channel

SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value.

func (*Channel) SetInputSpecification added in v1.12.70 

func (s *Channel) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *Channel

SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value.

func (*Channel) SetLogLevel added in v1.14.2 

func (s *Channel) SetLogLevel(v string) *Channel

SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value.

func (*Channel) SetName 

func (s *Channel) SetName(v string) *Channel

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*Channel) SetPipelineDetails added in v1.21.5 

func (s *Channel) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *Channel

SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value.

func (*Channel) SetPipelinesRunningCount 

func (s *Channel) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *Channel

SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.

func (*Channel) SetRoleArn 

func (s *Channel) SetRoleArn(v string) *Channel

SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.

func (*Channel) SetState 

func (s *Channel) SetState(v string) *Channel

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*Channel) SetTags added in v1.16.30 

func (s *Channel) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Channel

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*Channel) SetVpc added in v1.37.1 

func (s *Channel) SetVpc(v *VpcOutputSettingsDescription) *Channel

SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.

func (Channel) String 

func (s Channel) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ChannelEgressEndpoint 

type ChannelEgressEndpoint struct {

	// Public IP of where a channel's output comes from
	SourceIp *string `locationName:"sourceIp" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ChannelEgressEndpoint) GoString 

func (s ChannelEgressEndpoint) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ChannelEgressEndpoint) SetSourceIp 

func (s *ChannelEgressEndpoint) SetSourceIp(v string) *ChannelEgressEndpoint

SetSourceIp sets the SourceIp field's value.

func (ChannelEgressEndpoint) String 

func (s ChannelEgressEndpoint) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ChannelSummary 

type ChannelSummary struct {

	// The unique arn of the channel.
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// Specification of CDI inputs for this channel
	CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification `locationName:"cdiInputSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or
	// SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline.
	ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"`

	// A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is onedestination
	// per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there isone destination per
	// packager.
	Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	// The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from
	EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"`

	// The unique id of the channel.
	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// List of input attachments for channel.
	InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"`

	// Specification of network and file inputs for this channel
	InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs.
	LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"`

	// The name of the channel. (user-mutable)
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// The number of currently healthy pipelines.
	PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel.
	RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`

	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"`

	// A collection of key-value pairs.
	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	// Settings for VPC output
	Vpc *VpcOutputSettingsDescription `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ChannelSummary) GoString 

func (s ChannelSummary) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ChannelSummary) SetArn 

func (s *ChannelSummary) SetArn(v string) *ChannelSummary

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*ChannelSummary) SetCdiInputSpecification added in v1.35.7 

func (s *ChannelSummary) SetCdiInputSpecification(v *CdiInputSpecification) *ChannelSummary

SetCdiInputSpecification sets the CdiInputSpecification field's value.

func (*ChannelSummary) SetChannelClass added in v1.19.11 

func (s *ChannelSummary) SetChannelClass(v string) *ChannelSummary

SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.

func (*ChannelSummary) SetDestinations 

func (s *ChannelSummary) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *ChannelSummary

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*ChannelSummary) SetEgressEndpoints 

func (s *ChannelSummary) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *ChannelSummary

SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value.

func (*ChannelSummary) SetId 

func (s *ChannelSummary) SetId(v string) *ChannelSummary

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*ChannelSummary) SetInputAttachments 

func (s *ChannelSummary) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *ChannelSummary

SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value.

func (*ChannelSummary) SetInputSpecification added in v1.12.70 

func (s *ChannelSummary) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *ChannelSummary

SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value.

func (*ChannelSummary) SetLogLevel added in v1.14.2 

func (s *ChannelSummary) SetLogLevel(v string) *ChannelSummary

SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value.

func (*ChannelSummary) SetName 

func (s *ChannelSummary) SetName(v string) *ChannelSummary

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*ChannelSummary) SetPipelinesRunningCount 

func (s *ChannelSummary) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *ChannelSummary

SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.

func (*ChannelSummary) SetRoleArn 

func (s *ChannelSummary) SetRoleArn(v string) *ChannelSummary

SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.

func (*ChannelSummary) SetState 

func (s *ChannelSummary) SetState(v string) *ChannelSummary

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*ChannelSummary) SetTags added in v1.17.11 

func (s *ChannelSummary) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ChannelSummary

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*ChannelSummary) SetVpc added in v1.37.1 

func (s *ChannelSummary) SetVpc(v *VpcOutputSettingsDescription) *ChannelSummary

SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.

func (ChannelSummary) String 

func (s ChannelSummary) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ColorSpacePassthroughSettings added in v1.23.21 

type ColorSpacePassthroughSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output

func (ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) GoString added in v1.23.21 

func (s ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) String added in v1.23.21 

func (s ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ConflictException added in v1.28.0 

type ConflictException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (*ConflictException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConflictException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*ConflictException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConflictException) Error() string

func (ConflictException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s ConflictException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ConflictException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConflictException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*ConflictException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConflictException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*ConflictException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConflictException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*ConflictException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ConflictException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (ConflictException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s ConflictException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateChannelInput 

type CreateChannelInput struct {
	CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification `locationName:"cdiInputSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel
	// only has one.
	ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"`

	Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	// Encoder Settings
	EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"`

	InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"`

	InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// The log level the user wants for their channel.
	LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`

	Reserved *string `locationName:"reserved" deprecated:"true" type:"string"`

	RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	// The properties for a private VPC OutputWhen this property is specified, the
	// output egress addresses will be created in a user specified VPC
	Vpc *VpcOutputSettings `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateChannelInput) GoString 

func (s CreateChannelInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateChannelInput) SetCdiInputSpecification added in v1.35.7 

func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetCdiInputSpecification(v *CdiInputSpecification) *CreateChannelInput

SetCdiInputSpecification sets the CdiInputSpecification field's value.

func (*CreateChannelInput) SetChannelClass added in v1.19.11 

func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *CreateChannelInput

SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.

func (*CreateChannelInput) SetDestinations 

func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *CreateChannelInput

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*CreateChannelInput) SetEncoderSettings 

func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *CreateChannelInput

SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value.

func (*CreateChannelInput) SetInputAttachments 

func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *CreateChannelInput

SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value.

func (*CreateChannelInput) SetInputSpecification added in v1.12.70 

func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *CreateChannelInput

SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value.

func (*CreateChannelInput) SetLogLevel added in v1.14.2 

func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetLogLevel(v string) *CreateChannelInput

SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value.

func (*CreateChannelInput) SetName 

func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetName(v string) *CreateChannelInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*CreateChannelInput) SetRequestId 

func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateChannelInput

SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.

func (*CreateChannelInput) SetReserved 

func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetReserved(v string) *CreateChannelInput

SetReserved sets the Reserved field's value.

func (*CreateChannelInput) SetRoleArn 

func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateChannelInput

SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.

func (*CreateChannelInput) SetTags added in v1.16.30 

func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateChannelInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*CreateChannelInput) SetVpc added in v1.37.1 

func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetVpc(v *VpcOutputSettings) *CreateChannelInput

SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.

func (CreateChannelInput) String 

func (s CreateChannelInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateChannelInput) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *CreateChannelInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateChannelOutput 

type CreateChannelOutput struct {
	Channel *Channel `locationName:"channel" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateChannelOutput) GoString 

func (s CreateChannelOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateChannelOutput) SetChannel 

func (s *CreateChannelOutput) SetChannel(v *Channel) *CreateChannelOutput

SetChannel sets the Channel field's value.

func (CreateChannelOutput) String 

func (s CreateChannelOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateInputInput 

type CreateInputInput struct {
	Destinations []*InputDestinationRequest `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	InputDevices []*InputDeviceSettings `locationName:"inputDevices" type:"list"`

	InputSecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"`

	MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlowRequest `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`

	RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`

	Sources []*InputSourceRequest `locationName:"sources" type:"list"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"`

	// Settings for a private VPC Input.When this property is specified, the input
	// destination addresses will be created in a VPC rather than with public Internet
	// addresses.This property requires setting the roleArn property on Input creation.Not
	// compatible with the inputSecurityGroups property.
	Vpc *InputVpcRequest `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateInputInput) GoString 

func (s CreateInputInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateInputInput) SetDestinations 

func (s *CreateInputInput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestinationRequest) *CreateInputInput

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*CreateInputInput) SetInputDevices added in v1.31.2 

func (s *CreateInputInput) SetInputDevices(v []*InputDeviceSettings) *CreateInputInput

SetInputDevices sets the InputDevices field's value.

func (*CreateInputInput) SetInputSecurityGroups 

func (s *CreateInputInput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateInputInput

SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value.

func (*CreateInputInput) SetMediaConnectFlows added in v1.16.1 

func (s *CreateInputInput) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlowRequest) *CreateInputInput

SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value.

func (*CreateInputInput) SetName 

func (s *CreateInputInput) SetName(v string) *CreateInputInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*CreateInputInput) SetRequestId 

func (s *CreateInputInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateInputInput

SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.

func (*CreateInputInput) SetRoleArn added in v1.16.1 

func (s *CreateInputInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateInputInput

SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.

func (*CreateInputInput) SetSources 

func (s *CreateInputInput) SetSources(v []*InputSourceRequest) *CreateInputInput

SetSources sets the Sources field's value.

func (*CreateInputInput) SetTags added in v1.16.30 

func (s *CreateInputInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateInputInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*CreateInputInput) SetType 

func (s *CreateInputInput) SetType(v string) *CreateInputInput

SetType sets the Type field's value.

func (*CreateInputInput) SetVpc added in v1.17.2 

func (s *CreateInputInput) SetVpc(v *InputVpcRequest) *CreateInputInput

SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.

func (CreateInputInput) String 

func (s CreateInputInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateInputInput) Validate added in v1.17.2 

func (s *CreateInputInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateInputOutput 

type CreateInputOutput struct {
	Input *Input `locationName:"input" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateInputOutput) GoString 

func (s CreateInputOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateInputOutput) SetInput 

func (s *CreateInputOutput) SetInput(v *Input) *CreateInputOutput

SetInput sets the Input field's value.

func (CreateInputOutput) String 

func (s CreateInputOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateInputSecurityGroupInput 

type CreateInputSecurityGroupInput struct {
	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString 

func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetTags added in v1.16.30 

func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetWhitelistRules 

func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr) *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput

SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value.

func (CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) String 

func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput 

type CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput struct {

	// An Input Security Group
	SecurityGroup *InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"securityGroup" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString 

func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetSecurityGroup 

func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetSecurityGroup(v *InputSecurityGroup) *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput

SetSecurityGroup sets the SecurityGroup field's value.

func (CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) String 

func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateMultiplexInput added in v1.25.42 

type CreateMultiplexInput struct {

	// AvailabilityZones is a required field
	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// Contains configuration for a Multiplex event
	//
	// MultiplexSettings is a required field
	MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateMultiplexInput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s CreateMultiplexInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateMultiplexInput) SetAvailabilityZones added in v1.25.42 

func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *CreateMultiplexInput

SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.

func (*CreateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *CreateMultiplexInput

SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.

func (*CreateMultiplexInput) SetName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetName(v string) *CreateMultiplexInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*CreateMultiplexInput) SetRequestId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateMultiplexInput

SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.

func (*CreateMultiplexInput) SetTags added in v1.25.42 

func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateMultiplexInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateMultiplexInput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s CreateMultiplexInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateMultiplexInput) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateMultiplexOutput added in v1.25.42 

type CreateMultiplexOutput struct {

	// The multiplex object.
	Multiplex *Multiplex `locationName:"multiplex" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateMultiplexOutput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s CreateMultiplexOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplex added in v1.25.42 

func (s *CreateMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplex(v *Multiplex) *CreateMultiplexOutput

SetMultiplex sets the Multiplex field's value.

func (CreateMultiplexOutput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s CreateMultiplexOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateMultiplexProgramInput added in v1.25.42 

type CreateMultiplexProgramInput struct {

	// MultiplexId is a required field
	MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Multiplex Program settings configuration.
	//
	// MultiplexProgramSettings is a required field
	MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// ProgramName is a required field
	ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"`

	RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateMultiplexProgramInput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s CreateMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput

SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.

func (*CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput

SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value.

func (*CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput

SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.

func (*CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetRequestId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput

SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.

func (CreateMultiplexProgramInput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s CreateMultiplexProgramInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateMultiplexProgramInput) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateMultiplexProgramOutput added in v1.25.42 

type CreateMultiplexProgramOutput struct {

	// The multiplex program object.
	MultiplexProgram *MultiplexProgram `locationName:"multiplexProgram" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgram added in v1.25.42 

func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgram(v *MultiplexProgram) *CreateMultiplexProgramOutput

SetMultiplexProgram sets the MultiplexProgram field's value.

func (CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreatePartnerInputInput added in v1.37.11 

type CreatePartnerInputInput struct {

	// InputId is a required field
	InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePartnerInputInput) GoString added in v1.37.11 

func (s CreatePartnerInputInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreatePartnerInputInput) SetInputId added in v1.37.11 

func (s *CreatePartnerInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *CreatePartnerInputInput

SetInputId sets the InputId field's value.

func (*CreatePartnerInputInput) SetRequestId added in v1.37.11 

func (s *CreatePartnerInputInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreatePartnerInputInput

SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.

func (*CreatePartnerInputInput) SetTags added in v1.37.11 

func (s *CreatePartnerInputInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreatePartnerInputInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreatePartnerInputInput) String added in v1.37.11 

func (s CreatePartnerInputInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreatePartnerInputInput) Validate added in v1.37.11 

func (s *CreatePartnerInputInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreatePartnerInputOutput added in v1.37.11 

type CreatePartnerInputOutput struct {
	Input *Input `locationName:"input" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreatePartnerInputOutput) GoString added in v1.37.11 

func (s CreatePartnerInputOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreatePartnerInputOutput) SetInput added in v1.37.11 

func (s *CreatePartnerInputOutput) SetInput(v *Input) *CreatePartnerInputOutput

SetInput sets the Input field's value.

func (CreatePartnerInputOutput) String added in v1.37.11 

func (s CreatePartnerInputOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateTagsInput added in v1.16.30 

type CreateTagsInput struct {

	// ResourceArn is a required field
	ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateTagsInput) GoString added in v1.16.30 

func (s CreateTagsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateTagsInput) SetResourceArn added in v1.16.30 

func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *CreateTagsInput

SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.

func (*CreateTagsInput) SetTags added in v1.16.30 

func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateTagsInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateTagsInput) String added in v1.16.30 

func (s CreateTagsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateTagsInput) Validate added in v1.16.30 

func (s *CreateTagsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateTagsOutput added in v1.16.30 

type CreateTagsOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateTagsOutput) GoString added in v1.16.30 

func (s CreateTagsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateTagsOutput) String added in v1.16.30 

func (s CreateTagsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteChannelInput 

type DeleteChannelInput struct {

	// ChannelId is a required field
	ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteChannelInput) GoString 

func (s DeleteChannelInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteChannelInput) SetChannelId 

func (s *DeleteChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteChannelInput

SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.

func (DeleteChannelInput) String 

func (s DeleteChannelInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteChannelInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteChannelInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteChannelOutput 

type DeleteChannelOutput struct {
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification `locationName:"cdiInputSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel
	// only has one.
	ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"`

	Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"`

	// Encoder Settings
	EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"`

	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"`

	InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// The log level the user wants for their channel.
	LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"`

	PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`

	RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`

	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	// The properties for a private VPC Output
	Vpc *VpcOutputSettingsDescription `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteChannelOutput) GoString 

func (s DeleteChannelOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetArn 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetCdiInputSpecification added in v1.35.7 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetCdiInputSpecification(v *CdiInputSpecification) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetCdiInputSpecification sets the CdiInputSpecification field's value.

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetChannelClass added in v1.19.11 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetDestinations 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value.

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value.

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetId 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value.

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification added in v1.12.70 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value.

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetLogLevel added in v1.14.2 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value.

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetName 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails added in v1.21.5 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value.

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetRoleArn 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetState 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetTags added in v1.16.30 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*DeleteChannelOutput) SetVpc added in v1.37.1 

func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetVpc(v *VpcOutputSettingsDescription) *DeleteChannelOutput

SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.

func (DeleteChannelOutput) String 

func (s DeleteChannelOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteInputInput 

type DeleteInputInput struct {

	// InputId is a required field
	InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteInputInput) GoString 

func (s DeleteInputInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteInputInput) SetInputId 

func (s *DeleteInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *DeleteInputInput

SetInputId sets the InputId field's value.

func (DeleteInputInput) String 

func (s DeleteInputInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteInputInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteInputInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteInputOutput 

type DeleteInputOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteInputOutput) GoString 

func (s DeleteInputOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteInputOutput) String 

func (s DeleteInputOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput 

type DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput struct {

	// InputSecurityGroupId is a required field
	InputSecurityGroupId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputSecurityGroupId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString 

func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId 

func (s *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput

SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value.

func (DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) String 

func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput 

type DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString 

func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) String 

func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteMultiplexInput added in v1.25.42 

type DeleteMultiplexInput struct {

	// MultiplexId is a required field
	MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteMultiplexInput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s DeleteMultiplexInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexInput

SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.

func (DeleteMultiplexInput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s DeleteMultiplexInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteMultiplexInput) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteMultiplexOutput added in v1.25.42 

type DeleteMultiplexOutput struct {
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"`

	Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// Contains configuration for a Multiplex event
	MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`

	ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"`

	// The current state of the multiplex.
	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteMultiplexOutput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s DeleteMultiplexOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetArn added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput

SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.

func (*DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *DeleteMultiplexOutput

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *DeleteMultiplexOutput

SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.

func (*DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DeleteMultiplexOutput

SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.

func (*DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *DeleteMultiplexOutput

SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value.

func (*DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetState added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetTags added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (DeleteMultiplexOutput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s DeleteMultiplexOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteMultiplexProgramInput added in v1.25.42 

type DeleteMultiplexProgramInput struct {

	// MultiplexId is a required field
	MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// ProgramName is a required field
	ProgramName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput

SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.

func (*DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput

SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.

func (DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput added in v1.25.42 

type DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput struct {
	ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"`

	// Multiplex Program settings configuration.
	MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Packet identifiers map for a given Multiplex program.
	PacketIdentifiersMap *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap `locationName:"packetIdentifiersMap" type:"structure"`

	PipelineDetails []*MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"`

	ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetChannelId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput

SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.

func (*DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput

SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value.

func (*DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPacketIdentifiersMap added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPacketIdentifiersMap(v *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput

SetPacketIdentifiersMap sets the PacketIdentifiersMap field's value.

func (*DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPipelineDetails added in v1.35.7 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput

SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value.

func (*DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetProgramName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetProgramName(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput

SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.

func (DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteReservationInput added in v1.14.10 

type DeleteReservationInput struct {

	// ReservationId is a required field
	ReservationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reservationId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteReservationInput) GoString added in v1.14.10 

func (s DeleteReservationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteReservationInput) SetReservationId added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationInput) SetReservationId(v string) *DeleteReservationInput

SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value.

func (DeleteReservationInput) String added in v1.14.10 

func (s DeleteReservationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteReservationInput) Validate added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteReservationOutput added in v1.14.10 

type DeleteReservationOutput struct {
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"`

	CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"`

	Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`

	// Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
	DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"`

	End *string `locationName:"end" type:"string"`

	FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"`

	OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"`

	// Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
	OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"`

	Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"`

	ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"`

	// Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...)
	ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"`

	Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"`

	// Current reservation state
	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteReservationOutput) GoString added in v1.14.10 

func (s DeleteReservationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetArn added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetCount added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetCount(v int64) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetCount sets the Count field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetCurrencyCode added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetDuration added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetDurationUnits added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetEnd added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetEnd(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetEnd sets the End field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetFixedPrice added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetName added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingDescription added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingId added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingType added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetRegion added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetRegion sets the Region field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetReservationId added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetReservationId(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetResourceSpecification added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetStart added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetStart(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetStart sets the Start field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetState added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetTags added in v1.19.11 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*DeleteReservationOutput) SetUsagePrice added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DeleteReservationOutput

SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.

func (DeleteReservationOutput) String added in v1.14.10 

func (s DeleteReservationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteScheduleInput added in v1.19.24 

type DeleteScheduleInput struct {

	// ChannelId is a required field
	ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteScheduleInput) GoString added in v1.19.24 

func (s DeleteScheduleInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteScheduleInput) SetChannelId added in v1.19.24 

func (s *DeleteScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteScheduleInput

SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.

func (DeleteScheduleInput) String added in v1.19.24 

func (s DeleteScheduleInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteScheduleInput) Validate added in v1.19.24 

func (s *DeleteScheduleInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteScheduleOutput added in v1.19.24 

type DeleteScheduleOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteScheduleOutput) GoString added in v1.19.24 

func (s DeleteScheduleOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteScheduleOutput) String added in v1.19.24 

func (s DeleteScheduleOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteTagsInput added in v1.16.30 

type DeleteTagsInput struct {

	// ResourceArn is a required field
	ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// TagKeys is a required field
	TagKeys []*string `location:"querystring" locationName:"tagKeys" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteTagsInput) GoString added in v1.16.30 

func (s DeleteTagsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteTagsInput) SetResourceArn added in v1.16.30 

func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *DeleteTagsInput

SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.

func (*DeleteTagsInput) SetTagKeys added in v1.16.30 

func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DeleteTagsInput

SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.

func (DeleteTagsInput) String added in v1.16.30 

func (s DeleteTagsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteTagsInput) Validate added in v1.16.30 

func (s *DeleteTagsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteTagsOutput added in v1.16.30 

type DeleteTagsOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteTagsOutput) GoString added in v1.16.30 

func (s DeleteTagsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteTagsOutput) String added in v1.16.30 

func (s DeleteTagsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeChannelInput 

type DescribeChannelInput struct {

	// ChannelId is a required field
	ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeChannelInput) GoString 

func (s DescribeChannelInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeChannelInput) SetChannelId 

func (s *DescribeChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeChannelInput

SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.

func (DescribeChannelInput) String 

func (s DescribeChannelInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeChannelInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeChannelInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeChannelOutput 

type DescribeChannelOutput struct {
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification `locationName:"cdiInputSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel
	// only has one.
	ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"`

	Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"`

	// Encoder Settings
	EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"`

	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"`

	InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// The log level the user wants for their channel.
	LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"`

	PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`

	RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`

	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	// The properties for a private VPC Output
	Vpc *VpcOutputSettingsDescription `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeChannelOutput) GoString 

func (s DescribeChannelOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetArn 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetCdiInputSpecification added in v1.35.7 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetCdiInputSpecification(v *CdiInputSpecification) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetCdiInputSpecification sets the CdiInputSpecification field's value.

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetChannelClass added in v1.19.11 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetDestinations 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value.

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value.

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetId 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value.

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification added in v1.12.70 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value.

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetLogLevel added in v1.14.2 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value.

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetName 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails added in v1.21.5 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value.

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetRoleArn 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetState 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetTags added in v1.16.30 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*DescribeChannelOutput) SetVpc added in v1.37.1 

func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetVpc(v *VpcOutputSettingsDescription) *DescribeChannelOutput

SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.

func (DescribeChannelOutput) String 

func (s DescribeChannelOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeInputDeviceInput added in v1.31.2 

type DescribeInputDeviceInput struct {

	// InputDeviceId is a required field
	InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeInputDeviceInput) GoString added in v1.31.2 

func (s DescribeInputDeviceInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeInputDeviceInput) SetInputDeviceId added in v1.31.2 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceInput) SetInputDeviceId(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceInput

SetInputDeviceId sets the InputDeviceId field's value.

func (DescribeInputDeviceInput) String added in v1.31.2 

func (s DescribeInputDeviceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeInputDeviceInput) Validate added in v1.31.2 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeInputDeviceOutput added in v1.31.2 

type DescribeInputDeviceOutput struct {
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// The state of the connection between the input device and AWS.
	ConnectionState *string `locationName:"connectionState" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConnectionState"`

	// The status of the action to synchronize the device configuration. If you
	// change the configuration of the input device (for example, the maximum bitrate),
	// MediaLive sends the new data to the device. The device might not update itself
	// immediately. SYNCED means the device has updated its configuration. SYNCING
	// means that it has not updated its configuration.
	DeviceSettingsSyncState *string `locationName:"deviceSettingsSyncState" type:"string" enum:"DeviceSettingsSyncState"`

	// The status of software on the input device.
	DeviceUpdateStatus *string `locationName:"deviceUpdateStatus" type:"string" enum:"DeviceUpdateStatus"`

	// Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video
	// characteristics of that source.
	HdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceHdSettings `locationName:"hdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"`

	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	MacAddress *string `locationName:"macAddress" type:"string"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// The network settings for the input device.
	NetworkSettings *InputDeviceNetworkSettings `locationName:"networkSettings" type:"structure"`

	SerialNumber *string `locationName:"serialNumber" type:"string"`

	// The type of the input device. For an AWS Elemental Link device that outputs
	// resolutions up to 1080, choose "HD".
	Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceType"`

	// Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video
	// characteristics of that source.
	UhdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceUhdSettings `locationName:"uhdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeInputDeviceOutput) GoString added in v1.31.2 

func (s DescribeInputDeviceOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetArn added in v1.31.2 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetConnectionState added in v1.31.2 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetConnectionState(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput

SetConnectionState sets the ConnectionState field's value.

func (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetDeviceSettingsSyncState added in v1.31.2 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetDeviceSettingsSyncState(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput

SetDeviceSettingsSyncState sets the DeviceSettingsSyncState field's value.

func (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetDeviceUpdateStatus added in v1.35.32 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetDeviceUpdateStatus(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput

SetDeviceUpdateStatus sets the DeviceUpdateStatus field's value.

func (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetHdDeviceSettings added in v1.31.2 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetHdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceHdSettings) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput

SetHdDeviceSettings sets the HdDeviceSettings field's value.

func (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetId added in v1.31.2 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetMacAddress added in v1.31.2 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetMacAddress(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput

SetMacAddress sets the MacAddress field's value.

func (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetName added in v1.31.2 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetNetworkSettings added in v1.31.2 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetNetworkSettings(v *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput

SetNetworkSettings sets the NetworkSettings field's value.

func (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetSerialNumber added in v1.31.2 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput

SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value.

func (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetType added in v1.31.2 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetType(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput

SetType sets the Type field's value.

func (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetUhdDeviceSettings added in v1.36.2 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetUhdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceUhdSettings) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput

SetUhdDeviceSettings sets the UhdDeviceSettings field's value.

func (DescribeInputDeviceOutput) String added in v1.31.2 

func (s DescribeInputDeviceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput added in v1.33.10 

type DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput struct {

	// Accept is a required field
	Accept *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AcceptHeader"`

	// InputDeviceId is a required field
	InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) GoString added in v1.33.10 

func (s DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) SetAccept added in v1.33.10 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) SetAccept(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput

SetAccept sets the Accept field's value.

func (*DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) SetInputDeviceId added in v1.33.10 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) SetInputDeviceId(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput

SetInputDeviceId sets the InputDeviceId field's value.

func (DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) String added in v1.33.10 

func (s DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) Validate added in v1.33.10 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput added in v1.33.10 

type DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput struct {
	Body io.ReadCloser `locationName:"body" type:"blob"`

	ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`

	ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string" enum:"ContentType"`

	ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`

	LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) GoString added in v1.33.10 

func (s DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) SetBody added in v1.33.10 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput

SetBody sets the Body field's value.

func (*DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) SetContentLength added in v1.33.10 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput

SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.

func (*DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) SetContentType added in v1.33.10 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) SetContentType(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput

SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.

func (*DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) SetETag added in v1.33.10 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) SetETag(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput

SetETag sets the ETag field's value.

func (*DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) SetLastModified added in v1.33.10 

func (s *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput

SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.

func (DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) String added in v1.33.10 

func (s DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeInputInput 

type DescribeInputInput struct {

	// InputId is a required field
	InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeInputInput) GoString 

func (s DescribeInputInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeInputInput) SetInputId 

func (s *DescribeInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *DescribeInputInput

SetInputId sets the InputId field's value.

func (DescribeInputInput) String 

func (s DescribeInputInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeInputInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeInputInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeInputOutput 

type DescribeInputOutput struct {
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	AttachedChannels []*string `locationName:"attachedChannels" type:"list"`

	Destinations []*InputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// A standard input has two sources and a single pipeline input only has one.
	InputClass *string `locationName:"inputClass" type:"string" enum:"InputClass"`

	InputDevices []*InputDeviceSettings `locationName:"inputDevices" type:"list"`

	InputPartnerIds []*string `locationName:"inputPartnerIds" type:"list"`

	// There are two types of input sources, static and dynamic. If an input source
	// is dynamic you canchange the source url of the input dynamically using an
	// input switch action. However, the only input typeto support a dynamic url
	// at this time is MP4_FILE. By default all input sources are static.
	InputSourceType *string `locationName:"inputSourceType" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceType"`

	MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlow `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`

	SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"securityGroups" type:"list"`

	Sources []*InputSource `locationName:"sources" type:"list"`

	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputState"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeInputOutput) GoString 

func (s DescribeInputOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeInputOutput) SetArn 

func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputOutput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*DescribeInputOutput) SetAttachedChannels 

func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetAttachedChannels(v []*string) *DescribeInputOutput

SetAttachedChannels sets the AttachedChannels field's value.

func (*DescribeInputOutput) SetDestinations 

func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestination) *DescribeInputOutput

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*DescribeInputOutput) SetId 

func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputOutput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*DescribeInputOutput) SetInputClass added in v1.19.11 

func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetInputClass(v string) *DescribeInputOutput

SetInputClass sets the InputClass field's value.

func (*DescribeInputOutput) SetInputDevices added in v1.31.2 

func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetInputDevices(v []*InputDeviceSettings) *DescribeInputOutput

SetInputDevices sets the InputDevices field's value.

func (*DescribeInputOutput) SetInputPartnerIds added in v1.37.11 

func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetInputPartnerIds(v []*string) *DescribeInputOutput

SetInputPartnerIds sets the InputPartnerIds field's value.

func (*DescribeInputOutput) SetInputSourceType added in v1.21.5 

func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetInputSourceType(v string) *DescribeInputOutput

SetInputSourceType sets the InputSourceType field's value.

func (*DescribeInputOutput) SetMediaConnectFlows added in v1.16.1 

func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlow) *DescribeInputOutput

SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value.

func (*DescribeInputOutput) SetName 

func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeInputOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*DescribeInputOutput) SetRoleArn added in v1.16.1 

func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DescribeInputOutput

SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.

func (*DescribeInputOutput) SetSecurityGroups 

func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *DescribeInputOutput

SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.

func (*DescribeInputOutput) SetSources 

func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetSources(v []*InputSource) *DescribeInputOutput

SetSources sets the Sources field's value.

func (*DescribeInputOutput) SetState 

func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeInputOutput

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*DescribeInputOutput) SetTags added in v1.16.30 

func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeInputOutput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*DescribeInputOutput) SetType 

func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetType(v string) *DescribeInputOutput

SetType sets the Type field's value.

func (DescribeInputOutput) String 

func (s DescribeInputOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput 

type DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput struct {

	// InputSecurityGroupId is a required field
	InputSecurityGroupId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputSecurityGroupId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString 

func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId 

func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput

SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value.

func (DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) String 

func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate 

func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput 

type DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput struct {
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	Inputs []*string `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"`

	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputSecurityGroupState"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRule `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString 

func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetArn 

func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetId 

func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetInputs added in v1.13.17 

func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetInputs(v []*string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput

SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value.

func (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetState added in v1.13.17 

func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetTags added in v1.16.30 

func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetWhitelistRules 

func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRule) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput

SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value.

func (DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) String 

func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeMultiplexInput added in v1.25.42 

type DescribeMultiplexInput struct {

	// MultiplexId is a required field
	MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeMultiplexInput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s DescribeMultiplexInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexInput

SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.

func (DescribeMultiplexInput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s DescribeMultiplexInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeMultiplexInput) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeMultiplexOutput added in v1.25.42 

type DescribeMultiplexOutput struct {
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"`

	Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// Contains configuration for a Multiplex event
	MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`

	ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"`

	// The current state of the multiplex.
	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeMultiplexOutput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s DescribeMultiplexOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetArn added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput

SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.

func (*DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *DescribeMultiplexOutput

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *DescribeMultiplexOutput

SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.

func (*DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DescribeMultiplexOutput

SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.

func (*DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *DescribeMultiplexOutput

SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value.

func (*DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetState added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetTags added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (DescribeMultiplexOutput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s DescribeMultiplexOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeMultiplexProgramInput added in v1.25.42 

type DescribeMultiplexProgramInput struct {

	// MultiplexId is a required field
	MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// ProgramName is a required field
	ProgramName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput

SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.

func (*DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput

SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.

func (DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput added in v1.25.42 

type DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput struct {
	ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"`

	// Multiplex Program settings configuration.
	MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Packet identifiers map for a given Multiplex program.
	PacketIdentifiersMap *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap `locationName:"packetIdentifiersMap" type:"structure"`

	PipelineDetails []*MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"`

	ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetChannelId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput

SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.

func (*DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput

SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value.

func (*DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPacketIdentifiersMap added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPacketIdentifiersMap(v *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput

SetPacketIdentifiersMap sets the PacketIdentifiersMap field's value.

func (*DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPipelineDetails added in v1.35.7 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput

SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value.

func (*DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetProgramName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetProgramName(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput

SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.

func (DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeOfferingInput added in v1.14.10 

type DescribeOfferingInput struct {

	// OfferingId is a required field
	OfferingId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"offeringId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeOfferingInput) GoString added in v1.14.10 

func (s DescribeOfferingInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeOfferingInput) SetOfferingId added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeOfferingInput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeOfferingInput

SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.

func (DescribeOfferingInput) String added in v1.14.10 

func (s DescribeOfferingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeOfferingInput) Validate added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeOfferingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeOfferingOutput added in v1.14.10 

type DescribeOfferingOutput struct {
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"`

	Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`

	// Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
	DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"`

	FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"`

	OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"`

	OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"`

	// Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
	OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"`

	Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"`

	// Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...)
	ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"`

	UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeOfferingOutput) GoString added in v1.14.10 

func (s DescribeOfferingOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeOfferingOutput) SetArn added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*DescribeOfferingOutput) SetCurrencyCode added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput

SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.

func (*DescribeOfferingOutput) SetDuration added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeOfferingOutput

SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.

func (*DescribeOfferingOutput) SetDurationUnits added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput

SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value.

func (*DescribeOfferingOutput) SetFixedPrice added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DescribeOfferingOutput

SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.

func (*DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingDescription added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput

SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value.

func (*DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingId added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput

SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.

func (*DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingType added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput

SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.

func (*DescribeOfferingOutput) SetRegion added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput

SetRegion sets the Region field's value.

func (*DescribeOfferingOutput) SetResourceSpecification added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DescribeOfferingOutput

SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value.

func (*DescribeOfferingOutput) SetUsagePrice added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DescribeOfferingOutput

SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.

func (DescribeOfferingOutput) String added in v1.14.10 

func (s DescribeOfferingOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeReservationInput added in v1.14.10 

type DescribeReservationInput struct {

	// ReservationId is a required field
	ReservationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reservationId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeReservationInput) GoString added in v1.14.10 

func (s DescribeReservationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeReservationInput) SetReservationId added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationInput) SetReservationId(v string) *DescribeReservationInput

SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value.

func (DescribeReservationInput) String added in v1.14.10 

func (s DescribeReservationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeReservationInput) Validate added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeReservationOutput added in v1.14.10 

type DescribeReservationOutput struct {
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"`

	CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"`

	Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`

	// Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
	DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"`

	End *string `locationName:"end" type:"string"`

	FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"`

	OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"`

	// Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
	OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"`

	Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"`

	ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"`

	// Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...)
	ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"`

	Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"`

	// Current reservation state
	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeReservationOutput) GoString added in v1.14.10 

func (s DescribeReservationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetArn added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetCount added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetCount(v int64) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetCount sets the Count field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetCurrencyCode added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetDuration added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetDurationUnits added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetEnd added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetEnd(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetEnd sets the End field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetFixedPrice added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetName added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingDescription added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingId added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingType added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetRegion added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetRegion sets the Region field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetReservationId added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetReservationId(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetResourceSpecification added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetStart added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetStart(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetStart sets the Start field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetState added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetTags added in v1.19.11 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*DescribeReservationOutput) SetUsagePrice added in v1.14.10 

func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DescribeReservationOutput

SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.

func (DescribeReservationOutput) String added in v1.14.10 

func (s DescribeReservationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeScheduleInput added in v1.15.19 

type DescribeScheduleInput struct {

	// ChannelId is a required field
	ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeScheduleInput) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s DescribeScheduleInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeScheduleInput) SetChannelId added in v1.15.19 

func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeScheduleInput

SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.

func (*DescribeScheduleInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.15.19 

func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeScheduleInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*DescribeScheduleInput) SetNextToken added in v1.15.19 

func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeScheduleInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (DescribeScheduleInput) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s DescribeScheduleInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeScheduleInput) Validate added in v1.15.19 

func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeScheduleOutput added in v1.15.19 

type DescribeScheduleOutput struct {
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeScheduleOutput) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s DescribeScheduleOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeScheduleOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.15.19 

func (s *DescribeScheduleOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeScheduleOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*DescribeScheduleOutput) SetScheduleActions added in v1.15.19 

func (s *DescribeScheduleOutput) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *DescribeScheduleOutput

SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value.

func (DescribeScheduleOutput) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s DescribeScheduleOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DvbNitSettings 

type DvbNitSettings struct {

	// The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT).
	//
	// NetworkId is a required field
	NetworkId *int64 `locationName:"networkId" type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// The network name text placed in the networkNameDescriptor inside the Network
	// Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	//
	// NetworkName is a required field
	NetworkName *string `locationName:"networkName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DVB Network Information Table (NIT)

func (DvbNitSettings) GoString 

func (s DvbNitSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkId 

func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkId(v int64) *DvbNitSettings

SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value.

func (*DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkName 

func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkName(v string) *DvbNitSettings

SetNetworkName sets the NetworkName field's value.

func (*DvbNitSettings) SetRepInterval 

func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbNitSettings

SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value.

func (DvbNitSettings) String 

func (s DvbNitSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DvbNitSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *DvbNitSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DvbSdtSettings 

type DvbSdtSettings struct {

	// Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. The sdtFollow
	// setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. The sdtFollowIfPresent
	// setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream if SDT
	// information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on the user-defined
	// values. The sdtManual setting means user will enter the SDT information.
	// The sdtNone setting means output stream will not contain SDT information.
	OutputSdt *string `locationName:"outputSdt" type:"string" enum:"DvbSdtOutputSdt"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"`

	// The service name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service Description
	// Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The service provider name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service
	// Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	ServiceProviderName *string `locationName:"serviceProviderName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DVB Service Description Table (SDT)

func (DvbSdtSettings) GoString 

func (s DvbSdtSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DvbSdtSettings) SetOutputSdt 

func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetOutputSdt(v string) *DvbSdtSettings

SetOutputSdt sets the OutputSdt field's value.

func (*DvbSdtSettings) SetRepInterval 

func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbSdtSettings

SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value.

func (*DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceName 

func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings

SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value.

func (*DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceProviderName 

func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceProviderName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings

SetServiceProviderName sets the ServiceProviderName field's value.

func (DvbSdtSettings) String 

func (s DvbSdtSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DvbSdtSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *DvbSdtSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DvbSubDestinationSettings 

type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct {

	// If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to centered
	// will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting
	// a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If
	// x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter,
	// the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates.
	// Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and center-justify
	// pre-recorded subtitles. This option is not valid for source captions that
	// are STL or 608/embedded. These source settings are already pre-defined by
	// the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationAlignment"`

	// Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor"`

	// Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
	// Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent).
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf'
	// or 'tte'. Although the user can select output fonts for many different types
	// of input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system.
	// Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display
	// of proportional fonts. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	Font *InputLocation `locationName:"font" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for
	// source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
	// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
	// settings must match.
	FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationFontColor"`

	// Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"`

	// When set to auto fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output.
	// Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontSize *string `locationName:"fontSize" type:"string"`

	// Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions
	// that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already
	// pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
	// must match.
	OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor"`

	// Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source
	// captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
	// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
	// settings must match.
	OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub
	// font settings must match.
	ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationShadowColor"`

	// Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving
	// this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in
	// pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels.
	// A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output subtitles
	// bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs.
	TeletextGridControl *string `locationName:"teletextGridControl" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl"`

	// Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side
	// of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting
	// 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided,
	// the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.
	// This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or
	// teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the
	// output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
	// pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided,
	// the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option
	// is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext.
	// These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Dvb Sub Destination Settings

func (DvbSubDestinationSettings) GoString 

func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetAlignment 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFont 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFont(v *InputLocation) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetFont sets the Font field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontColor 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontSize 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetTeletextGridControl 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetTeletextGridControl(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetTeletextGridControl sets the TeletextGridControl field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetXPosition 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetYPosition 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value.

func (DvbSubDestinationSettings) String 

func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DvbSubSourceSettings 

type DvbSubSourceSettings struct {

	// If you will configure a WebVTT caption description that references this caption
	// selector, use this field toprovide the language to consider when translating
	// the image-based source to text.
	OcrLanguage *string `locationName:"ocrLanguage" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubOcrLanguage"`

	// When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source
	// content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through,
	// regardless of selectors.
	Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Dvb Sub Source Settings

func (DvbSubSourceSettings) GoString 

func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DvbSubSourceSettings) SetOcrLanguage added in v1.38.60 

func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) SetOcrLanguage(v string) *DvbSubSourceSettings

SetOcrLanguage sets the OcrLanguage field's value.

func (*DvbSubSourceSettings) SetPid 

func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) SetPid(v int64) *DvbSubSourceSettings

SetPid sets the Pid field's value.

func (DvbSubSourceSettings) String 

func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DvbSubSourceSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DvbTdtSettings 

type DvbTdtSettings struct {

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"1000" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DVB Time and Date Table (SDT)

func (DvbTdtSettings) GoString 

func (s DvbTdtSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DvbTdtSettings) SetRepInterval 

func (s *DvbTdtSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbTdtSettings

SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value.

func (DvbTdtSettings) String 

func (s DvbTdtSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DvbTdtSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *DvbTdtSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Eac3Settings 

type Eac3Settings struct {

	// When set to attenuate3Db, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels.
	// Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	AttenuationControl *string `locationName:"attenuationControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AttenuationControl"`

	// Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode.
	Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"`

	// Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted E-AC-3 stream. See ATSC
	// A/52-2012 (Annex E) for background on these values.
	BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3BitstreamMode"`

	// Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels.
	CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3CodingMode"`

	// When set to enabled, activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels.
	DcFilter *string `locationName:"dcFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DcFilter"`

	// Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital
	// Plus, dialnorm will be passed through.
	Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Sets the Dolby dynamic range compression profile.
	DrcLine *string `locationName:"drcLine" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DrcLine"`

	// Sets the profile for heavy Dolby dynamic range compression, ensures that
	// the instantaneous signal peaks do not exceed specified levels.
	DrcRf *string `locationName:"drcRf" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DrcRf"`

	// When encoding 3/2 audio, setting to lfe enables the LFE channel
	LfeControl *string `locationName:"lfeControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeControl"`

	// When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior
	// to encoding. Only valid with codingMode32 coding mode.
	LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeFilter"`

	// Left only/Right only center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Left only/Right only surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Left total/Right total center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Left total/Right total surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// When set to followInput, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+,
	// or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied
	// from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
	MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3MetadataControl"`

	// When set to whenPossible, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is
	// present on the input. This detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode.
	// Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent
	// DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding.
	PassthroughControl *string `locationName:"passthroughControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PassthroughControl"`

	// When set to shift90Degrees, applies a 90-degree phase shift to the surround
	// channels. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	PhaseControl *string `locationName:"phaseControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PhaseControl"`

	// Stereo downmix preference. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	StereoDownmix *string `locationName:"stereoDownmix" type:"string" enum:"Eac3StereoDownmix"`

	// When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel
	// is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels.
	SurroundExMode *string `locationName:"surroundExMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundExMode"`

	// When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into
	// the two channels.
	SurroundMode *string `locationName:"surroundMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundMode"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Eac3 Settings

func (Eac3Settings) GoString 

func (s Eac3Settings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Eac3Settings) SetAttenuationControl 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetAttenuationControl(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetAttenuationControl sets the AttenuationControl field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetBitrate 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Eac3Settings

SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetCodingMode 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetDcFilter 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDcFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetDcFilter sets the DcFilter field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetDialnorm 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Eac3Settings

SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetDrcLine 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDrcLine(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetDrcLine sets the DrcLine field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetDrcRf 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDrcRf(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetDrcRf sets the DrcRf field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetLfeControl 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeControl(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetLfeControl sets the LfeControl field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetLfeFilter 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetLoRoCenterMixLevel 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings

SetLoRoCenterMixLevel sets the LoRoCenterMixLevel field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings

SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel sets the LoRoSurroundMixLevel field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetLtRtCenterMixLevel 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings

SetLtRtCenterMixLevel sets the LtRtCenterMixLevel field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings

SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel sets the LtRtSurroundMixLevel field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetMetadataControl 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetPassthroughControl 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPassthroughControl(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetPassthroughControl sets the PassthroughControl field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetPhaseControl 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPhaseControl(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetPhaseControl sets the PhaseControl field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetStereoDownmix 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetStereoDownmix(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetStereoDownmix sets the StereoDownmix field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetSurroundExMode 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundExMode(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetSurroundExMode sets the SurroundExMode field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetSurroundMode 

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundMode(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetSurroundMode sets the SurroundMode field's value.

func (Eac3Settings) String 

func (s Eac3Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Eac3Settings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *Eac3Settings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type EbuTtDDestinationSettings added in v1.33.14 

type EbuTtDDestinationSettings struct {

	// Applies only if you plan to convert these source captions to EBU-TT-D or
	// TTML in an output. Complete this field if you want to include the name of
	// the copyright holder in the copyright metadata tag in the TTML
	CopyrightHolder *string `locationName:"copyrightHolder" type:"string"`

	// Specifies how to handle the gap between the lines (in multi-line captions).-
	// enabled: Fill with the captions background color (as specified in the input
	// captions).- disabled: Leave the gap unfilled.
	FillLineGap *string `locationName:"fillLineGap" type:"string" enum:"EbuTtDFillLineGapControl"`

	// Specifies the font family to include in the font data attached to the EBU-TT
	// captions. Valid only if styleControl is set to include. If you leave this
	// field empty, the font family is set to "monospaced". (If styleControl is
	// set to exclude, the font family is always set to "monospaced".)You specify
	// only the font family. All other style information (color, bold, position
	// and so on) is copied from the input captions. The size is always set to 100%
	// to allow the downstream player to choose the size.- Enter a list of font
	// families, as a comma-separated list of font names, in order of preference.
	// The name can be a font family (such as “Arial”), or a generic font family
	// (such as “serif”), or “default” (to let the downstream player choose
	// the font).- Leave blank to set the family to “monospace”.
	FontFamily *string `locationName:"fontFamily" type:"string"`

	// Specifies the style information (font color, font position, and so on) to
	// include in the font data that is attached to the EBU-TT captions.- include:
	// Take the style information (font color, font position, and so on) from the
	// source captions and include that information in the font data attached to
	// the EBU-TT captions. This option is valid only if the source captions are
	// Embedded or Teletext.- exclude: In the font data attached to the EBU-TT captions,
	// set the font family to "monospaced". Do not include any other style information.
	StyleControl *string `locationName:"styleControl" type:"string" enum:"EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Ebu Tt DDestination Settings

func (EbuTtDDestinationSettings) GoString added in v1.33.14 

func (s EbuTtDDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EbuTtDDestinationSettings) SetCopyrightHolder added in v1.37.29 

func (s *EbuTtDDestinationSettings) SetCopyrightHolder(v string) *EbuTtDDestinationSettings

SetCopyrightHolder sets the CopyrightHolder field's value.

func (*EbuTtDDestinationSettings) SetFillLineGap added in v1.33.14 

func (s *EbuTtDDestinationSettings) SetFillLineGap(v string) *EbuTtDDestinationSettings

SetFillLineGap sets the FillLineGap field's value.

func (*EbuTtDDestinationSettings) SetFontFamily added in v1.33.14 

func (s *EbuTtDDestinationSettings) SetFontFamily(v string) *EbuTtDDestinationSettings

SetFontFamily sets the FontFamily field's value.

func (*EbuTtDDestinationSettings) SetStyleControl added in v1.33.14 

func (s *EbuTtDDestinationSettings) SetStyleControl(v string) *EbuTtDDestinationSettings

SetStyleControl sets the StyleControl field's value.

func (EbuTtDDestinationSettings) String added in v1.33.14 

func (s EbuTtDDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EmbeddedDestinationSettings 

type EmbeddedDestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Embedded Destination Settings

func (EmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString 

func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (EmbeddedDestinationSettings) String 

func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings 

type EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Embedded Plus Scte20 Destination Settings

func (EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) GoString 

func (s EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) String 

func (s EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EmbeddedSourceSettings 

type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct {

	// If upconvert, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility
	// bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data
	// present in the source content will be discarded.
	Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedConvert608To708"`

	// Set to "auto" to handle streams with intermittent and/or non-aligned SCTE-20
	// and Embedded captions.
	Scte20Detection *string `locationName:"scte20Detection" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedScte20Detection"`

	// Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to
	// extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
	Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// This field is unused and deprecated.
	Source608TrackNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608TrackNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Embedded Source Settings

func (EmbeddedSourceSettings) GoString 

func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetConvert608To708 

func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings

SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value.

func (*EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetScte20Detection 

func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetScte20Detection(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings

SetScte20Detection sets the Scte20Detection field's value.

func (*EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber 

func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings

SetSource608ChannelNumber sets the Source608ChannelNumber field's value.

func (*EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608TrackNumber 

func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608TrackNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings

SetSource608TrackNumber sets the Source608TrackNumber field's value.

func (EmbeddedSourceSettings) String 

func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*EmbeddedSourceSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type EncoderSettings 

type EncoderSettings struct {

	// AudioDescriptions is a required field
	AudioDescriptions []*AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// Settings for ad avail blanking.
	AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"`

	// Event-wide configuration settings for ad avail insertion.
	AvailConfiguration *AvailConfiguration `locationName:"availConfiguration" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for blackout slate.
	BlackoutSlate *BlackoutSlate `locationName:"blackoutSlate" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for caption decriptions
	CaptionDescriptions []*CaptionDescription `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"`

	// Feature Activations
	FeatureActivations *FeatureActivations `locationName:"featureActivations" type:"structure"`

	// Configuration settings that apply to the event as a whole.
	GlobalConfiguration *GlobalConfiguration `locationName:"globalConfiguration" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for motion graphics.
	MotionGraphicsConfiguration *MotionGraphicsConfiguration `locationName:"motionGraphicsConfiguration" type:"structure"`

	// Nielsen configuration settings.
	NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration `locationName:"nielsenConfiguration" type:"structure"`

	// OutputGroups is a required field
	OutputGroups []*OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs.
	//
	// TimecodeConfig is a required field
	TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// VideoDescriptions is a required field
	VideoDescriptions []*VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescriptions" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Encoder Settings

func (EncoderSettings) GoString 

func (s EncoderSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EncoderSettings) SetAudioDescriptions 

func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAudioDescriptions(v []*AudioDescription) *EncoderSettings

SetAudioDescriptions sets the AudioDescriptions field's value.

func (*EncoderSettings) SetAvailBlanking 

func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAvailBlanking(v *AvailBlanking) *EncoderSettings

SetAvailBlanking sets the AvailBlanking field's value.

func (*EncoderSettings) SetAvailConfiguration 

func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAvailConfiguration(v *AvailConfiguration) *EncoderSettings

SetAvailConfiguration sets the AvailConfiguration field's value.

func (*EncoderSettings) SetBlackoutSlate 

func (s *EncoderSettings) SetBlackoutSlate(v *BlackoutSlate) *EncoderSettings

SetBlackoutSlate sets the BlackoutSlate field's value.

func (*EncoderSettings) SetCaptionDescriptions 

func (s *EncoderSettings) SetCaptionDescriptions(v []*CaptionDescription) *EncoderSettings

SetCaptionDescriptions sets the CaptionDescriptions field's value.

func (*EncoderSettings) SetFeatureActivations added in v1.32.6 

func (s *EncoderSettings) SetFeatureActivations(v *FeatureActivations) *EncoderSettings

SetFeatureActivations sets the FeatureActivations field's value.

func (*EncoderSettings) SetGlobalConfiguration 

func (s *EncoderSettings) SetGlobalConfiguration(v *GlobalConfiguration) *EncoderSettings

SetGlobalConfiguration sets the GlobalConfiguration field's value.

func (*EncoderSettings) SetMotionGraphicsConfiguration added in v1.38.13 

func (s *EncoderSettings) SetMotionGraphicsConfiguration(v *MotionGraphicsConfiguration) *EncoderSettings

SetMotionGraphicsConfiguration sets the MotionGraphicsConfiguration field's value.

func (*EncoderSettings) SetNielsenConfiguration added in v1.25.42 

func (s *EncoderSettings) SetNielsenConfiguration(v *NielsenConfiguration) *EncoderSettings

SetNielsenConfiguration sets the NielsenConfiguration field's value.

func (*EncoderSettings) SetOutputGroups 

func (s *EncoderSettings) SetOutputGroups(v []*OutputGroup) *EncoderSettings

SetOutputGroups sets the OutputGroups field's value.

func (*EncoderSettings) SetTimecodeConfig 

func (s *EncoderSettings) SetTimecodeConfig(v *TimecodeConfig) *EncoderSettings

SetTimecodeConfig sets the TimecodeConfig field's value.

func (*EncoderSettings) SetVideoDescriptions 

func (s *EncoderSettings) SetVideoDescriptions(v []*VideoDescription) *EncoderSettings

SetVideoDescriptions sets the VideoDescriptions field's value.

func (EncoderSettings) String 

func (s EncoderSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*EncoderSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *EncoderSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type FailoverCondition added in v1.35.19 

type FailoverCondition struct {

	// Failover condition type-specific settings.
	FailoverConditionSettings *FailoverConditionSettings `locationName:"failoverConditionSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Failover Condition settings. There can be multiple failover conditions inside AutomaticInputFailoverSettings.

func (FailoverCondition) GoString added in v1.35.19 

func (s FailoverCondition) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*FailoverCondition) SetFailoverConditionSettings added in v1.35.19 

func (s *FailoverCondition) SetFailoverConditionSettings(v *FailoverConditionSettings) *FailoverCondition

SetFailoverConditionSettings sets the FailoverConditionSettings field's value.

func (FailoverCondition) String added in v1.35.19 

func (s FailoverCondition) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*FailoverCondition) Validate added in v1.35.19 

func (s *FailoverCondition) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type FailoverConditionSettings added in v1.35.19 

type FailoverConditionSettings struct {

	// MediaLive will perform a failover if the specified audio selector is silent
	// for the specified period.
	AudioSilenceSettings *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings `locationName:"audioSilenceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// MediaLive will perform a failover if content is not detected in this input
	// for the specified period.
	InputLossSettings *InputLossFailoverSettings `locationName:"inputLossSettings" type:"structure"`

	// MediaLive will perform a failover if content is considered black for the
	// specified period.
	VideoBlackSettings *VideoBlackFailoverSettings `locationName:"videoBlackSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for one failover condition.

func (FailoverConditionSettings) GoString added in v1.35.19 

func (s FailoverConditionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*FailoverConditionSettings) SetAudioSilenceSettings added in v1.36.2 

func (s *FailoverConditionSettings) SetAudioSilenceSettings(v *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) *FailoverConditionSettings

SetAudioSilenceSettings sets the AudioSilenceSettings field's value.

func (*FailoverConditionSettings) SetInputLossSettings added in v1.35.19 

func (s *FailoverConditionSettings) SetInputLossSettings(v *InputLossFailoverSettings) *FailoverConditionSettings

SetInputLossSettings sets the InputLossSettings field's value.

func (*FailoverConditionSettings) SetVideoBlackSettings added in v1.36.2 

func (s *FailoverConditionSettings) SetVideoBlackSettings(v *VideoBlackFailoverSettings) *FailoverConditionSettings

SetVideoBlackSettings sets the VideoBlackSettings field's value.

func (FailoverConditionSettings) String added in v1.35.19 

func (s FailoverConditionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*FailoverConditionSettings) Validate added in v1.35.19 

func (s *FailoverConditionSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type FeatureActivations added in v1.32.6 

type FeatureActivations struct {

	// Enables the Input Prepare feature. You can create Input Prepare actions in
	// the schedule only if this feature is enabled.If you disable the feature on
	// an existing schedule, make sure that you first delete all input prepare actions
	// from the schedule.
	InputPrepareScheduleActions *string `locationName:"inputPrepareScheduleActions" type:"string" enum:"FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Feature Activations

func (FeatureActivations) GoString added in v1.32.6 

func (s FeatureActivations) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*FeatureActivations) SetInputPrepareScheduleActions added in v1.32.6 

func (s *FeatureActivations) SetInputPrepareScheduleActions(v string) *FeatureActivations

SetInputPrepareScheduleActions sets the InputPrepareScheduleActions field's value.

func (FeatureActivations) String added in v1.32.6 

func (s FeatureActivations) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FecOutputSettings 

type FecOutputSettings struct {

	// Parameter D from SMPTE 2022-1. The height of the FEC protection matrix. The
	// number of transport stream packets per column error correction packet. Must
	// be between 4 and 20, inclusive.
	ColumnDepth *int64 `locationName:"columnDepth" min:"4" type:"integer"`

	// Enables column only or column and row based FEC
	IncludeFec *string `locationName:"includeFec" type:"string" enum:"FecOutputIncludeFec"`

	// Parameter L from SMPTE 2022-1. The width of the FEC protection matrix. Must
	// be between 1 and 20, inclusive. If only Column FEC is used, then larger values
	// increase robustness. If Row FEC is used, then this is the number of transport
	// stream packets per row error correction packet, and the value must be between
	// 4 and 20, inclusive, if includeFec is columnAndRow. If includeFec is column,
	// this value must be 1 to 20, inclusive.
	RowLength *int64 `locationName:"rowLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Fec Output Settings

func (FecOutputSettings) GoString 

func (s FecOutputSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*FecOutputSettings) SetColumnDepth 

func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetColumnDepth(v int64) *FecOutputSettings

SetColumnDepth sets the ColumnDepth field's value.

func (*FecOutputSettings) SetIncludeFec 

func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetIncludeFec(v string) *FecOutputSettings

SetIncludeFec sets the IncludeFec field's value.

func (*FecOutputSettings) SetRowLength 

func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetRowLength(v int64) *FecOutputSettings

SetRowLength sets the RowLength field's value.

func (FecOutputSettings) String 

func (s FecOutputSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*FecOutputSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *FecOutputSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings added in v1.15.19 

type FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct {

	// Start time for the action to start in the channel. (Not the time for the
	// action to be added to the schedule: actions are always added to the schedule
	// immediately.) UTC format: yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss.nnnZ. All the letters are digits
	// (for example, mm might be 01) except for the two constants "T" for time and
	// "Z" for "UTC format".
	//
	// Time is a required field
	Time *string `locationName:"time" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Start time for the action.

func (FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetTime added in v1.15.19 

func (s *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetTime(v string) *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings

SetTime sets the Time field's value.

func (FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate added in v1.15.58 

func (s *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Fmp4HlsSettings added in v1.26.4 

type Fmp4HlsSettings struct {

	// List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input
	// all the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','.
	AudioRenditionSets *string `locationName:"audioRenditionSets" type:"string"`

	// If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be
	// detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in
	// the output.
	NielsenId3Behavior *string `locationName:"nielsenId3Behavior" type:"string" enum:"Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior"`

	// When set to passthrough, timed metadata is passed through from input to output.
	TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Fmp4 Hls Settings

func (Fmp4HlsSettings) GoString added in v1.26.4 

func (s Fmp4HlsSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Fmp4HlsSettings) SetAudioRenditionSets added in v1.26.4 

func (s *Fmp4HlsSettings) SetAudioRenditionSets(v string) *Fmp4HlsSettings

SetAudioRenditionSets sets the AudioRenditionSets field's value.

func (*Fmp4HlsSettings) SetNielsenId3Behavior added in v1.30.16 

func (s *Fmp4HlsSettings) SetNielsenId3Behavior(v string) *Fmp4HlsSettings

SetNielsenId3Behavior sets the NielsenId3Behavior field's value.

func (*Fmp4HlsSettings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior added in v1.30.16 

func (s *Fmp4HlsSettings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *Fmp4HlsSettings

SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value.

func (Fmp4HlsSettings) String added in v1.26.4 

func (s Fmp4HlsSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings added in v1.15.72 

type FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct {

	// Identifies whether this action starts relative to the start or relative to
	// the end of the reference action.
	//
	// FollowPoint is a required field
	FollowPoint *string `locationName:"followPoint" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"FollowPoint"`

	// The action name of another action that this one refers to.
	//
	// ReferenceActionName is a required field
	ReferenceActionName *string `locationName:"referenceActionName" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings to specify if an action follows another.

func (FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString added in v1.15.72 

func (s FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFollowPoint added in v1.15.72 

func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFollowPoint(v string) *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings

SetFollowPoint sets the FollowPoint field's value.

func (*FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetReferenceActionName added in v1.15.72 

func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetReferenceActionName(v string) *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings

SetReferenceActionName sets the ReferenceActionName field's value.

func (FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String added in v1.15.72 

func (s FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate added in v1.15.72 

func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ForbiddenException added in v1.28.0 

type ForbiddenException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (*ForbiddenException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ForbiddenException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*ForbiddenException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ForbiddenException) Error() string

func (ForbiddenException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s ForbiddenException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ForbiddenException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ForbiddenException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*ForbiddenException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ForbiddenException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*ForbiddenException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ForbiddenException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*ForbiddenException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *ForbiddenException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (ForbiddenException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s ForbiddenException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FrameCaptureCdnSettings added in v1.37.29 

type FrameCaptureCdnSettings struct {

	// Frame Capture S3 Settings
	FrameCaptureS3Settings *FrameCaptureS3Settings `locationName:"frameCaptureS3Settings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Frame Capture Cdn Settings

func (FrameCaptureCdnSettings) GoString added in v1.37.29 

func (s FrameCaptureCdnSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*FrameCaptureCdnSettings) SetFrameCaptureS3Settings added in v1.37.29 

func (s *FrameCaptureCdnSettings) SetFrameCaptureS3Settings(v *FrameCaptureS3Settings) *FrameCaptureCdnSettings

SetFrameCaptureS3Settings sets the FrameCaptureS3Settings field's value.

func (FrameCaptureCdnSettings) String added in v1.37.29 

func (s FrameCaptureCdnSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FrameCaptureGroupSettings added in v1.16.26 

type FrameCaptureGroupSettings struct {

	// The destination for the frame capture files. Either the URI for an Amazon
	// S3 bucket and object, plus a file name prefix (for example, s3ssl://sportsDelivery/highlights/20180820/curling-)
	// or the URI for a MediaStore container, plus a file name prefix (for example,
	// mediastoressl://sportsDelivery/20180820/curling-). The final file names consist
	// of the prefix from the destination field (for example, "curling-") + name
	// modifier + the counter (5 digits, starting from 00001) + extension (which
	// is always .jpg). For example, curling-low.00001.jpg
	//
	// Destination is a required field
	Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Parameters that control interactions with the CDN.
	FrameCaptureCdnSettings *FrameCaptureCdnSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureCdnSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Frame Capture Group Settings

func (FrameCaptureGroupSettings) GoString added in v1.16.26 

func (s FrameCaptureGroupSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*FrameCaptureGroupSettings) SetDestination added in v1.16.26 

func (s *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *FrameCaptureGroupSettings

SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.

func (*FrameCaptureGroupSettings) SetFrameCaptureCdnSettings added in v1.37.29 

func (s *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) SetFrameCaptureCdnSettings(v *FrameCaptureCdnSettings) *FrameCaptureGroupSettings

SetFrameCaptureCdnSettings sets the FrameCaptureCdnSettings field's value.

func (FrameCaptureGroupSettings) String added in v1.16.26 

func (s FrameCaptureGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*FrameCaptureGroupSettings) Validate added in v1.16.26 

func (s *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type FrameCaptureHlsSettings added in v1.37.2 

type FrameCaptureHlsSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Frame Capture Hls Settings

func (FrameCaptureHlsSettings) GoString added in v1.37.2 

func (s FrameCaptureHlsSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (FrameCaptureHlsSettings) String added in v1.37.2 

func (s FrameCaptureHlsSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FrameCaptureOutputSettings added in v1.16.26 

type FrameCaptureOutputSettings struct {

	// Required if the output group contains more than one output. This modifier
	// forms part of the output file name.
	NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Frame Capture Output Settings

func (FrameCaptureOutputSettings) GoString added in v1.16.26 

func (s FrameCaptureOutputSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*FrameCaptureOutputSettings) SetNameModifier added in v1.16.26 

func (s *FrameCaptureOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *FrameCaptureOutputSettings

SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value.

func (FrameCaptureOutputSettings) String added in v1.16.26 

func (s FrameCaptureOutputSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FrameCaptureS3Settings added in v1.37.29 

type FrameCaptureS3Settings struct {

	// Specify the canned ACL to apply to each S3 request. Defaults to none.
	CannedAcl *string `locationName:"cannedAcl" type:"string" enum:"S3CannedAcl"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Frame Capture S3 Settings

func (FrameCaptureS3Settings) GoString added in v1.37.29 

func (s FrameCaptureS3Settings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*FrameCaptureS3Settings) SetCannedAcl added in v1.37.29 

func (s *FrameCaptureS3Settings) SetCannedAcl(v string) *FrameCaptureS3Settings

SetCannedAcl sets the CannedAcl field's value.

func (FrameCaptureS3Settings) String added in v1.37.29 

func (s FrameCaptureS3Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FrameCaptureSettings added in v1.16.26 

type FrameCaptureSettings struct {

	// The frequency at which to capture frames for inclusion in the output. May
	// be specified in either seconds or milliseconds, as specified by captureIntervalUnits.
	CaptureInterval *int64 `locationName:"captureInterval" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Unit for the frame capture interval.
	CaptureIntervalUnits *string `locationName:"captureIntervalUnits" type:"string" enum:"FrameCaptureIntervalUnit"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Frame Capture Settings

func (FrameCaptureSettings) GoString added in v1.16.26 

func (s FrameCaptureSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*FrameCaptureSettings) SetCaptureInterval added in v1.16.26 

func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetCaptureInterval(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings

SetCaptureInterval sets the CaptureInterval field's value.

func (*FrameCaptureSettings) SetCaptureIntervalUnits added in v1.26.4 

func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetCaptureIntervalUnits(v string) *FrameCaptureSettings

SetCaptureIntervalUnits sets the CaptureIntervalUnits field's value.

func (FrameCaptureSettings) String added in v1.16.26 

func (s FrameCaptureSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*FrameCaptureSettings) Validate added in v1.16.26 

func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GatewayTimeoutException added in v1.28.0 

type GatewayTimeoutException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (*GatewayTimeoutException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*GatewayTimeoutException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) Error() string

func (GatewayTimeoutException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s GatewayTimeoutException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GatewayTimeoutException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*GatewayTimeoutException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*GatewayTimeoutException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*GatewayTimeoutException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (GatewayTimeoutException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s GatewayTimeoutException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GlobalConfiguration 

type GlobalConfiguration struct {

	// Value to set the initial audio gain for the Live Event.
	InitialAudioGain *int64 `locationName:"initialAudioGain" type:"integer"`

	// Indicates the action to take when the current input completes (e.g. end-of-file).
	// When switchAndLoopInputs is configured the encoder will restart at the beginning
	// of the first input. When "none" is configured the encoder will transcode
	// either black, a solid color, or a user specified slate images per the "Input
	// Loss Behavior" configuration until the next input switch occurs (which is
	// controlled through the Channel Schedule API).
	InputEndAction *string `locationName:"inputEndAction" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction"`

	// Settings for system actions when input is lost.
	InputLossBehavior *InputLossBehavior `locationName:"inputLossBehavior" type:"structure"`

	// Indicates how MediaLive pipelines are synchronized.PIPELINE_LOCKING - MediaLive
	// will attempt to synchronize the output of each pipeline to the other.EPOCH_LOCKING
	// - MediaLive will attempt to synchronize the output of each pipeline to the
	// Unix epoch.
	OutputLockingMode *string `locationName:"outputLockingMode" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode"`

	// Indicates whether the rate of frames emitted by the Live encoder should be
	// paced by its system clock (which optionally may be locked to another source
	// via NTP) or should be locked to the clock of the source that is providing
	// the input stream.
	OutputTimingSource *string `locationName:"outputTimingSource" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource"`

	// Adjusts video input buffer for streams with very low video framerates. This
	// is commonly set to enabled for music channels with less than one video frame
	// per second.
	SupportLowFramerateInputs *string `locationName:"supportLowFramerateInputs" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Global Configuration

func (GlobalConfiguration) GoString 

func (s GlobalConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GlobalConfiguration) SetInitialAudioGain 

func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInitialAudioGain(v int64) *GlobalConfiguration

SetInitialAudioGain sets the InitialAudioGain field's value.

func (*GlobalConfiguration) SetInputEndAction 

func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInputEndAction(v string) *GlobalConfiguration

SetInputEndAction sets the InputEndAction field's value.

func (*GlobalConfiguration) SetInputLossBehavior 

func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInputLossBehavior(v *InputLossBehavior) *GlobalConfiguration

SetInputLossBehavior sets the InputLossBehavior field's value.

func (*GlobalConfiguration) SetOutputLockingMode added in v1.19.5 

func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetOutputLockingMode(v string) *GlobalConfiguration

SetOutputLockingMode sets the OutputLockingMode field's value.

func (*GlobalConfiguration) SetOutputTimingSource 

func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetOutputTimingSource(v string) *GlobalConfiguration

SetOutputTimingSource sets the OutputTimingSource field's value.

func (*GlobalConfiguration) SetSupportLowFramerateInputs 

func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetSupportLowFramerateInputs(v string) *GlobalConfiguration

SetSupportLowFramerateInputs sets the SupportLowFramerateInputs field's value.

func (GlobalConfiguration) String 

func (s GlobalConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GlobalConfiguration) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *GlobalConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type H264ColorSpaceSettings added in v1.23.21 

type H264ColorSpaceSettings struct {

	// Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output
	ColorSpacePassthroughSettings *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings `locationName:"colorSpacePassthroughSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Rec601 Settings
	Rec601Settings *Rec601Settings `locationName:"rec601Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Rec709 Settings
	Rec709Settings *Rec709Settings `locationName:"rec709Settings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

H264 Color Space Settings

func (H264ColorSpaceSettings) GoString added in v1.23.21 

func (s H264ColorSpaceSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings(v *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings

SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings sets the ColorSpacePassthroughSettings field's value.

func (*H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec601Settings added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec601Settings(v *Rec601Settings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings

SetRec601Settings sets the Rec601Settings field's value.

func (*H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec709Settings added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec709Settings(v *Rec709Settings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings

SetRec709Settings sets the Rec709Settings field's value.

func (H264ColorSpaceSettings) String added in v1.23.21 

func (s H264ColorSpaceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type H264FilterSettings added in v1.30.16 

type H264FilterSettings struct {

	// Temporal Filter Settings
	TemporalFilterSettings *TemporalFilterSettings `locationName:"temporalFilterSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

H264 Filter Settings

func (H264FilterSettings) GoString added in v1.30.16 

func (s H264FilterSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*H264FilterSettings) SetTemporalFilterSettings added in v1.30.16 

func (s *H264FilterSettings) SetTemporalFilterSettings(v *TemporalFilterSettings) *H264FilterSettings

SetTemporalFilterSettings sets the TemporalFilterSettings field's value.

func (H264FilterSettings) String added in v1.30.16 

func (s H264FilterSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type H264Settings 

type H264Settings struct {

	// Enables or disables adaptive quantization, which is a technique MediaLive
	// can apply to video on a frame-by-frame basis to produce more compression
	// without losing quality. There are three types of adaptive quantization: flicker,
	// spatial, and temporal. Set the field in one of these ways: Set to Auto. Recommended.
	// For each type of AQ, MediaLive will determine if AQ is needed, and if so,
	// the appropriate strength. Set a strength (a value other than Auto or Disable).
	// This strength will apply to any of the AQ fields that you choose to enable.
	// Set to Disabled to disable all types of adaptive quantization.
	AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264AdaptiveQuantization"`

	// Indicates that AFD values will be written into the output stream. If afdSignaling
	// is "auto", the system will try to preserve the input AFD value (in cases
	// where multiple AFD values are valid). If set to "fixed", the AFD value will
	// be the value configured in the fixedAfd parameter.
	AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"`

	// Average bitrate in bits/second. Required when the rate control mode is VBR
	// or CBR. Not used for QVBR. In an MS Smooth output group, each output must
	// have a unique value when its bitrate is rounded down to the nearest multiple
	// of 1000.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	BufFillPct *int64 `locationName:"bufFillPct" type:"integer"`

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits.
	BufSize *int64 `locationName:"bufSize" type:"integer"`

	// Includes colorspace metadata in the output.
	ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"H264ColorMetadata"`

	// Color Space settings
	ColorSpaceSettings *H264ColorSpaceSettings `locationName:"colorSpaceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Entropy encoding mode. Use cabac (must be in Main or High profile) or cavlc.
	EntropyEncoding *string `locationName:"entropyEncoding" type:"string" enum:"H264EntropyEncoding"`

	// Optional filters that you can apply to an encode.
	FilterSettings *H264FilterSettings `locationName:"filterSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Four bit AFD value to write on all frames of video in the output stream.
	// Only valid when afdSignaling is set to 'Fixed'.
	FixedAfd *string `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"string" enum:"FixedAfd"`

	// Flicker AQ makes adjustments within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop'
	// on I-frames. The value to enter in this field depends on the value in the
	// Adaptive quantization field: If you have set the Adaptive quantization field
	// to Auto, MediaLive ignores any value in this field. MediaLive will determine
	// if flicker AQ is appropriate and will apply the appropriate strength. If
	// you have set the Adaptive quantization field to a strength, you can set this
	// field to Enabled or Disabled. Enabled: MediaLive will apply flicker AQ using
	// the specified strength. Disabled: MediaLive won't apply flicker AQ. If you
	// have set the Adaptive quantization to Disabled, MediaLive ignores any value
	// in this field and doesn't apply flicker AQ.
	FlickerAq *string `locationName:"flickerAq" type:"string" enum:"H264FlickerAq"`

	// This setting applies only when scan type is "interlaced." It controls whether
	// coding is performed on a field basis or on a frame basis. (When the video
	// is progressive, the coding is always performed on a frame basis.)enabled:
	// Force MediaLive to code on a field basis, so that odd and even sets of fields
	// are coded separately.disabled: Code the two sets of fields separately (on
	// a field basis) or together (on a frame basis using PAFF), depending on what
	// is most appropriate for the content.
	ForceFieldPictures *string `locationName:"forceFieldPictures" type:"string" enum:"H264ForceFieldPictures"`

	// This field indicates how the output video frame rate is specified. If "specified"
	// is selected then the output video frame rate is determined by framerateNumerator
	// and framerateDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected then
	// the output video frame rate will be set equal to the input video frame rate
	// of the first input.
	FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264FramerateControl"`

	// Framerate denominator.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976
	// fps.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// If enabled, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames
	// > 1.
	GopBReference *string `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"H264GopBReference"`

	// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that
	// this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame
	// as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"`

	// Number of B-frames between reference frames.
	GopNumBFrames *int64 `locationName:"gopNumBFrames" type:"integer"`

	// GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits.If
	// gopSizeUnits is frames, gopSize must be an integer and must be greater than
	// or equal to 1.If gopSizeUnits is seconds, gopSize must be greater than 0,
	// but need not be an integer.
	GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"`

	// Indicates if the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the
	// system will convert the gopSize into a frame count at run time.
	GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H264GopSizeUnits"`

	// H.264 Level.
	Level *string `locationName:"level" type:"string" enum:"H264Level"`

	// Amount of lookahead. A value of low can decrease latency and memory usage,
	// while high can produce better quality for certain content.
	LookAheadRateControl *string `locationName:"lookAheadRateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264LookAheadRateControl"`

	// For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality levelFor VBR: Set the maximum bitrate
	// in order to accommodate expected spikes in the complexity of the video.
	MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled. Defaults to 5 if
	// multiplex rate control is used. Enforces separation between repeated (cadence)
	// I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change
	// I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk
	// and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling
	// lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the
	// next GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1
	MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested
	// if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding.
	NumRefFrames *int64 `locationName:"numRefFrames" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// This field indicates how the output pixel aspect ratio is specified. If "specified"
	// is selected then the output video pixel aspect ratio is determined by parNumerator
	// and parDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected then the output
	// pixsel aspect ratio will be set equal to the input video pixel aspect ratio
	// of the first input.
	ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"H264ParControl"`

	// Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator.
	ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator.
	ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// H.264 Profile.
	Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"H264Profile"`

	// Leave as STANDARD_QUALITY or choose a different value (which might result
	// in additional costs to run the channel).- ENHANCED_QUALITY: Produces a slightly
	// better video quality without an increase in the bitrate. Has an effect only
	// when the Rate control mode is QVBR or CBR. If this channel is in a MediaLive
	// multiplex, the value must be ENHANCED_QUALITY.- STANDARD_QUALITY: Valid for
	// any Rate control mode.
	QualityLevel *string `locationName:"qualityLevel" type:"string" enum:"H264QualityLevel"`

	// Controls the target quality for the video encode. Applies only when the rate
	// control mode is QVBR. You can set a target quality or you can let MediaLive
	// determine the best quality. To set a target quality, enter values in the
	// QVBR quality level field and the Max bitrate field. Enter values that suit
	// your most important viewing devices. Recommended values are:- Primary screen:
	// Quality level: 8 to 10. Max bitrate: 4M- PC or tablet: Quality level: 7.
	// Max bitrate: 1.5M to 3M- Smartphone: Quality level: 6. Max bitrate: 1M to
	// 1.5MTo let MediaLive decide, leave the QVBR quality level field empty, and
	// in Max bitrate enter the maximum rate you want in the video. For more information,
	// see the section called "Video - rate control mode" in the MediaLive user
	// guide
	QvbrQualityLevel *int64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevel" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Rate control mode.QVBR: Quality will match the specified quality level except
	// when it is constrained by themaximum bitrate. Recommended if you or your
	// viewers pay for bandwidth.VBR: Quality and bitrate vary, depending on the
	// video complexity. Recommended instead of QVBRif you want to maintain a specific
	// average bitrate over the duration of the channel.CBR: Quality varies, depending
	// on the video complexity. Recommended only if you distributeyour assets to
	// devices that cannot handle variable bitrates.Multiplex: This rate control
	// mode is only supported (and is required) when the video is beingdelivered
	// to a MediaLive Multiplex in which case the rate control configuration is
	// controlledby the properties within the Multiplex Program.
	RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H264RateControlMode"`

	// Sets the scan type of the output to progressive or top-field-first interlaced.
	ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"H264ScanType"`

	// Scene change detection.- On: inserts I-frames when scene change is detected.-
	// Off: does not force an I-frame when scene change is detected.
	SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H264SceneChangeDetect"`

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half
	// the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.This field is optional;
	// when no value is specified the encoder will choose the number of slices based
	// on encode resolution.
	Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content
	// in the encoded image. If not set to zero, must be greater than 15.
	Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"`

	// Spatial AQ makes adjustments within each frame based on spatial variation
	// of content complexity. The value to enter in this field depends on the value
	// in the Adaptive quantization field: If you have set the Adaptive quantization
	// field to Auto, MediaLive ignores any value in this field. MediaLive will
	// determine if spatial AQ is appropriate and will apply the appropriate strength.
	// If you have set the Adaptive quantization field to a strength, you can set
	// this field to Enabled or Disabled. Enabled: MediaLive will apply spatial
	// AQ using the specified strength. Disabled: MediaLive won't apply spatial
	// AQ. If you have set the Adaptive quantization to Disabled, MediaLive ignores
	// any value in this field and doesn't apply spatial AQ.
	SpatialAq *string `locationName:"spatialAq" type:"string" enum:"H264SpatialAq"`

	// If set to fixed, use gopNumBFrames B-frames per sub-GOP. If set to dynamic,
	// optimize the number of B-frames used for each sub-GOP to improve visual quality.
	SubgopLength *string `locationName:"subgopLength" type:"string" enum:"H264SubGopLength"`

	// Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027.
	Syntax *string `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"H264Syntax"`

	// Temporal makes adjustments within each frame based on temporal variation
	// of content complexity. The value to enter in this field depends on the value
	// in the Adaptive quantization field: If you have set the Adaptive quantization
	// field to Auto, MediaLive ignores any value in this field. MediaLive will
	// determine if temporal AQ is appropriate and will apply the appropriate strength.
	// If you have set the Adaptive quantization field to a strength, you can set
	// this field to Enabled or Disabled. Enabled: MediaLive will apply temporal
	// AQ using the specified strength. Disabled: MediaLive won't apply temporal
	// AQ. If you have set the Adaptive quantization to Disabled, MediaLive ignores
	// any value in this field and doesn't apply temporal AQ.
	TemporalAq *string `locationName:"temporalAq" type:"string" enum:"H264TemporalAq"`

	// Determines how timecodes should be inserted into the video elementary stream.-
	// 'disabled': Do not include timecodes- 'picTimingSei': Pass through picture
	// timing SEI messages from the source specified in Timecode Config
	TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

H264 Settings

func (H264Settings) GoString 

func (s H264Settings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*H264Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization 

func (s *H264Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings

SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetAfdSignaling 

func (s *H264Settings) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *H264Settings

SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetBitrate 

func (s *H264Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings

SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetBufFillPct 

func (s *H264Settings) SetBufFillPct(v int64) *H264Settings

SetBufFillPct sets the BufFillPct field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetBufSize 

func (s *H264Settings) SetBufSize(v int64) *H264Settings

SetBufSize sets the BufSize field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetColorMetadata 

func (s *H264Settings) SetColorMetadata(v string) *H264Settings

SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetColorSpaceSettings added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H264Settings) SetColorSpaceSettings(v *H264ColorSpaceSettings) *H264Settings

SetColorSpaceSettings sets the ColorSpaceSettings field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetEntropyEncoding 

func (s *H264Settings) SetEntropyEncoding(v string) *H264Settings

SetEntropyEncoding sets the EntropyEncoding field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetFilterSettings added in v1.30.16 

func (s *H264Settings) SetFilterSettings(v *H264FilterSettings) *H264Settings

SetFilterSettings sets the FilterSettings field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetFixedAfd 

func (s *H264Settings) SetFixedAfd(v string) *H264Settings

SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetFlickerAq 

func (s *H264Settings) SetFlickerAq(v string) *H264Settings

SetFlickerAq sets the FlickerAq field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetForceFieldPictures added in v1.30.3 

func (s *H264Settings) SetForceFieldPictures(v string) *H264Settings

SetForceFieldPictures sets the ForceFieldPictures field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetFramerateControl 

func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *H264Settings

SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetFramerateDenominator 

func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings

SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetFramerateNumerator 

func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings

SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetGopBReference 

func (s *H264Settings) SetGopBReference(v string) *H264Settings

SetGopBReference sets the GopBReference field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetGopClosedCadence 

func (s *H264Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H264Settings

SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetGopNumBFrames 

func (s *H264Settings) SetGopNumBFrames(v int64) *H264Settings

SetGopNumBFrames sets the GopNumBFrames field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetGopSize 

func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H264Settings

SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetGopSizeUnits 

func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H264Settings

SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetLevel 

func (s *H264Settings) SetLevel(v string) *H264Settings

SetLevel sets the Level field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetLookAheadRateControl 

func (s *H264Settings) SetLookAheadRateControl(v string) *H264Settings

SetLookAheadRateControl sets the LookAheadRateControl field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetMaxBitrate 

func (s *H264Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings

SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetMinIInterval 

func (s *H264Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H264Settings

SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetNumRefFrames 

func (s *H264Settings) SetNumRefFrames(v int64) *H264Settings

SetNumRefFrames sets the NumRefFrames field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetParControl 

func (s *H264Settings) SetParControl(v string) *H264Settings

SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetParDenominator 

func (s *H264Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings

SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetParNumerator 

func (s *H264Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings

SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetProfile 

func (s *H264Settings) SetProfile(v string) *H264Settings

SetProfile sets the Profile field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetQualityLevel added in v1.30.16 

func (s *H264Settings) SetQualityLevel(v string) *H264Settings

SetQualityLevel sets the QualityLevel field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetQvbrQualityLevel added in v1.15.58 

func (s *H264Settings) SetQvbrQualityLevel(v int64) *H264Settings

SetQvbrQualityLevel sets the QvbrQualityLevel field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetRateControlMode 

func (s *H264Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H264Settings

SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetScanType 

func (s *H264Settings) SetScanType(v string) *H264Settings

SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect 

func (s *H264Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H264Settings

SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetSlices 

func (s *H264Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H264Settings

SetSlices sets the Slices field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetSoftness 

func (s *H264Settings) SetSoftness(v int64) *H264Settings

SetSoftness sets the Softness field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetSpatialAq 

func (s *H264Settings) SetSpatialAq(v string) *H264Settings

SetSpatialAq sets the SpatialAq field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetSubgopLength added in v1.16.10 

func (s *H264Settings) SetSubgopLength(v string) *H264Settings

SetSubgopLength sets the SubgopLength field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetSyntax 

func (s *H264Settings) SetSyntax(v string) *H264Settings

SetSyntax sets the Syntax field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetTemporalAq 

func (s *H264Settings) SetTemporalAq(v string) *H264Settings

SetTemporalAq sets the TemporalAq field's value.

func (*H264Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion 

func (s *H264Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *H264Settings

SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value.

func (H264Settings) String 

func (s H264Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*H264Settings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *H264Settings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type H265ColorSpaceSettings added in v1.23.21 

type H265ColorSpaceSettings struct {

	// Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output
	ColorSpacePassthroughSettings *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings `locationName:"colorSpacePassthroughSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Hdr10 Settings
	Hdr10Settings *Hdr10Settings `locationName:"hdr10Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Rec601 Settings
	Rec601Settings *Rec601Settings `locationName:"rec601Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Rec709 Settings
	Rec709Settings *Rec709Settings `locationName:"rec709Settings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

H265 Color Space Settings

func (H265ColorSpaceSettings) GoString added in v1.23.21 

func (s H265ColorSpaceSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings(v *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings

SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings sets the ColorSpacePassthroughSettings field's value.

func (*H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetHdr10Settings added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetHdr10Settings(v *Hdr10Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings

SetHdr10Settings sets the Hdr10Settings field's value.

func (*H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec601Settings added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec601Settings(v *Rec601Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings

SetRec601Settings sets the Rec601Settings field's value.

func (*H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec709Settings added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec709Settings(v *Rec709Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings

SetRec709Settings sets the Rec709Settings field's value.

func (H265ColorSpaceSettings) String added in v1.23.21 

func (s H265ColorSpaceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type H265FilterSettings added in v1.33.14 

type H265FilterSettings struct {

	// Temporal Filter Settings
	TemporalFilterSettings *TemporalFilterSettings `locationName:"temporalFilterSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

H265 Filter Settings

func (H265FilterSettings) GoString added in v1.33.14 

func (s H265FilterSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*H265FilterSettings) SetTemporalFilterSettings added in v1.33.14 

func (s *H265FilterSettings) SetTemporalFilterSettings(v *TemporalFilterSettings) *H265FilterSettings

SetTemporalFilterSettings sets the TemporalFilterSettings field's value.

func (H265FilterSettings) String added in v1.33.14 

func (s H265FilterSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type H265Settings added in v1.23.21 

type H265Settings struct {

	// Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual
	// quality.
	AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265AdaptiveQuantization"`

	// Indicates that AFD values will be written into the output stream. If afdSignaling
	// is "auto", the system will try to preserve the input AFD value (in cases
	// where multiple AFD values are valid). If set to "fixed", the AFD value will
	// be the value configured in the fixedAfd parameter.
	AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"`

	// Whether or not EML should insert an Alternative Transfer Function SEI message
	// to support backwards compatibility with non-HDR decoders and displays.
	AlternativeTransferFunction *string `locationName:"alternativeTransferFunction" type:"string" enum:"H265AlternativeTransferFunction"`

	// Average bitrate in bits/second. Required when the rate control mode is VBR
	// or CBR. Not used for QVBR. In an MS Smooth output group, each output must
	// have a unique value when its bitrate is rounded down to the nearest multiple
	// of 1000.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"`

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits.
	BufSize *int64 `locationName:"bufSize" min:"100000" type:"integer"`

	// Includes colorspace metadata in the output.
	ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"H265ColorMetadata"`

	// Color Space settings
	ColorSpaceSettings *H265ColorSpaceSettings `locationName:"colorSpaceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Optional filters that you can apply to an encode.
	FilterSettings *H265FilterSettings `locationName:"filterSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Four bit AFD value to write on all frames of video in the output stream.
	// Only valid when afdSignaling is set to 'Fixed'.
	FixedAfd *string `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"string" enum:"FixedAfd"`

	// If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker
	// or 'pop' on I-frames.
	FlickerAq *string `locationName:"flickerAq" type:"string" enum:"H265FlickerAq"`

	// Framerate denominator.
	//
	// FramerateDenominator is a required field
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976
	// fps.
	//
	// FramerateNumerator is a required field
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that
	// this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame
	// as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"`

	// GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits.If
	// gopSizeUnits is frames, gopSize must be an integer and must be greater than
	// or equal to 1.If gopSizeUnits is seconds, gopSize must be greater than 0,
	// but need not be an integer.
	GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"`

	// Indicates if the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the
	// system will convert the gopSize into a frame count at run time.
	GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H265GopSizeUnits"`

	// H.265 Level.
	Level *string `locationName:"level" type:"string" enum:"H265Level"`

	// Amount of lookahead. A value of low can decrease latency and memory usage,
	// while high can produce better quality for certain content.
	LookAheadRateControl *string `locationName:"lookAheadRateControl" type:"string" enum:"H265LookAheadRateControl"`

	// For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality level
	MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"`

	// Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled. Defaults to 5 if
	// multiplex rate control is used. Enforces separation between repeated (cadence)
	// I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change
	// I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk
	// and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling
	// lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the
	// next GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1
	MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator.
	ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator.
	ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// H.265 Profile.
	Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"H265Profile"`

	// Controls the target quality for the video encode. Applies only when the rate
	// control mode is QVBR. Set values for the QVBR quality level field and Max
	// bitrate field that suit your most important viewing devices. Recommended
	// values are:- Primary screen: Quality level: 8 to 10. Max bitrate: 4M- PC
	// or tablet: Quality level: 7. Max bitrate: 1.5M to 3M- Smartphone: Quality
	// level: 6. Max bitrate: 1M to 1.5M
	QvbrQualityLevel *int64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevel" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Rate control mode.QVBR: Quality will match the specified quality level except
	// when it is constrained by themaximum bitrate. Recommended if you or your
	// viewers pay for bandwidth.CBR: Quality varies, depending on the video complexity.
	// Recommended only if you distributeyour assets to devices that cannot handle
	// variable bitrates.Multiplex: This rate control mode is only supported (and
	// is required) when the video is beingdelivered to a MediaLive Multiplex in
	// which case the rate control configuration is controlledby the properties
	// within the Multiplex Program.
	RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H265RateControlMode"`

	// Sets the scan type of the output to progressive or top-field-first interlaced.
	ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"H265ScanType"`

	// Scene change detection.
	SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H265SceneChangeDetect"`

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half
	// the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.This field is optional;
	// when no value is specified the encoder will choose the number of slices based
	// on encode resolution.
	Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// H.265 Tier.
	Tier *string `locationName:"tier" type:"string" enum:"H265Tier"`

	// Determines how timecodes should be inserted into the video elementary stream.-
	// 'disabled': Do not include timecodes- 'picTimingSei': Pass through picture
	// timing SEI messages from the source specified in Timecode Config
	TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

H265 Settings

func (H265Settings) GoString added in v1.23.21 

func (s H265Settings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*H265Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings

SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetAfdSignaling added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *H265Settings

SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetAlternativeTransferFunction added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetAlternativeTransferFunction(v string) *H265Settings

SetAlternativeTransferFunction sets the AlternativeTransferFunction field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetBitrate added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings

SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetBufSize added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetBufSize(v int64) *H265Settings

SetBufSize sets the BufSize field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetColorMetadata added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetColorMetadata(v string) *H265Settings

SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetColorSpaceSettings added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetColorSpaceSettings(v *H265ColorSpaceSettings) *H265Settings

SetColorSpaceSettings sets the ColorSpaceSettings field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetFilterSettings added in v1.33.14 

func (s *H265Settings) SetFilterSettings(v *H265FilterSettings) *H265Settings

SetFilterSettings sets the FilterSettings field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetFixedAfd added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetFixedAfd(v string) *H265Settings

SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetFlickerAq added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetFlickerAq(v string) *H265Settings

SetFlickerAq sets the FlickerAq field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetFramerateDenominator added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings

SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetFramerateNumerator added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings

SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetGopClosedCadence added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H265Settings

SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetGopSize added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H265Settings

SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetGopSizeUnits added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H265Settings

SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetLevel added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetLevel(v string) *H265Settings

SetLevel sets the Level field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetLookAheadRateControl added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetLookAheadRateControl(v string) *H265Settings

SetLookAheadRateControl sets the LookAheadRateControl field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetMaxBitrate added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings

SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetMinIInterval added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H265Settings

SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetParDenominator added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings

SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetParNumerator added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings

SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetProfile added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetProfile(v string) *H265Settings

SetProfile sets the Profile field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetQvbrQualityLevel added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetQvbrQualityLevel(v int64) *H265Settings

SetQvbrQualityLevel sets the QvbrQualityLevel field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetRateControlMode added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H265Settings

SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetScanType added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetScanType(v string) *H265Settings

SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H265Settings

SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetSlices added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H265Settings

SetSlices sets the Slices field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetTier added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetTier(v string) *H265Settings

SetTier sets the Tier field's value.

func (*H265Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *H265Settings

SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value.

func (H265Settings) String added in v1.23.21 

func (s H265Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*H265Settings) Validate added in v1.23.21 

func (s *H265Settings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Hdr10Settings added in v1.23.21 

type Hdr10Settings struct {

	// Maximum Content Light LevelAn integer metadata value defining the maximum
	// light level, in nits,of any single pixel within an encoded HDR video stream
	// or file.
	MaxCll *int64 `locationName:"maxCll" type:"integer"`

	// Maximum Frame Average Light LevelAn integer metadata value defining the maximum
	// average light level, in nits,for any single frame within an encoded HDR video
	// stream or file.
	MaxFall *int64 `locationName:"maxFall" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hdr10 Settings

func (Hdr10Settings) GoString added in v1.23.21 

func (s Hdr10Settings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Hdr10Settings) SetMaxCll added in v1.23.21 

func (s *Hdr10Settings) SetMaxCll(v int64) *Hdr10Settings

SetMaxCll sets the MaxCll field's value.

func (*Hdr10Settings) SetMaxFall added in v1.23.21 

func (s *Hdr10Settings) SetMaxFall(v int64) *Hdr10Settings

SetMaxFall sets the MaxFall field's value.

func (Hdr10Settings) String added in v1.23.21 

func (s Hdr10Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type HlsAkamaiSettings 

type HlsAkamaiSettings struct {

	// Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection
	// is lost.
	ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
	FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"`

	// Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to Akamai. User should
	// contact Akamai to enable this feature.
	HttpTransferMode *string `locationName:"httpTransferMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode"`

	// Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into
	// an error state.
	NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"`

	// If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is
	// initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
	RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"`

	// Salt for authenticated Akamai.
	Salt *string `locationName:"salt" type:"string"`

	// Token parameter for authenticated akamai. If not specified, _gda_ is used.
	Token *string `locationName:"token" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Akamai Settings

func (HlsAkamaiSettings) GoString 

func (s HlsAkamaiSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HlsAkamaiSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval 

func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings

SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value.

func (*HlsAkamaiSettings) SetFilecacheDuration 

func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings

SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value.

func (*HlsAkamaiSettings) SetHttpTransferMode 

func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetHttpTransferMode(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings

SetHttpTransferMode sets the HttpTransferMode field's value.

func (*HlsAkamaiSettings) SetNumRetries 

func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings

SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value.

func (*HlsAkamaiSettings) SetRestartDelay 

func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings

SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value.

func (*HlsAkamaiSettings) SetSalt 

func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetSalt(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings

SetSalt sets the Salt field's value.

func (*HlsAkamaiSettings) SetToken 

func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetToken(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings

SetToken sets the Token field's value.

func (HlsAkamaiSettings) String 

func (s HlsAkamaiSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type HlsBasicPutSettings 

type HlsBasicPutSettings struct {

	// Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection
	// is lost.
	ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
	FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"`

	// Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into
	// an error state.
	NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"`

	// If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is
	// initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
	RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Basic Put Settings

func (HlsBasicPutSettings) GoString 

func (s HlsBasicPutSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HlsBasicPutSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval 

func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings

SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value.

func (*HlsBasicPutSettings) SetFilecacheDuration 

func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings

SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value.

func (*HlsBasicPutSettings) SetNumRetries 

func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings

SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value.

func (*HlsBasicPutSettings) SetRestartDelay 

func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings

SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value.

func (HlsBasicPutSettings) String 

func (s HlsBasicPutSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type HlsCdnSettings 

type HlsCdnSettings struct {

	// Hls Akamai Settings
	HlsAkamaiSettings *HlsAkamaiSettings `locationName:"hlsAkamaiSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Hls Basic Put Settings
	HlsBasicPutSettings *HlsBasicPutSettings `locationName:"hlsBasicPutSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Hls Media Store Settings
	HlsMediaStoreSettings *HlsMediaStoreSettings `locationName:"hlsMediaStoreSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Hls S3 Settings
	HlsS3Settings *HlsS3Settings `locationName:"hlsS3Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Hls Webdav Settings
	HlsWebdavSettings *HlsWebdavSettings `locationName:"hlsWebdavSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Cdn Settings

func (HlsCdnSettings) GoString 

func (s HlsCdnSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsAkamaiSettings 

func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsAkamaiSettings(v *HlsAkamaiSettings) *HlsCdnSettings

SetHlsAkamaiSettings sets the HlsAkamaiSettings field's value.

func (*HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsBasicPutSettings 

func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsBasicPutSettings(v *HlsBasicPutSettings) *HlsCdnSettings

SetHlsBasicPutSettings sets the HlsBasicPutSettings field's value.

func (*HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsMediaStoreSettings 

func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsMediaStoreSettings(v *HlsMediaStoreSettings) *HlsCdnSettings

SetHlsMediaStoreSettings sets the HlsMediaStoreSettings field's value.

func (*HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsS3Settings added in v1.37.29 

func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsS3Settings(v *HlsS3Settings) *HlsCdnSettings

SetHlsS3Settings sets the HlsS3Settings field's value.

func (*HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsWebdavSettings 

func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsWebdavSettings(v *HlsWebdavSettings) *HlsCdnSettings

SetHlsWebdavSettings sets the HlsWebdavSettings field's value.

func (HlsCdnSettings) String 

func (s HlsCdnSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type HlsGroupSettings 

type HlsGroupSettings struct {

	// Choose one or more ad marker types to pass SCTE35 signals through to this
	// group of Apple HLS outputs.
	AdMarkers []*string `locationName:"adMarkers" type:"list"`

	// A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8
	// file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than
	// the main .m3u8 file.
	BaseUrlContent *string `locationName:"baseUrlContent" type:"string"`

	// Optional. One value per output group.This field is required only if you are
	// completing Base URL content A, and the downstream system has notified you
	// that the media files for pipeline 1 of all outputs are in a location different
	// from the media files for pipeline 0.
	BaseUrlContent1 *string `locationName:"baseUrlContent1" type:"string"`

	// A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8
	// file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than
	// the main .m3u8 file.
	BaseUrlManifest *string `locationName:"baseUrlManifest" type:"string"`

	// Optional. One value per output group.Complete this field only if you are
	// completing Base URL manifest A, and the downstream system has notified you
	// that the child manifest files for pipeline 1 of all outputs are in a location
	// different from the child manifest files for pipeline 0.
	BaseUrlManifest1 *string `locationName:"baseUrlManifest1" type:"string"`

	// Mapping of up to 4 caption channels to caption languages. Is only meaningful
	// if captionLanguageSetting is set to "insert".
	CaptionLanguageMappings []*CaptionLanguageMapping `locationName:"captionLanguageMappings" type:"list"`

	// Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions.insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS
	// lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language
	// Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify.
	// Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the
	// original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption
	// selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in
	// the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions.none: Include
	// CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest.omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS
	// line from the manifest.
	CaptionLanguageSetting *string `locationName:"captionLanguageSetting" type:"string" enum:"HlsCaptionLanguageSetting"`

	// When set to "disabled", sets the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag in the manifest,
	// which prevents clients from saving media segments for later replay.
	ClientCache *string `locationName:"clientCache" type:"string" enum:"HlsClientCache"`

	// Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
	// generation.
	CodecSpecification *string `locationName:"codecSpecification" type:"string" enum:"HlsCodecSpecification"`

	// For use with encryptionType. This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented
	// by a 32-character text string. If ivSource is set to "explicit" then this
	// parameter is required and is used as the IV for encryption.
	ConstantIv *string `locationName:"constantIv" min:"32" type:"string"`

	// A directory or HTTP destination for the HLS segments, manifest files, and
	// encryption keys (if enabled).
	//
	// Destination is a required field
	Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Place segments in subdirectories.
	DirectoryStructure *string `locationName:"directoryStructure" type:"string" enum:"HlsDirectoryStructure"`

	// Specifies whether to insert EXT-X-DISCONTINUITY tags in the HLS child manifests
	// for this output group.Typically, choose Insert because these tags are required
	// in the manifest (according to the HLS specification) and serve an important
	// purpose.Choose Never Insert only if the downstream system is doing real-time
	// failover (without using the MediaLive automatic failover feature) and only
	// if that downstream system has advised you to exclude the tags.
	DiscontinuityTags *string `locationName:"discontinuityTags" type:"string" enum:"HlsDiscontinuityTags"`

	// Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Exclude this parameter
	// if no encryption is desired.
	EncryptionType *string `locationName:"encryptionType" type:"string" enum:"HlsEncryptionType"`

	// Parameters that control interactions with the CDN.
	HlsCdnSettings *HlsCdnSettings `locationName:"hlsCdnSettings" type:"structure"`

	// State of HLS ID3 Segment Tagging
	HlsId3SegmentTagging *string `locationName:"hlsId3SegmentTagging" type:"string" enum:"HlsId3SegmentTaggingState"`

	// DISABLED: Do not create an I-frame-only manifest, but do create the master
	// and media manifests (according to the Output Selection field).STANDARD: Create
	// an I-frame-only manifest for each output that contains video, as well as
	// the other manifests (according to the Output Selection field). The I-frame
	// manifest contains a #EXT-X-I-FRAMES-ONLY tag to indicate it is I-frame only,
	// and one or more #EXT-X-BYTERANGE entries identifying the I-frame position.
	// For example, #EXT-X-BYTERANGE:160364@1461888"
	IFrameOnlyPlaylists *string `locationName:"iFrameOnlyPlaylists" type:"string" enum:"IFrameOnlyPlaylistType"`

	// Specifies whether to include the final (incomplete) segment in the media
	// output when the pipeline stops producing output because of a channel stop,
	// a channel pause or a loss of input to the pipeline.Auto means that MediaLive
	// decides whether to include the final segment, depending on the channel class
	// and the types of output groups.Suppress means to never include the incomplete
	// segment. We recommend you choose Auto and let MediaLive control the behavior.
	IncompleteSegmentBehavior *string `locationName:"incompleteSegmentBehavior" type:"string" enum:"HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior"`

	// Applies only if Mode field is LIVE.Specifies the maximum number of segments
	// in the media manifest file. After this maximum, older segments are removed
	// from the media manifest. This number must be smaller than the number in the
	// Keep Segments field.
	IndexNSegments *int64 `locationName:"indexNSegments" min:"3" type:"integer"`

	// Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss.
	InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForHlsOut"`

	// For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit
	// number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If set to
	// "include", IV is listed in the manifest, otherwise the IV is not in the manifest.
	IvInManifest *string `locationName:"ivInManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsIvInManifest"`

	// For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit
	// number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If this setting
	// is "followsSegmentNumber", it will cause the IV to change every segment (to
	// match the segment number). If this is set to "explicit", you must enter a
	// constantIv value.
	IvSource *string `locationName:"ivSource" type:"string" enum:"HlsIvSource"`

	// Applies only if Mode field is LIVE.Specifies the number of media segments
	// to retain in the destination directory. This number should be bigger than
	// indexNSegments (Num segments). We recommend (value = (2 x indexNsegments)
	// + 1).If this "keep segments" number is too low, the following might happen:
	// the player is still reading a media manifest file that lists this segment,
	// but that segment has been removed from the destination directory (as directed
	// by indexNSegments). This situation would result in a 404 HTTP error on the
	// player.
	KeepSegments *int64 `locationName:"keepSegments" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The value specifies how the key is represented in the resource identified
	// by the URI. If parameter is absent, an implicit value of "identity" is used.
	// A reverse DNS string can also be given.
	KeyFormat *string `locationName:"keyFormat" type:"string"`

	// Either a single positive integer version value or a slash delimited list
	// of version values (1/2/3).
	KeyFormatVersions *string `locationName:"keyFormatVersions" type:"string"`

	// The key provider settings.
	KeyProviderSettings *KeyProviderSettings `locationName:"keyProviderSettings" type:"structure"`

	// When set to gzip, compresses HLS playlist.
	ManifestCompression *string `locationName:"manifestCompression" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestCompression"`

	// Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point or integer
	// values for segment duration.
	ManifestDurationFormat *string `locationName:"manifestDurationFormat" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestDurationFormat"`

	// When set, minimumSegmentLength is enforced by looking ahead and back within
	// the specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if
	// needed.
	MinSegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"minSegmentLength" type:"integer"`

	// If "vod", all segments are indexed and kept permanently in the destination
	// and manifest. If "live", only the number segments specified in keepSegments
	// and indexNSegments are kept; newer segments replace older segments, which
	// may prevent players from rewinding all the way to the beginning of the event.VOD
	// mode uses HLS EXT-X-PLAYLIST-TYPE of EVENT while the channel is running,
	// converting it to a "VOD" type manifest on completion of the stream.
	Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string" enum:"HlsMode"`

	// MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS: Generates manifests (master manifest, if applicable,
	// and media manifests) for this output group.VARIANT_MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS:
	// Generates media manifests for this output group, but not a master manifest.SEGMENTS_ONLY:
	// Does not generate any manifests for this output group.
	OutputSelection *string `locationName:"outputSelection" type:"string" enum:"HlsOutputSelection"`

	// Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files.
	// The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are
	// initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using
	// the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestampOffset.
	ProgramDateTime *string `locationName:"programDateTime" type:"string" enum:"HlsProgramDateTime"`

	// Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds.
	ProgramDateTimePeriod *int64 `locationName:"programDateTimePeriod" type:"integer"`

	// ENABLED: The master manifest (.m3u8 file) for each pipeline includes information
	// about both pipelines: first its own media files, then the media files of
	// the other pipeline. This feature allows playout device that support stale
	// manifest detection to switch from one manifest to the other, when the current
	// manifest seems to be stale. There are still two destinations and two master
	// manifests, but both master manifests reference the media files from both
	// pipelines.DISABLED: The master manifest (.m3u8 file) for each pipeline includes
	// information about its own pipeline only.For an HLS output group with MediaPackage
	// as the destination, the DISABLED behavior is always followed. MediaPackage
	// regenerates the manifests it serves to players so a redundant manifest from
	// MediaLive is irrelevant.
	RedundantManifest *string `locationName:"redundantManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsRedundantManifest"`

	// Length of MPEG-2 Transport Stream segments to create (in seconds). Note that
	// segments will end on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual
	// segment length may be longer.
	SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// useInputSegmentation has been deprecated. The configured segment size is
	// always used.
	SegmentationMode *string `locationName:"segmentationMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsSegmentationMode"`

	// Number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one.
	// directoryStructure must be subdirectoryPerStream for this setting to have
	// an effect.
	SegmentsPerSubdirectory *int64 `locationName:"segmentsPerSubdirectory" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag
	// of variant manifest.
	StreamInfResolution *string `locationName:"streamInfResolution" type:"string" enum:"HlsStreamInfResolution"`

	// Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode.
	TimedMetadataId3Frame *string `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame"`

	// Timed Metadata interval in seconds.
	TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"`

	// Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps.
	TimestampDeltaMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"timestampDeltaMilliseconds" type:"integer"`

	// SEGMENTED_FILES: Emit the program as segments - multiple .ts media files.SINGLE_FILE:
	// Applies only if Mode field is VOD. Emit the program as a single .ts media
	// file. The media manifest includes #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segments
	// for playback. A typical use for this value is when sending the output to
	// AWS Elemental MediaConvert, which can accept only a single media file. Playback
	// while the channel is running is not guaranteed due to HTTP server caching.
	TsFileMode *string `locationName:"tsFileMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsTsFileMode"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Group Settings

func (HlsGroupSettings) GoString 

func (s HlsGroupSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetAdMarkers 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetAdMarkers(v []*string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetAdMarkers sets the AdMarkers field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlContent 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlContent(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetBaseUrlContent sets the BaseUrlContent field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlContent1 added in v1.26.4 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlContent1(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetBaseUrlContent1 sets the BaseUrlContent1 field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlManifest 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetBaseUrlManifest sets the BaseUrlManifest field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlManifest1 added in v1.26.4 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlManifest1(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetBaseUrlManifest1 sets the BaseUrlManifest1 field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageMappings 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageMappings(v []*CaptionLanguageMapping) *HlsGroupSettings

SetCaptionLanguageMappings sets the CaptionLanguageMappings field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageSetting 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageSetting(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetCaptionLanguageSetting sets the CaptionLanguageSetting field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetClientCache 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetClientCache(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetClientCache sets the ClientCache field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetCodecSpecification 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCodecSpecification(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetCodecSpecification sets the CodecSpecification field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetConstantIv 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetConstantIv(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetConstantIv sets the ConstantIv field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetDestination 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *HlsGroupSettings

SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetDirectoryStructure 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDirectoryStructure(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetDirectoryStructure sets the DirectoryStructure field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetDiscontinuityTags added in v1.35.19 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDiscontinuityTags(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetDiscontinuityTags sets the DiscontinuityTags field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetEncryptionType 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetEncryptionType(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetEncryptionType sets the EncryptionType field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetHlsCdnSettings 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetHlsCdnSettings(v *HlsCdnSettings) *HlsGroupSettings

SetHlsCdnSettings sets the HlsCdnSettings field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetHlsId3SegmentTagging added in v1.26.4 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetHlsId3SegmentTagging(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetHlsId3SegmentTagging sets the HlsId3SegmentTagging field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetIFrameOnlyPlaylists added in v1.16.26 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIFrameOnlyPlaylists(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetIFrameOnlyPlaylists sets the IFrameOnlyPlaylists field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetIncompleteSegmentBehavior added in v1.35.19 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIncompleteSegmentBehavior(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetIncompleteSegmentBehavior sets the IncompleteSegmentBehavior field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetIndexNSegments 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIndexNSegments(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings

SetIndexNSegments sets the IndexNSegments field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetIvInManifest 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIvInManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetIvInManifest sets the IvInManifest field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetIvSource 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIvSource(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetIvSource sets the IvSource field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetKeepSegments 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeepSegments(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings

SetKeepSegments sets the KeepSegments field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyFormat 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetKeyFormat sets the KeyFormat field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyFormatVersions 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyFormatVersions(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetKeyFormatVersions sets the KeyFormatVersions field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyProviderSettings 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyProviderSettings(v *KeyProviderSettings) *HlsGroupSettings

SetKeyProviderSettings sets the KeyProviderSettings field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestCompression 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestCompression(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetManifestCompression sets the ManifestCompression field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestDurationFormat 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestDurationFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetManifestDurationFormat sets the ManifestDurationFormat field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetMinSegmentLength 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMinSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings

SetMinSegmentLength sets the MinSegmentLength field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetMode 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetMode sets the Mode field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetOutputSelection 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetOutputSelection(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetOutputSelection sets the OutputSelection field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTime 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTime(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetProgramDateTime sets the ProgramDateTime field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTimePeriod 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTimePeriod(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings

SetProgramDateTimePeriod sets the ProgramDateTimePeriod field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetRedundantManifest added in v1.15.80 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetRedundantManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetRedundantManifest sets the RedundantManifest field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings

SetSegmentLength sets the SegmentLength field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentationMode 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentationMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetSegmentationMode sets the SegmentationMode field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings

SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory sets the SegmentsPerSubdirectory field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetStreamInfResolution 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetStreamInfResolution(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetStreamInfResolution sets the StreamInfResolution field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetTimedMetadataId3Frame sets the TimedMetadataId3Frame field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings

SetTimedMetadataId3Period sets the TimedMetadataId3Period field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings

SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds sets the TimestampDeltaMilliseconds field's value.

func (*HlsGroupSettings) SetTsFileMode 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTsFileMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings

SetTsFileMode sets the TsFileMode field's value.

func (HlsGroupSettings) String 

func (s HlsGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*HlsGroupSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings added in v1.26.4 

type HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// ID3 tag to insert into each segment. Supports special keyword identifiers
	// to substitute in segment-related values.\nSupported keyword identifiers:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/medialive/latest/ug/variable-data-identifiers.html
	//
	// Tag is a required field
	Tag *string `locationName:"tag" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for the action to insert a user-defined ID3 tag in each HLS segment

func (HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) GoString added in v1.26.4 

func (s HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) SetTag added in v1.26.4 

func (s *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) SetTag(v string) *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings

SetTag sets the Tag field's value.

func (HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) String added in v1.26.4 

func (s HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) Validate added in v1.26.4 

func (s *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type HlsInputSettings 

type HlsInputSettings struct {

	// When specified the HLS stream with the m3u8 BANDWIDTH that most closely matches
	// this value will be chosen, otherwise the highest bandwidth stream in the
	// m3u8 will be chosen. The bitrate is specified in bits per second, as in an
	// HLS manifest.
	Bandwidth *int64 `locationName:"bandwidth" type:"integer"`

	// When specified, reading of the HLS input will begin this many buffer segments
	// from the end (most recently written segment). When not specified, the HLS
	// input will begin with the first segment specified in the m3u8.
	BufferSegments *int64 `locationName:"bufferSegments" type:"integer"`

	// The number of consecutive times that attempts to read a manifest or segment
	// must fail before the input is considered unavailable.
	Retries *int64 `locationName:"retries" type:"integer"`

	// The number of seconds between retries when an attempt to read a manifest
	// or segment fails.
	RetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"retryInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Identifies the source for the SCTE-35 messages that MediaLive will ingest.
	// Messages can be ingested from the content segments (in the stream) or from
	// tags in the playlist (the HLS manifest). MediaLive ignores SCTE-35 information
	// in the source that is not selected.
	Scte35Source *string `locationName:"scte35Source" type:"string" enum:"HlsScte35SourceType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Input Settings

func (HlsInputSettings) GoString 

func (s HlsInputSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HlsInputSettings) SetBandwidth 

func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetBandwidth(v int64) *HlsInputSettings

SetBandwidth sets the Bandwidth field's value.

func (*HlsInputSettings) SetBufferSegments 

func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetBufferSegments(v int64) *HlsInputSettings

SetBufferSegments sets the BufferSegments field's value.

func (*HlsInputSettings) SetRetries 

func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetRetries(v int64) *HlsInputSettings

SetRetries sets the Retries field's value.

func (*HlsInputSettings) SetRetryInterval 

func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsInputSettings

SetRetryInterval sets the RetryInterval field's value.

func (*HlsInputSettings) SetScte35Source added in v1.38.60 

func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetScte35Source(v string) *HlsInputSettings

SetScte35Source sets the Scte35Source field's value.

func (HlsInputSettings) String 

func (s HlsInputSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type HlsMediaStoreSettings 

type HlsMediaStoreSettings struct {

	// Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection
	// is lost.
	ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
	FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"`

	// When set to temporal, output files are stored in non-persistent memory for
	// faster reading and writing.
	MediaStoreStorageClass *string `locationName:"mediaStoreStorageClass" type:"string" enum:"HlsMediaStoreStorageClass"`

	// Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into
	// an error state.
	NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"`

	// If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is
	// initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
	RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Media Store Settings

func (HlsMediaStoreSettings) GoString 

func (s HlsMediaStoreSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval 

func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings

SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value.

func (*HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetFilecacheDuration 

func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings

SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value.

func (*HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetMediaStoreStorageClass 

func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetMediaStoreStorageClass(v string) *HlsMediaStoreSettings

SetMediaStoreStorageClass sets the MediaStoreStorageClass field's value.

func (*HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetNumRetries 

func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings

SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value.

func (*HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetRestartDelay 

func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings

SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value.

func (HlsMediaStoreSettings) String 

func (s HlsMediaStoreSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type HlsOutputSettings 

type HlsOutputSettings struct {

	// Only applicable when this output is referencing an H.265 video description.Specifies
	// whether MP4 segments should be packaged as HEV1 or HVC1.
	H265PackagingType *string `locationName:"h265PackagingType" type:"string" enum:"HlsH265PackagingType"`

	// Settings regarding the underlying stream. These settings are different for
	// audio-only outputs.
	//
	// HlsSettings is a required field
	HlsSettings *HlsSettings `locationName:"hlsSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Accepts \"Format
	// Identifiers\":#formatIdentifierParameters.
	NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// String concatenated to end of segment filenames.
	SegmentModifier *string `locationName:"segmentModifier" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Output Settings

func (HlsOutputSettings) GoString 

func (s HlsOutputSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HlsOutputSettings) SetH265PackagingType added in v1.26.4 

func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetH265PackagingType(v string) *HlsOutputSettings

SetH265PackagingType sets the H265PackagingType field's value.

func (*HlsOutputSettings) SetHlsSettings 

func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetHlsSettings(v *HlsSettings) *HlsOutputSettings

SetHlsSettings sets the HlsSettings field's value.

func (*HlsOutputSettings) SetNameModifier 

func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *HlsOutputSettings

SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value.

func (*HlsOutputSettings) SetSegmentModifier 

func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetSegmentModifier(v string) *HlsOutputSettings

SetSegmentModifier sets the SegmentModifier field's value.

func (HlsOutputSettings) String 

func (s HlsOutputSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*HlsOutputSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *HlsOutputSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type HlsS3Settings added in v1.37.29 

type HlsS3Settings struct {

	// Specify the canned ACL to apply to each S3 request. Defaults to none.
	CannedAcl *string `locationName:"cannedAcl" type:"string" enum:"S3CannedAcl"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls S3 Settings

func (HlsS3Settings) GoString added in v1.37.29 

func (s HlsS3Settings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HlsS3Settings) SetCannedAcl added in v1.37.29 

func (s *HlsS3Settings) SetCannedAcl(v string) *HlsS3Settings

SetCannedAcl sets the CannedAcl field's value.

func (HlsS3Settings) String added in v1.37.29 

func (s HlsS3Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type HlsSettings 

type HlsSettings struct {

	// Audio Only Hls Settings
	AudioOnlyHlsSettings *AudioOnlyHlsSettings `locationName:"audioOnlyHlsSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Fmp4 Hls Settings
	Fmp4HlsSettings *Fmp4HlsSettings `locationName:"fmp4HlsSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Frame Capture Hls Settings
	FrameCaptureHlsSettings *FrameCaptureHlsSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureHlsSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Standard Hls Settings
	StandardHlsSettings *StandardHlsSettings `locationName:"standardHlsSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Settings

func (HlsSettings) GoString 

func (s HlsSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyHlsSettings 

func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyHlsSettings(v *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) *HlsSettings

SetAudioOnlyHlsSettings sets the AudioOnlyHlsSettings field's value.

func (*HlsSettings) SetFmp4HlsSettings added in v1.26.4 

func (s *HlsSettings) SetFmp4HlsSettings(v *Fmp4HlsSettings) *HlsSettings

SetFmp4HlsSettings sets the Fmp4HlsSettings field's value.

func (*HlsSettings) SetFrameCaptureHlsSettings added in v1.37.2 

func (s *HlsSettings) SetFrameCaptureHlsSettings(v *FrameCaptureHlsSettings) *HlsSettings

SetFrameCaptureHlsSettings sets the FrameCaptureHlsSettings field's value.

func (*HlsSettings) SetStandardHlsSettings 

func (s *HlsSettings) SetStandardHlsSettings(v *StandardHlsSettings) *HlsSettings

SetStandardHlsSettings sets the StandardHlsSettings field's value.

func (HlsSettings) String 

func (s HlsSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*HlsSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *HlsSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings added in v1.16.10 

type HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// Base64 string formatted according to the ID3 specification: http://id3.org/id3v2.4.0-structure
	//
	// Id3 is a required field
	Id3 *string `locationName:"id3" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for the action to emit HLS metadata

func (HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) GoString added in v1.16.10 

func (s HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) SetId3 added in v1.16.10 

func (s *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) SetId3(v string) *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings

SetId3 sets the Id3 field's value.

func (HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) String added in v1.16.10 

func (s HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) Validate added in v1.16.10 

func (s *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type HlsWebdavSettings 

type HlsWebdavSettings struct {

	// Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection
	// is lost.
	ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
	FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"`

	// Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to WebDAV.
	HttpTransferMode *string `locationName:"httpTransferMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode"`

	// Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into
	// an error state.
	NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"`

	// If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is
	// initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
	RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Hls Webdav Settings

func (HlsWebdavSettings) GoString 

func (s HlsWebdavSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HlsWebdavSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval 

func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings

SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value.

func (*HlsWebdavSettings) SetFilecacheDuration 

func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings

SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value.

func (*HlsWebdavSettings) SetHttpTransferMode 

func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetHttpTransferMode(v string) *HlsWebdavSettings

SetHttpTransferMode sets the HttpTransferMode field's value.

func (*HlsWebdavSettings) SetNumRetries 

func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings

SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value.

func (*HlsWebdavSettings) SetRestartDelay 

func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings

SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value.

func (HlsWebdavSettings) String 

func (s HlsWebdavSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings added in v1.38.13 

type HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Html Motion Graphics Settings

func (HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings) GoString added in v1.38.13 

func (s HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings) String added in v1.38.13 

func (s HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings added in v1.21.5 

type ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings to configure an action so that it occurs as soon as possible.

func (ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString added in v1.21.5 

func (s ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String added in v1.21.5 

func (s ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Input 

type Input struct {

	// The Unique ARN of the input (generated, immutable).
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// A list of channel IDs that that input is attached to (currently an input
	// can only be attached to one channel).
	AttachedChannels []*string `locationName:"attachedChannels" type:"list"`

	// A list of the destinations of the input (PUSH-type).
	Destinations []*InputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	// The generated ID of the input (unique for user account, immutable).
	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// STANDARD - MediaLive expects two sources to be connected to this input. If
	// the channel is also STANDARD, both sources will be ingested. If the channel
	// is SINGLE_PIPELINE, only the first source will be ingested; the second source
	// will always be ignored, even if the first source fails.SINGLE_PIPELINE -
	// You can connect only one source to this input. If the ChannelClass is also
	// SINGLE_PIPELINE, this value is valid. If the ChannelClass is STANDARD, this
	// value is not valid because the channel requires two sources in the input.
	InputClass *string `locationName:"inputClass" type:"string" enum:"InputClass"`

	// Settings for the input devices.
	InputDevices []*InputDeviceSettings `locationName:"inputDevices" type:"list"`

	// A list of IDs for all Inputs which are partners of this one.
	InputPartnerIds []*string `locationName:"inputPartnerIds" type:"list"`

	// Certain pull input sources can be dynamic, meaning that they can have their
	// URL's dynamically changesduring input switch actions. Presently, this functionality
	// only works with MP4_FILE inputs.
	InputSourceType *string `locationName:"inputSourceType" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceType"`

	// A list of MediaConnect Flows for this input.
	MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlow `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"`

	// The user-assigned name (This is a mutable value).
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role this input assumes during and
	// after creation.
	RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`

	// A list of IDs for all the Input Security Groups attached to the input.
	SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"securityGroups" type:"list"`

	// A list of the sources of the input (PULL-type).
	Sources []*InputSource `locationName:"sources" type:"list"`

	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputState"`

	// A collection of key-value pairs.
	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (Input) GoString 

func (s Input) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Input) SetArn 

func (s *Input) SetArn(v string) *Input

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*Input) SetAttachedChannels 

func (s *Input) SetAttachedChannels(v []*string) *Input

SetAttachedChannels sets the AttachedChannels field's value.

func (*Input) SetDestinations 

func (s *Input) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestination) *Input

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*Input) SetId 

func (s *Input) SetId(v string) *Input

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*Input) SetInputClass added in v1.19.11 

func (s *Input) SetInputClass(v string) *Input

SetInputClass sets the InputClass field's value.

func (*Input) SetInputDevices added in v1.31.2 

func (s *Input) SetInputDevices(v []*InputDeviceSettings) *Input

SetInputDevices sets the InputDevices field's value.

func (*Input) SetInputPartnerIds added in v1.37.11 

func (s *Input) SetInputPartnerIds(v []*string) *Input

SetInputPartnerIds sets the InputPartnerIds field's value.

func (*Input) SetInputSourceType added in v1.21.5 

func (s *Input) SetInputSourceType(v string) *Input

SetInputSourceType sets the InputSourceType field's value.

func (*Input) SetMediaConnectFlows added in v1.16.1 

func (s *Input) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlow) *Input

SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value.

func (*Input) SetName 

func (s *Input) SetName(v string) *Input

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*Input) SetRoleArn added in v1.16.1 

func (s *Input) SetRoleArn(v string) *Input

SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.

func (*Input) SetSecurityGroups 

func (s *Input) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *Input

SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.

func (*Input) SetSources 

func (s *Input) SetSources(v []*InputSource) *Input

SetSources sets the Sources field's value.

func (*Input) SetState 

func (s *Input) SetState(v string) *Input

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*Input) SetTags added in v1.16.30 

func (s *Input) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Input

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*Input) SetType 

func (s *Input) SetType(v string) *Input

SetType sets the Type field's value.

func (Input) String 

func (s Input) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputAttachment 

type InputAttachment struct {

	// User-specified settings for defining what the conditions are for declaring
	// the input unhealthy and failing over to a different input.
	AutomaticInputFailoverSettings *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings `locationName:"automaticInputFailoverSettings" type:"structure"`

	// User-specified name for the attachment. This is required if the user wants
	// to use this input in an input switch action.
	InputAttachmentName *string `locationName:"inputAttachmentName" type:"string"`

	// The ID of the input
	InputId *string `locationName:"inputId" type:"string"`

	// Settings of an input (caption selector, etc.)
	InputSettings *InputSettings `locationName:"inputSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (InputAttachment) GoString 

func (s InputAttachment) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputAttachment) SetAutomaticInputFailoverSettings added in v1.30.3 

func (s *InputAttachment) SetAutomaticInputFailoverSettings(v *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) *InputAttachment

SetAutomaticInputFailoverSettings sets the AutomaticInputFailoverSettings field's value.

func (*InputAttachment) SetInputAttachmentName added in v1.15.72 

func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputAttachmentName(v string) *InputAttachment

SetInputAttachmentName sets the InputAttachmentName field's value.

func (*InputAttachment) SetInputId 

func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputId(v string) *InputAttachment

SetInputId sets the InputId field's value.

func (*InputAttachment) SetInputSettings 

func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputSettings(v *InputSettings) *InputAttachment

SetInputSettings sets the InputSettings field's value.

func (InputAttachment) String 

func (s InputAttachment) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InputAttachment) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *InputAttachment) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InputChannelLevel 

type InputChannelLevel struct {

	// Remixing value. Units are in dB and acceptable values are within the range
	// from -60 (mute) and 6 dB.
	//
	// Gain is a required field
	Gain *int64 `locationName:"gain" type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// The index of the input channel used as a source.
	//
	// InputChannel is a required field
	InputChannel *int64 `locationName:"inputChannel" type:"integer" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Input Channel Level

func (InputChannelLevel) GoString 

func (s InputChannelLevel) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputChannelLevel) SetGain 

func (s *InputChannelLevel) SetGain(v int64) *InputChannelLevel

SetGain sets the Gain field's value.

func (*InputChannelLevel) SetInputChannel 

func (s *InputChannelLevel) SetInputChannel(v int64) *InputChannelLevel

SetInputChannel sets the InputChannel field's value.

func (InputChannelLevel) String 

func (s InputChannelLevel) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InputChannelLevel) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *InputChannelLevel) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InputClippingSettings added in v1.21.5 

type InputClippingSettings struct {

	// The source of the timecodes in the source being clipped.
	//
	// InputTimecodeSource is a required field
	InputTimecodeSource *string `locationName:"inputTimecodeSource" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InputTimecodeSource"`

	// Settings to identify the start of the clip.
	StartTimecode *StartTimecode `locationName:"startTimecode" type:"structure"`

	// Settings to identify the end of the clip.
	StopTimecode *StopTimecode `locationName:"stopTimecode" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the input to ingest only a portion of the file.

func (InputClippingSettings) GoString added in v1.21.5 

func (s InputClippingSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputClippingSettings) SetInputTimecodeSource added in v1.21.5 

func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetInputTimecodeSource(v string) *InputClippingSettings

SetInputTimecodeSource sets the InputTimecodeSource field's value.

func (*InputClippingSettings) SetStartTimecode added in v1.21.5 

func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetStartTimecode(v *StartTimecode) *InputClippingSettings

SetStartTimecode sets the StartTimecode field's value.

func (*InputClippingSettings) SetStopTimecode added in v1.21.5 

func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetStopTimecode(v *StopTimecode) *InputClippingSettings

SetStopTimecode sets the StopTimecode field's value.

func (InputClippingSettings) String added in v1.21.5 

func (s InputClippingSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InputClippingSettings) Validate added in v1.21.5 

func (s *InputClippingSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InputDestination 

type InputDestination struct {

	// The system-generated static IP address of endpoint.It remains fixed for the
	// lifetime of the input.
	Ip *string `locationName:"ip" type:"string"`

	// The port number for the input.
	Port *string `locationName:"port" type:"string"`

	// This represents the endpoint that the customer stream will bepushed to.
	Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`

	// The properties for a VPC type input destination.
	Vpc *InputDestinationVpc `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The settings for a PUSH type input.

func (InputDestination) GoString 

func (s InputDestination) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputDestination) SetIp 

func (s *InputDestination) SetIp(v string) *InputDestination

SetIp sets the Ip field's value.

func (*InputDestination) SetPort 

func (s *InputDestination) SetPort(v string) *InputDestination

SetPort sets the Port field's value.

func (*InputDestination) SetUrl 

func (s *InputDestination) SetUrl(v string) *InputDestination

SetUrl sets the Url field's value.

func (*InputDestination) SetVpc added in v1.17.2 

func (s *InputDestination) SetVpc(v *InputDestinationVpc) *InputDestination

SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.

func (InputDestination) String 

func (s InputDestination) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputDestinationRequest 

type InputDestinationRequest struct {

	// A unique name for the location the RTMP stream is being pushedto.
	StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Endpoint settings for a PUSH type input.

func (InputDestinationRequest) GoString 

func (s InputDestinationRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputDestinationRequest) SetStreamName 

func (s *InputDestinationRequest) SetStreamName(v string) *InputDestinationRequest

SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value.

func (InputDestinationRequest) String 

func (s InputDestinationRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputDestinationVpc added in v1.17.2 

type InputDestinationVpc struct {

	// The availability zone of the Input destination.
	AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`

	// The network interface ID of the Input destination in the VPC.
	NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The properties for a VPC type input destination.

func (InputDestinationVpc) GoString added in v1.17.2 

func (s InputDestinationVpc) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputDestinationVpc) SetAvailabilityZone added in v1.17.2 

func (s *InputDestinationVpc) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *InputDestinationVpc

SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.

func (*InputDestinationVpc) SetNetworkInterfaceId added in v1.17.2 

func (s *InputDestinationVpc) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *InputDestinationVpc

SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.

func (InputDestinationVpc) String added in v1.17.2 

func (s InputDestinationVpc) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputDeviceConfigurableSettings added in v1.31.2 

type InputDeviceConfigurableSettings struct {

	// The input source that you want to use. If the device has a source connected
	// to only one of its input ports, or if you don't care which source the device
	// sends, specify Auto. If the device has sources connected to both its input
	// ports, and you want to use a specific source, specify the source.
	ConfiguredInput *string `locationName:"configuredInput" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConfiguredInput"`

	// The maximum bitrate in bits per second. Set a value here to throttle the
	// bitrate of the source video.
	MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Configurable settings for the input device.

func (InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) GoString added in v1.31.2 

func (s InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) SetConfiguredInput added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) SetConfiguredInput(v string) *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings

SetConfiguredInput sets the ConfiguredInput field's value.

func (*InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) SetMaxBitrate added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings

SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value.

func (InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) String added in v1.31.2 

func (s InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputDeviceHdSettings added in v1.31.2 

type InputDeviceHdSettings struct {

	// If you specified Auto as the configured input, specifies which of the sources
	// is currently active (SDI or HDMI).
	ActiveInput *string `locationName:"activeInput" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceActiveInput"`

	// The source at the input device that is currently active. You can specify
	// this source.
	ConfiguredInput *string `locationName:"configuredInput" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConfiguredInput"`

	// The state of the input device.
	DeviceState *string `locationName:"deviceState" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceState"`

	// The frame rate of the video source.
	Framerate *float64 `locationName:"framerate" type:"double"`

	// The height of the video source, in pixels.
	Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"`

	// The current maximum bitrate for ingesting this source, in bits per second.
	// You can specify this maximum.
	MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"`

	// The scan type of the video source.
	ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceScanType"`

	// The width of the video source, in pixels.
	Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video characteristics of that source.

func (InputDeviceHdSettings) GoString added in v1.31.2 

func (s InputDeviceHdSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputDeviceHdSettings) SetActiveInput added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetActiveInput(v string) *InputDeviceHdSettings

SetActiveInput sets the ActiveInput field's value.

func (*InputDeviceHdSettings) SetConfiguredInput added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetConfiguredInput(v string) *InputDeviceHdSettings

SetConfiguredInput sets the ConfiguredInput field's value.

func (*InputDeviceHdSettings) SetDeviceState added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetDeviceState(v string) *InputDeviceHdSettings

SetDeviceState sets the DeviceState field's value.

func (*InputDeviceHdSettings) SetFramerate added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetFramerate(v float64) *InputDeviceHdSettings

SetFramerate sets the Framerate field's value.

func (*InputDeviceHdSettings) SetHeight added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetHeight(v int64) *InputDeviceHdSettings

SetHeight sets the Height field's value.

func (*InputDeviceHdSettings) SetMaxBitrate added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *InputDeviceHdSettings

SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value.

func (*InputDeviceHdSettings) SetScanType added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetScanType(v string) *InputDeviceHdSettings

SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value.

func (*InputDeviceHdSettings) SetWidth added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetWidth(v int64) *InputDeviceHdSettings

SetWidth sets the Width field's value.

func (InputDeviceHdSettings) String added in v1.31.2 

func (s InputDeviceHdSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputDeviceNetworkSettings added in v1.31.2 

type InputDeviceNetworkSettings struct {

	// The DNS addresses of the input device.
	DnsAddresses []*string `locationName:"dnsAddresses" type:"list"`

	// The network gateway IP address.
	Gateway *string `locationName:"gateway" type:"string"`

	// The IP address of the input device.
	IpAddress *string `locationName:"ipAddress" type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the input device has been configured (outside of MediaLive)
	// to use a dynamic IP address assignment (DHCP) or a static IP address.
	IpScheme *string `locationName:"ipScheme" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceIpScheme"`

	// The subnet mask of the input device.
	SubnetMask *string `locationName:"subnetMask" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The network settings for the input device.

func (InputDeviceNetworkSettings) GoString added in v1.31.2 

func (s InputDeviceNetworkSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetDnsAddresses added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetDnsAddresses(v []*string) *InputDeviceNetworkSettings

SetDnsAddresses sets the DnsAddresses field's value.

func (*InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetGateway added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetGateway(v string) *InputDeviceNetworkSettings

SetGateway sets the Gateway field's value.

func (*InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetIpAddress added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetIpAddress(v string) *InputDeviceNetworkSettings

SetIpAddress sets the IpAddress field's value.

func (*InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetIpScheme added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetIpScheme(v string) *InputDeviceNetworkSettings

SetIpScheme sets the IpScheme field's value.

func (*InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetSubnetMask added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetSubnetMask(v string) *InputDeviceNetworkSettings

SetSubnetMask sets the SubnetMask field's value.

func (InputDeviceNetworkSettings) String added in v1.31.2 

func (s InputDeviceNetworkSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputDeviceRequest added in v1.31.2 

type InputDeviceRequest struct {

	// The unique ID for the device.
	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for an input device.

func (InputDeviceRequest) GoString added in v1.31.2 

func (s InputDeviceRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputDeviceRequest) SetId added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceRequest) SetId(v string) *InputDeviceRequest

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (InputDeviceRequest) String added in v1.31.2 

func (s InputDeviceRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputDeviceSettings added in v1.31.2 

type InputDeviceSettings struct {

	// The unique ID for the device.
	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for an input device.

func (InputDeviceSettings) GoString added in v1.31.2 

func (s InputDeviceSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputDeviceSettings) SetId added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceSettings) SetId(v string) *InputDeviceSettings

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (InputDeviceSettings) String added in v1.31.2 

func (s InputDeviceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputDeviceSummary added in v1.31.2 

type InputDeviceSummary struct {

	// The unique ARN of the input device.
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// The state of the connection between the input device and AWS.
	ConnectionState *string `locationName:"connectionState" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConnectionState"`

	// The status of the action to synchronize the device configuration. If you
	// change the configuration of the input device (for example, the maximum bitrate),
	// MediaLive sends the new data to the device. The device might not update itself
	// immediately. SYNCED means the device has updated its configuration. SYNCING
	// means that it has not updated its configuration.
	DeviceSettingsSyncState *string `locationName:"deviceSettingsSyncState" type:"string" enum:"DeviceSettingsSyncState"`

	// The status of software on the input device.
	DeviceUpdateStatus *string `locationName:"deviceUpdateStatus" type:"string" enum:"DeviceUpdateStatus"`

	// Settings that describe an input device that is type HD.
	HdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceHdSettings `locationName:"hdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// The unique ID of the input device.
	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// The network MAC address of the input device.
	MacAddress *string `locationName:"macAddress" type:"string"`

	// A name that you specify for the input device.
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// Network settings for the input device.
	NetworkSettings *InputDeviceNetworkSettings `locationName:"networkSettings" type:"structure"`

	// The unique serial number of the input device.
	SerialNumber *string `locationName:"serialNumber" type:"string"`

	// The type of the input device.
	Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceType"`

	// Settings that describe an input device that is type UHD.
	UhdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceUhdSettings `locationName:"uhdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details of the input device.

func (InputDeviceSummary) GoString added in v1.31.2 

func (s InputDeviceSummary) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputDeviceSummary) SetArn added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetArn(v string) *InputDeviceSummary

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*InputDeviceSummary) SetConnectionState added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetConnectionState(v string) *InputDeviceSummary

SetConnectionState sets the ConnectionState field's value.

func (*InputDeviceSummary) SetDeviceSettingsSyncState added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetDeviceSettingsSyncState(v string) *InputDeviceSummary

SetDeviceSettingsSyncState sets the DeviceSettingsSyncState field's value.

func (*InputDeviceSummary) SetDeviceUpdateStatus added in v1.35.32 

func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetDeviceUpdateStatus(v string) *InputDeviceSummary

SetDeviceUpdateStatus sets the DeviceUpdateStatus field's value.

func (*InputDeviceSummary) SetHdDeviceSettings added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetHdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceHdSettings) *InputDeviceSummary

SetHdDeviceSettings sets the HdDeviceSettings field's value.

func (*InputDeviceSummary) SetId added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetId(v string) *InputDeviceSummary

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*InputDeviceSummary) SetMacAddress added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetMacAddress(v string) *InputDeviceSummary

SetMacAddress sets the MacAddress field's value.

func (*InputDeviceSummary) SetName added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetName(v string) *InputDeviceSummary

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*InputDeviceSummary) SetNetworkSettings added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetNetworkSettings(v *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) *InputDeviceSummary

SetNetworkSettings sets the NetworkSettings field's value.

func (*InputDeviceSummary) SetSerialNumber added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetSerialNumber(v string) *InputDeviceSummary

SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value.

func (*InputDeviceSummary) SetType added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetType(v string) *InputDeviceSummary

SetType sets the Type field's value.

func (*InputDeviceSummary) SetUhdDeviceSettings added in v1.36.2 

func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetUhdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceUhdSettings) *InputDeviceSummary

SetUhdDeviceSettings sets the UhdDeviceSettings field's value.

func (InputDeviceSummary) String added in v1.31.2 

func (s InputDeviceSummary) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputDeviceUhdSettings added in v1.36.2 

type InputDeviceUhdSettings struct {

	// If you specified Auto as the configured input, specifies which of the sources
	// is currently active (SDI or HDMI).
	ActiveInput *string `locationName:"activeInput" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceActiveInput"`

	// The source at the input device that is currently active. You can specify
	// this source.
	ConfiguredInput *string `locationName:"configuredInput" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConfiguredInput"`

	// The state of the input device.
	DeviceState *string `locationName:"deviceState" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceState"`

	// The frame rate of the video source.
	Framerate *float64 `locationName:"framerate" type:"double"`

	// The height of the video source, in pixels.
	Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"`

	// The current maximum bitrate for ingesting this source, in bits per second.
	// You can specify this maximum.
	MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"`

	// The scan type of the video source.
	ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceScanType"`

	// The width of the video source, in pixels.
	Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video characteristics of that source.

func (InputDeviceUhdSettings) GoString added in v1.36.2 

func (s InputDeviceUhdSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetActiveInput added in v1.36.2 

func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetActiveInput(v string) *InputDeviceUhdSettings

SetActiveInput sets the ActiveInput field's value.

func (*InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetConfiguredInput added in v1.36.2 

func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetConfiguredInput(v string) *InputDeviceUhdSettings

SetConfiguredInput sets the ConfiguredInput field's value.

func (*InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetDeviceState added in v1.36.2 

func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetDeviceState(v string) *InputDeviceUhdSettings

SetDeviceState sets the DeviceState field's value.

func (*InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetFramerate added in v1.36.2 

func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetFramerate(v float64) *InputDeviceUhdSettings

SetFramerate sets the Framerate field's value.

func (*InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetHeight added in v1.36.2 

func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetHeight(v int64) *InputDeviceUhdSettings

SetHeight sets the Height field's value.

func (*InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetMaxBitrate added in v1.36.2 

func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *InputDeviceUhdSettings

SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value.

func (*InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetScanType added in v1.36.2 

func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetScanType(v string) *InputDeviceUhdSettings

SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value.

func (*InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetWidth added in v1.36.2 

func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetWidth(v int64) *InputDeviceUhdSettings

SetWidth sets the Width field's value.

func (InputDeviceUhdSettings) String added in v1.36.2 

func (s InputDeviceUhdSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputLocation 

type InputLocation struct {

	// key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store
	PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"`

	// Uniform Resource Identifier - This should be a path to a file accessible
	// to the Live system (eg. a http:// URI) depending on the output type. For
	// example, a RTMP destination should have a uri simliar to: "rtmp://fmsserver/live".
	//
	// Uri is a required field
	Uri *string `locationName:"uri" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Username if credentials are required to access a file or publishing point.
	// This can be either a plaintext username, or a reference to an AWS parameter
	// store name from which the username can be retrieved. AWS Parameter store
	// format: "ssm://"
	Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Input Location

func (InputLocation) GoString 

func (s InputLocation) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputLocation) SetPasswordParam 

func (s *InputLocation) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputLocation

SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value.

func (*InputLocation) SetUri 

func (s *InputLocation) SetUri(v string) *InputLocation

SetUri sets the Uri field's value.

func (*InputLocation) SetUsername 

func (s *InputLocation) SetUsername(v string) *InputLocation

SetUsername sets the Username field's value.

func (InputLocation) String 

func (s InputLocation) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InputLocation) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *InputLocation) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InputLossBehavior 

type InputLossBehavior struct {

	// On input loss, the number of milliseconds to substitute black into the output
	// before switching to the frame specified by inputLossImageType. A value x,
	// where 0 <= x <= 1,000,000 and a value of 1,000,000 will be interpreted as
	// infinite.
	BlackFrameMsec *int64 `locationName:"blackFrameMsec" type:"integer"`

	// When input loss image type is "color" this field specifies the color to use.
	// Value: 6 hex characters representing the values of RGB.
	InputLossImageColor *string `locationName:"inputLossImageColor" min:"6" type:"string"`

	// When input loss image type is "slate" these fields specify the parameters
	// for accessing the slate.
	InputLossImageSlate *InputLocation `locationName:"inputLossImageSlate" type:"structure"`

	// Indicates whether to substitute a solid color or a slate into the output
	// after input loss exceeds blackFrameMsec.
	InputLossImageType *string `locationName:"inputLossImageType" type:"string" enum:"InputLossImageType"`

	// On input loss, the number of milliseconds to repeat the previous picture
	// before substituting black into the output. A value x, where 0 <= x <= 1,000,000
	// and a value of 1,000,000 will be interpreted as infinite.
	RepeatFrameMsec *int64 `locationName:"repeatFrameMsec" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Input Loss Behavior

func (InputLossBehavior) GoString 

func (s InputLossBehavior) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputLossBehavior) SetBlackFrameMsec 

func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetBlackFrameMsec(v int64) *InputLossBehavior

SetBlackFrameMsec sets the BlackFrameMsec field's value.

func (*InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageColor 

func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageColor(v string) *InputLossBehavior

SetInputLossImageColor sets the InputLossImageColor field's value.

func (*InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageSlate 

func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageSlate(v *InputLocation) *InputLossBehavior

SetInputLossImageSlate sets the InputLossImageSlate field's value.

func (*InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageType 

func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageType(v string) *InputLossBehavior

SetInputLossImageType sets the InputLossImageType field's value.

func (*InputLossBehavior) SetRepeatFrameMsec 

func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetRepeatFrameMsec(v int64) *InputLossBehavior

SetRepeatFrameMsec sets the RepeatFrameMsec field's value.

func (InputLossBehavior) String 

func (s InputLossBehavior) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InputLossBehavior) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *InputLossBehavior) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InputLossFailoverSettings added in v1.35.19 

type InputLossFailoverSettings struct {

	// The amount of time (in milliseconds) that no input is detected. After that
	// time, an input failover will occur.
	InputLossThresholdMsec *int64 `locationName:"inputLossThresholdMsec" min:"100" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MediaLive will perform a failover if content is not detected in this input for the specified period.

func (InputLossFailoverSettings) GoString added in v1.35.19 

func (s InputLossFailoverSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputLossFailoverSettings) SetInputLossThresholdMsec added in v1.35.19 

func (s *InputLossFailoverSettings) SetInputLossThresholdMsec(v int64) *InputLossFailoverSettings

SetInputLossThresholdMsec sets the InputLossThresholdMsec field's value.

func (InputLossFailoverSettings) String added in v1.35.19 

func (s InputLossFailoverSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InputLossFailoverSettings) Validate added in v1.35.19 

func (s *InputLossFailoverSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings added in v1.32.6 

type InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// The name of the input attachment that should be prepared by this action.
	// If no name is provided, the action will stop the most recent prepare (if
	// any) when activated.
	InputAttachmentNameReference *string `locationName:"inputAttachmentNameReference" type:"string"`

	// Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the
	// input to ingest only a portion of the file.
	InputClippingSettings *InputClippingSettings `locationName:"inputClippingSettings" type:"structure"`

	// The value for the variable portion of the URL for the dynamic input, for
	// this instance of the input. Each time you use the same dynamic input in an
	// input switch action, you can provide a different value, in order to connect
	// the input to a different content source.
	UrlPath []*string `locationName:"urlPath" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Action to prepare an input for a future immediate input switch.

func (InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) GoString added in v1.32.6 

func (s InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) SetInputAttachmentNameReference added in v1.32.6 

func (s *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) SetInputAttachmentNameReference(v string) *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings

SetInputAttachmentNameReference sets the InputAttachmentNameReference field's value.

func (*InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) SetInputClippingSettings added in v1.32.6 

func (s *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) SetInputClippingSettings(v *InputClippingSettings) *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings

SetInputClippingSettings sets the InputClippingSettings field's value.

func (*InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) SetUrlPath added in v1.32.6 

func (s *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) SetUrlPath(v []*string) *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings

SetUrlPath sets the UrlPath field's value.

func (InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) String added in v1.32.6 

func (s InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) Validate added in v1.32.6 

func (s *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InputSecurityGroup 

type InputSecurityGroup struct {

	// Unique ARN of Input Security Group
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// The Id of the Input Security Group
	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// The list of inputs currently using this Input Security Group.
	Inputs []*string `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"`

	// The current state of the Input Security Group.
	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputSecurityGroupState"`

	// A collection of key-value pairs.
	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	// Whitelist rules and their sync status
	WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRule `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An Input Security Group

func (InputSecurityGroup) GoString 

func (s InputSecurityGroup) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputSecurityGroup) SetArn 

func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetArn(v string) *InputSecurityGroup

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*InputSecurityGroup) SetId 

func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetId(v string) *InputSecurityGroup

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*InputSecurityGroup) SetInputs added in v1.13.17 

func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetInputs(v []*string) *InputSecurityGroup

SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value.

func (*InputSecurityGroup) SetState added in v1.13.17 

func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetState(v string) *InputSecurityGroup

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*InputSecurityGroup) SetTags added in v1.16.30 

func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *InputSecurityGroup

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*InputSecurityGroup) SetWhitelistRules 

func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRule) *InputSecurityGroup

SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value.

func (InputSecurityGroup) String 

func (s InputSecurityGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputSettings 

type InputSettings struct {

	// Used to select the audio stream to decode for inputs that have multiple available.
	AudioSelectors []*AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"list"`

	// Used to select the caption input to use for inputs that have multiple available.
	CaptionSelectors []*CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"list"`

	// Enable or disable the deblock filter when filtering.
	DeblockFilter *string `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDeblockFilter"`

	// Enable or disable the denoise filter when filtering.
	DenoiseFilter *string `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDenoiseFilter"`

	// Adjusts the magnitude of filtering from 1 (minimal) to 5 (strongest).
	FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Turns on the filter for this input. MPEG-2 inputs have the deblocking filter
	// enabled by default.1) auto - filtering will be applied depending on input
	// type/quality2) disabled - no filtering will be applied to the input3) forced
	// - filtering will be applied regardless of input type
	InputFilter *string `locationName:"inputFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputFilter"`

	// Input settings.
	NetworkInputSettings *NetworkInputSettings `locationName:"networkInputSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies whether to extract applicable ancillary data from a SMPTE-2038
	// source in this input. Applicable data types are captions, timecode, AFD,
	// and SCTE-104 messages.- PREFER: Extract from SMPTE-2038 if present in this
	// input, otherwise extract from another source (if any).- IGNORE: Never extract
	// any ancillary data from SMPTE-2038.
	Smpte2038DataPreference *string `locationName:"smpte2038DataPreference" type:"string" enum:"Smpte2038DataPreference"`

	// Loop input if it is a file. This allows a file input to be streamed indefinitely.
	SourceEndBehavior *string `locationName:"sourceEndBehavior" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceEndBehavior"`

	// Informs which video elementary stream to decode for input types that have
	// multiple available.
	VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Live Event input parameters. There can be multiple inputs in a single Live Event.

func (InputSettings) GoString 

func (s InputSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputSettings) SetAudioSelectors 

func (s *InputSettings) SetAudioSelectors(v []*AudioSelector) *InputSettings

SetAudioSelectors sets the AudioSelectors field's value.

func (*InputSettings) SetCaptionSelectors 

func (s *InputSettings) SetCaptionSelectors(v []*CaptionSelector) *InputSettings

SetCaptionSelectors sets the CaptionSelectors field's value.

func (*InputSettings) SetDeblockFilter 

func (s *InputSettings) SetDeblockFilter(v string) *InputSettings

SetDeblockFilter sets the DeblockFilter field's value.

func (*InputSettings) SetDenoiseFilter 

func (s *InputSettings) SetDenoiseFilter(v string) *InputSettings

SetDenoiseFilter sets the DenoiseFilter field's value.

func (*InputSettings) SetFilterStrength 

func (s *InputSettings) SetFilterStrength(v int64) *InputSettings

SetFilterStrength sets the FilterStrength field's value.

func (*InputSettings) SetInputFilter 

func (s *InputSettings) SetInputFilter(v string) *InputSettings

SetInputFilter sets the InputFilter field's value.

func (*InputSettings) SetNetworkInputSettings 

func (s *InputSettings) SetNetworkInputSettings(v *NetworkInputSettings) *InputSettings

SetNetworkInputSettings sets the NetworkInputSettings field's value.

func (*InputSettings) SetSmpte2038DataPreference added in v1.31.2 

func (s *InputSettings) SetSmpte2038DataPreference(v string) *InputSettings

SetSmpte2038DataPreference sets the Smpte2038DataPreference field's value.

func (*InputSettings) SetSourceEndBehavior 

func (s *InputSettings) SetSourceEndBehavior(v string) *InputSettings

SetSourceEndBehavior sets the SourceEndBehavior field's value.

func (*InputSettings) SetVideoSelector 

func (s *InputSettings) SetVideoSelector(v *VideoSelector) *InputSettings

SetVideoSelector sets the VideoSelector field's value.

func (InputSettings) String 

func (s InputSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InputSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *InputSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InputSource 

type InputSource struct {

	// The key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store.
	PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"`

	// This represents the customer's source URL where stream ispulled from.
	Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`

	// The username for the input source.
	Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The settings for a PULL type input.

func (InputSource) GoString 

func (s InputSource) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputSource) SetPasswordParam 

func (s *InputSource) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputSource

SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value.

func (*InputSource) SetUrl 

func (s *InputSource) SetUrl(v string) *InputSource

SetUrl sets the Url field's value.

func (*InputSource) SetUsername 

func (s *InputSource) SetUsername(v string) *InputSource

SetUsername sets the Username field's value.

func (InputSource) String 

func (s InputSource) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputSourceRequest 

type InputSourceRequest struct {

	// The key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store.
	PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"`

	// This represents the customer's source URL where stream ispulled from.
	Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`

	// The username for the input source.
	Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for for a PULL type input.

func (InputSourceRequest) GoString 

func (s InputSourceRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputSourceRequest) SetPasswordParam 

func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputSourceRequest

SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value.

func (*InputSourceRequest) SetUrl 

func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetUrl(v string) *InputSourceRequest

SetUrl sets the Url field's value.

func (*InputSourceRequest) SetUsername 

func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetUsername(v string) *InputSourceRequest

SetUsername sets the Username field's value.

func (InputSourceRequest) String 

func (s InputSourceRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputSpecification added in v1.12.70 

type InputSpecification struct {

	// Input codec
	Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"InputCodec"`

	// Maximum input bitrate, categorized coarsely
	MaximumBitrate *string `locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string" enum:"InputMaximumBitrate"`

	// Input resolution, categorized coarsely
	Resolution *string `locationName:"resolution" type:"string" enum:"InputResolution"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (InputSpecification) GoString added in v1.12.70 

func (s InputSpecification) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputSpecification) SetCodec added in v1.12.70 

func (s *InputSpecification) SetCodec(v string) *InputSpecification

SetCodec sets the Codec field's value.

func (*InputSpecification) SetMaximumBitrate added in v1.12.70 

func (s *InputSpecification) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *InputSpecification

SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value.

func (*InputSpecification) SetResolution added in v1.12.70 

func (s *InputSpecification) SetResolution(v string) *InputSpecification

SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value.

func (InputSpecification) String added in v1.12.70 

func (s InputSpecification) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings added in v1.15.72 

type InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// The name of the input attachment (not the name of the input!) to switch to.
	// The name is specified in the channel configuration.
	//
	// InputAttachmentNameReference is a required field
	InputAttachmentNameReference *string `locationName:"inputAttachmentNameReference" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the
	// input to ingest only a portion of the file.
	InputClippingSettings *InputClippingSettings `locationName:"inputClippingSettings" type:"structure"`

	// The value for the variable portion of the URL for the dynamic input, for
	// this instance of the input. Each time you use the same dynamic input in an
	// input switch action, you can provide a different value, in order to connect
	// the input to a different content source.
	UrlPath []*string `locationName:"urlPath" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for the "switch input" action: to switch from ingesting one input to ingesting another input.

func (InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) GoString added in v1.15.72 

func (s InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetInputAttachmentNameReference added in v1.15.72 

func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetInputAttachmentNameReference(v string) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings

SetInputAttachmentNameReference sets the InputAttachmentNameReference field's value.

func (*InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetInputClippingSettings added in v1.21.5 

func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetInputClippingSettings(v *InputClippingSettings) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings

SetInputClippingSettings sets the InputClippingSettings field's value.

func (*InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetUrlPath added in v1.21.5 

func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetUrlPath(v []*string) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings

SetUrlPath sets the UrlPath field's value.

func (InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) String added in v1.15.72 

func (s InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) Validate added in v1.15.72 

func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InputVpcRequest added in v1.17.2 

type InputVpcRequest struct {

	// A list of up to 5 EC2 VPC security group IDs to attach to the Input VPC network
	// interfaces.Requires subnetIds. If none are specified then the VPC default
	// security group will be used.
	SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"securityGroupIds" type:"list"`

	// A list of 2 VPC subnet IDs from the same VPC.Subnet IDs must be mapped to
	// two unique availability zones (AZ).
	//
	// SubnetIds is a required field
	SubnetIds []*string `locationName:"subnetIds" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for a private VPC Input.When this property is specified, the input destination addresses will be created in a VPC rather than with public Internet addresses.This property requires setting the roleArn property on Input creation.Not compatible with the inputSecurityGroups property.

func (InputVpcRequest) GoString added in v1.17.2 

func (s InputVpcRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputVpcRequest) SetSecurityGroupIds added in v1.17.2 

func (s *InputVpcRequest) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *InputVpcRequest

SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.

func (*InputVpcRequest) SetSubnetIds added in v1.17.2 

func (s *InputVpcRequest) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *InputVpcRequest

SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.

func (InputVpcRequest) String added in v1.17.2 

func (s InputVpcRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InputVpcRequest) Validate added in v1.17.2 

func (s *InputVpcRequest) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InputWhitelistRule 

type InputWhitelistRule struct {

	// The IPv4 CIDR that's whitelisted.
	Cidr *string `locationName:"cidr" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Whitelist rule

func (InputWhitelistRule) GoString 

func (s InputWhitelistRule) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputWhitelistRule) SetCidr 

func (s *InputWhitelistRule) SetCidr(v string) *InputWhitelistRule

SetCidr sets the Cidr field's value.

func (InputWhitelistRule) String 

func (s InputWhitelistRule) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputWhitelistRuleCidr 

type InputWhitelistRuleCidr struct {

	// The IPv4 CIDR to whitelist.
	Cidr *string `locationName:"cidr" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An IPv4 CIDR to whitelist.

func (InputWhitelistRuleCidr) GoString 

func (s InputWhitelistRuleCidr) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InputWhitelistRuleCidr) SetCidr 

func (s *InputWhitelistRuleCidr) SetCidr(v string) *InputWhitelistRuleCidr

SetCidr sets the Cidr field's value.

func (InputWhitelistRuleCidr) String 

func (s InputWhitelistRuleCidr) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InternalServerErrorException added in v1.28.0 

type InternalServerErrorException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (*InternalServerErrorException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*InternalServerErrorException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Error() string

func (InternalServerErrorException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s InternalServerErrorException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*InternalServerErrorException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*InternalServerErrorException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InternalServerErrorException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*InternalServerErrorException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InternalServerErrorException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*InternalServerErrorException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *InternalServerErrorException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (InternalServerErrorException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s InternalServerErrorException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type KeyProviderSettings 

type KeyProviderSettings struct {

	// Static Key Settings
	StaticKeySettings *StaticKeySettings `locationName:"staticKeySettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Key Provider Settings

func (KeyProviderSettings) GoString 

func (s KeyProviderSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*KeyProviderSettings) SetStaticKeySettings 

func (s *KeyProviderSettings) SetStaticKeySettings(v *StaticKeySettings) *KeyProviderSettings

SetStaticKeySettings sets the StaticKeySettings field's value.

func (KeyProviderSettings) String 

func (s KeyProviderSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*KeyProviderSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *KeyProviderSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListChannelsInput 

type ListChannelsInput struct {
	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListChannelsInput) GoString 

func (s ListChannelsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListChannelsInput) SetMaxResults 

func (s *ListChannelsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListChannelsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListChannelsInput) SetNextToken 

func (s *ListChannelsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListChannelsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListChannelsInput) String 

func (s ListChannelsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListChannelsInput) Validate 

func (s *ListChannelsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListChannelsOutput 

type ListChannelsOutput struct {
	Channels []*ChannelSummary `locationName:"channels" type:"list"`

	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListChannelsOutput) GoString 

func (s ListChannelsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListChannelsOutput) SetChannels 

func (s *ListChannelsOutput) SetChannels(v []*ChannelSummary) *ListChannelsOutput

SetChannels sets the Channels field's value.

func (*ListChannelsOutput) SetNextToken 

func (s *ListChannelsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListChannelsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListChannelsOutput) String 

func (s ListChannelsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListInputDeviceTransfersInput added in v1.35.9 

type ListInputDeviceTransfersInput struct {
	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// TransferType is a required field
	TransferType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"transferType" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) GoString added in v1.35.9 

func (s ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.35.9 

func (s *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) SetNextToken added in v1.35.9 

func (s *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) SetTransferType added in v1.35.9 

func (s *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) SetTransferType(v string) *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput

SetTransferType sets the TransferType field's value.

func (ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) String added in v1.35.9 

func (s ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) Validate added in v1.35.9 

func (s *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput added in v1.35.9 

type ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput struct {
	InputDeviceTransfers []*TransferringInputDeviceSummary `locationName:"inputDeviceTransfers" type:"list"`

	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput) GoString added in v1.35.9 

func (s ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput) SetInputDeviceTransfers added in v1.35.9 

func (s *ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput) SetInputDeviceTransfers(v []*TransferringInputDeviceSummary) *ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput

SetInputDeviceTransfers sets the InputDeviceTransfers field's value.

func (*ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.35.9 

func (s *ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput) String added in v1.35.9 

func (s ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListInputDevicesInput added in v1.31.2 

type ListInputDevicesInput struct {
	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListInputDevicesInput) GoString added in v1.31.2 

func (s ListInputDevicesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListInputDevicesInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.31.2 

func (s *ListInputDevicesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputDevicesInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListInputDevicesInput) SetNextToken added in v1.31.2 

func (s *ListInputDevicesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputDevicesInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListInputDevicesInput) String added in v1.31.2 

func (s ListInputDevicesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListInputDevicesInput) Validate added in v1.31.2 

func (s *ListInputDevicesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListInputDevicesOutput added in v1.31.2 

type ListInputDevicesOutput struct {
	InputDevices []*InputDeviceSummary `locationName:"inputDevices" type:"list"`

	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListInputDevicesOutput) GoString added in v1.31.2 

func (s ListInputDevicesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListInputDevicesOutput) SetInputDevices added in v1.31.2 

func (s *ListInputDevicesOutput) SetInputDevices(v []*InputDeviceSummary) *ListInputDevicesOutput

SetInputDevices sets the InputDevices field's value.

func (*ListInputDevicesOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.31.2 

func (s *ListInputDevicesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputDevicesOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListInputDevicesOutput) String added in v1.31.2 

func (s ListInputDevicesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListInputSecurityGroupsInput 

type ListInputSecurityGroupsInput struct {
	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) GoString 

func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxResults 

func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) SetNextToken 

func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) String 

func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) Validate 

func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput 

type ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput struct {
	InputSecurityGroups []*InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"`

	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString 

func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) SetInputSecurityGroups 

func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*InputSecurityGroup) *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput

SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value.

func (*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) SetNextToken 

func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) String 

func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListInputsInput 

type ListInputsInput struct {
	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListInputsInput) GoString 

func (s ListInputsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListInputsInput) SetMaxResults 

func (s *ListInputsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListInputsInput) SetNextToken 

func (s *ListInputsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListInputsInput) String 

func (s ListInputsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListInputsInput) Validate 

func (s *ListInputsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListInputsOutput 

type ListInputsOutput struct {
	Inputs []*Input `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"`

	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListInputsOutput) GoString 

func (s ListInputsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListInputsOutput) SetInputs 

func (s *ListInputsOutput) SetInputs(v []*Input) *ListInputsOutput

SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value.

func (*ListInputsOutput) SetNextToken 

func (s *ListInputsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListInputsOutput) String 

func (s ListInputsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListMultiplexProgramsInput added in v1.25.42 

type ListMultiplexProgramsInput struct {
	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// MultiplexId is a required field
	MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListMultiplexProgramsInput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s ListMultiplexProgramsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.25.42 

func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListMultiplexProgramsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetMultiplexId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *ListMultiplexProgramsInput

SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.

func (*ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetNextToken added in v1.25.42 

func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexProgramsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListMultiplexProgramsInput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s ListMultiplexProgramsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListMultiplexProgramsInput) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListMultiplexProgramsOutput added in v1.25.42 

type ListMultiplexProgramsOutput struct {
	MultiplexPrograms []*MultiplexProgramSummary `locationName:"multiplexPrograms" type:"list"`

	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) SetMultiplexPrograms added in v1.25.42 

func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) SetMultiplexPrograms(v []*MultiplexProgramSummary) *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput

SetMultiplexPrograms sets the MultiplexPrograms field's value.

func (*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.25.42 

func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListMultiplexesInput added in v1.25.42 

type ListMultiplexesInput struct {
	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListMultiplexesInput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s ListMultiplexesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListMultiplexesInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.25.42 

func (s *ListMultiplexesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListMultiplexesInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListMultiplexesInput) SetNextToken added in v1.25.42 

func (s *ListMultiplexesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexesInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListMultiplexesInput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s ListMultiplexesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListMultiplexesInput) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *ListMultiplexesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListMultiplexesOutput added in v1.25.42 

type ListMultiplexesOutput struct {
	Multiplexes []*MultiplexSummary `locationName:"multiplexes" type:"list"`

	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListMultiplexesOutput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s ListMultiplexesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListMultiplexesOutput) SetMultiplexes added in v1.25.42 

func (s *ListMultiplexesOutput) SetMultiplexes(v []*MultiplexSummary) *ListMultiplexesOutput

SetMultiplexes sets the Multiplexes field's value.

func (*ListMultiplexesOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.25.42 

func (s *ListMultiplexesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexesOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (ListMultiplexesOutput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s ListMultiplexesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListOfferingsInput added in v1.14.10 

type ListOfferingsInput struct {
	ChannelClass *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelClass" type:"string"`

	ChannelConfiguration *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelConfiguration" type:"string"`

	Codec *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"codec" type:"string"`

	Duration *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"duration" type:"string"`

	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	MaximumBitrate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string"`

	MaximumFramerate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumFramerate" type:"string"`

	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	Resolution *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resolution" type:"string"`

	ResourceType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"`

	SpecialFeature *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"specialFeature" type:"string"`

	VideoQuality *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"videoQuality" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListOfferingsInput) GoString added in v1.14.10 

func (s ListOfferingsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListOfferingsInput) SetChannelClass added in v1.19.11 

func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *ListOfferingsInput

SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.

func (*ListOfferingsInput) SetChannelConfiguration added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetChannelConfiguration(v string) *ListOfferingsInput

SetChannelConfiguration sets the ChannelConfiguration field's value.

func (*ListOfferingsInput) SetCodec added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetCodec(v string) *ListOfferingsInput

SetCodec sets the Codec field's value.

func (*ListOfferingsInput) SetDuration added in v1.25.42 

func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetDuration(v string) *ListOfferingsInput

SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.

func (*ListOfferingsInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListOfferingsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListOfferingsInput) SetMaximumBitrate added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *ListOfferingsInput

SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value.

func (*ListOfferingsInput) SetMaximumFramerate added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaximumFramerate(v string) *ListOfferingsInput

SetMaximumFramerate sets the MaximumFramerate field's value.

func (*ListOfferingsInput) SetNextToken added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListOfferingsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListOfferingsInput) SetResolution added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetResolution(v string) *ListOfferingsInput

SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value.

func (*ListOfferingsInput) SetResourceType added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *ListOfferingsInput

SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.

func (*ListOfferingsInput) SetSpecialFeature added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetSpecialFeature(v string) *ListOfferingsInput

SetSpecialFeature sets the SpecialFeature field's value.

func (*ListOfferingsInput) SetVideoQuality added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetVideoQuality(v string) *ListOfferingsInput

SetVideoQuality sets the VideoQuality field's value.

func (ListOfferingsInput) String added in v1.14.10 

func (s ListOfferingsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListOfferingsInput) Validate added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListOfferingsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListOfferingsOutput added in v1.14.10 

type ListOfferingsOutput struct {
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	Offerings []*Offering `locationName:"offerings" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListOfferingsOutput) GoString added in v1.14.10 

func (s ListOfferingsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListOfferingsOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListOfferingsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListOfferingsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListOfferingsOutput) SetOfferings added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListOfferingsOutput) SetOfferings(v []*Offering) *ListOfferingsOutput

SetOfferings sets the Offerings field's value.

func (ListOfferingsOutput) String added in v1.14.10 

func (s ListOfferingsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListReservationsInput added in v1.14.10 

type ListReservationsInput struct {
	ChannelClass *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelClass" type:"string"`

	Codec *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"codec" type:"string"`

	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	MaximumBitrate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string"`

	MaximumFramerate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumFramerate" type:"string"`

	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	Resolution *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resolution" type:"string"`

	ResourceType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"`

	SpecialFeature *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"specialFeature" type:"string"`

	VideoQuality *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"videoQuality" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListReservationsInput) GoString added in v1.14.10 

func (s ListReservationsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListReservationsInput) SetChannelClass added in v1.19.11 

func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *ListReservationsInput

SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.

func (*ListReservationsInput) SetCodec added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetCodec(v string) *ListReservationsInput

SetCodec sets the Codec field's value.

func (*ListReservationsInput) SetMaxResults added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListReservationsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*ListReservationsInput) SetMaximumBitrate added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *ListReservationsInput

SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value.

func (*ListReservationsInput) SetMaximumFramerate added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaximumFramerate(v string) *ListReservationsInput

SetMaximumFramerate sets the MaximumFramerate field's value.

func (*ListReservationsInput) SetNextToken added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReservationsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListReservationsInput) SetResolution added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetResolution(v string) *ListReservationsInput

SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value.

func (*ListReservationsInput) SetResourceType added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *ListReservationsInput

SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.

func (*ListReservationsInput) SetSpecialFeature added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetSpecialFeature(v string) *ListReservationsInput

SetSpecialFeature sets the SpecialFeature field's value.

func (*ListReservationsInput) SetVideoQuality added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetVideoQuality(v string) *ListReservationsInput

SetVideoQuality sets the VideoQuality field's value.

func (ListReservationsInput) String added in v1.14.10 

func (s ListReservationsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListReservationsInput) Validate added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListReservationsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListReservationsOutput added in v1.14.10 

type ListReservationsOutput struct {
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	Reservations []*Reservation `locationName:"reservations" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListReservationsOutput) GoString added in v1.14.10 

func (s ListReservationsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListReservationsOutput) SetNextToken added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListReservationsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReservationsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (*ListReservationsOutput) SetReservations added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ListReservationsOutput) SetReservations(v []*Reservation) *ListReservationsOutput

SetReservations sets the Reservations field's value.

func (ListReservationsOutput) String added in v1.14.10 

func (s ListReservationsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListTagsForResourceInput added in v1.16.30 

type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {

	// ResourceArn is a required field
	ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString added in v1.16.30 

func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceArn added in v1.16.30 

func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput

SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.

func (ListTagsForResourceInput) String added in v1.16.30 

func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate added in v1.16.30 

func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListTagsForResourceOutput added in v1.16.30 

type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {
	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString added in v1.16.30 

func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTags added in v1.16.30 

func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListTagsForResourceOutput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (ListTagsForResourceOutput) String added in v1.16.30 

func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type M2tsSettings 

type M2tsSettings struct {

	// When set to drop, output audio streams will be removed from the program if
	// the selected input audio stream is removed from the input. This allows the
	// output audio configuration to dynamically change based on input configuration.
	// If this is set to encodeSilence, all output audio streams will output encoded
	// silence when not connected to an active input stream.
	AbsentInputAudioBehavior *string `locationName:"absentInputAudioBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior"`

	// When set to enabled, uses ARIB-compliant field muxing and removes video descriptor.
	Arib *string `locationName:"arib" type:"string" enum:"M2tsArib"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for ARIB Captions in the transport stream. Can be
	// entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182
	// (or 0x1ff6).
	AribCaptionsPid *string `locationName:"aribCaptionsPid" type:"string"`

	// If set to auto, pid number used for ARIB Captions will be auto-selected from
	// unused pids. If set to useConfigured, ARIB Captions will be on the configured
	// pid number.
	AribCaptionsPidControl *string `locationName:"aribCaptionsPidControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl"`

	// When set to dvb, uses DVB buffer model for Dolby Digital audio. When set
	// to atsc, the ATSC model is used.
	AudioBufferModel *string `locationName:"audioBufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioBufferModel"`

	// The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
	AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport
	// stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or
	// by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each
	// PID specified must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	AudioPids *string `locationName:"audioPids" type:"string"`

	// When set to atsc, uses stream type = 0x81 for AC3 and stream type = 0x87
	// for EAC3. When set to dvb, uses stream type = 0x06.
	AudioStreamType *string `locationName:"audioStreamType" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioStreamType"`

	// The output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting to
	// 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"`

	// Controls the timing accuracy for output network traffic. Leave as MULTIPLEX
	// to ensure accurate network packet timing. Or set to NONE, which might result
	// in lower latency but will result in more variability in output network packet
	// timing. This variability might cause interruptions, jitter, or bursty behavior
	// in your playback or receiving devices.
	BufferModel *string `locationName:"bufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsBufferModel"`

	// When set to enabled, generates captionServiceDescriptor in PMT.
	CcDescriptor *string `locationName:"ccDescriptor" type:"string" enum:"M2tsCcDescriptor"`

	// Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition
	// interval.
	DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings `locationName:"dvbNitSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Inserts DVB Service Description Table (SDT) at the specified table repetition
	// interval.
	DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings `locationName:"dvbSdtSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Subtitle data to this output.
	// Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma
	// separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified
	// must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	DvbSubPids *string `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"string"`

	// Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval.
	DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings `locationName:"dvbTdtSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Teletext data to this output.
	// Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
	// 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	DvbTeletextPid *string `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" type:"string"`

	// If set to passthrough, passes any EBIF data from the input source to this
	// output.
	Ebif *string `locationName:"ebif" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbifControl"`

	// When videoAndFixedIntervals is selected, audio EBP markers will be added
	// to partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will
	// be fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval.
	// Only available when EBP Cablelabs segmentation markers are selected. Partitions
	// 1 and 2 will always follow the video interval.
	EbpAudioInterval *string `locationName:"ebpAudioInterval" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioInterval"`

	// When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the specified
	// time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If another EBP
	// is going to come in within the specified time interval, the current EBP is
	// not emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The lookahead
	// value does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be configured
	// elsewhere to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead accurate.
	EbpLookaheadMs *int64 `locationName:"ebpLookaheadMs" type:"integer"`

	// Controls placement of EBP on Audio PIDs. If set to videoAndAudioPids, EBP
	// markers will be placed on the video PID and all audio PIDs. If set to videoPid,
	// EBP markers will be placed on only the video PID.
	EbpPlacement *string `locationName:"ebpPlacement" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbpPlacement"`

	// This field is unused and deprecated.
	EcmPid *string `locationName:"ecmPid" type:"string"`

	// Include or exclude the ES Rate field in the PES header.
	EsRateInPes *string `locationName:"esRateInPes" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEsRateInPes"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Platform data to this output.
	// Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
	// 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	EtvPlatformPid *string `locationName:"etvPlatformPid" type:"string"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Signal data to this output.
	// Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
	// 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	EtvSignalPid *string `locationName:"etvSignalPid" type:"string"`

	// The length in seconds of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers.
	FragmentTime *float64 `locationName:"fragmentTime" type:"double"`

	// If set to passthrough, passes any KLV data from the input source to this
	// output.
	Klv *string `locationName:"klv" type:"string" enum:"M2tsKlv"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for input source KLV data to this output. Multiple
	// values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation.
	// Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must
	// be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	KlvDataPids *string `locationName:"klvDataPids" type:"string"`

	// If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be
	// detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in
	// the output.
	NielsenId3Behavior *string `locationName:"nielsenId3Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsNielsenId3Behavior"`

	// Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport
	// stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic
	// null packets.
	NullPacketBitrate *float64 `locationName:"nullPacketBitrate" type:"double"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000.
	PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"`

	// When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted
	// for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective
	// only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
	PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsPcrControl"`

	// Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock Reference (PCRs) inserted
	// into the transport stream.
	PcrPeriod *int64 `locationName:"pcrPeriod" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport
	// stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as
	// the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values
	// are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	PcrPid *string `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"string"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000.
	PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport
	// stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are
	// 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	PmtPid *string `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"string"`

	// The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table.
	ProgramNum *int64 `locationName:"programNum" type:"integer"`

	// When vbr, does not insert null packets into transport stream to fill specified
	// bitrate. The bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate when vbr is set.
	RateMode *string `locationName:"rateMode" type:"string" enum:"M2tsRateMode"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for input source SCTE-27 data to this output. Multiple
	// values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation.
	// Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must
	// be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	Scte27Pids *string `locationName:"scte27Pids" type:"string"`

	// Optionally pass SCTE-35 signals from the input source to this output.
	Scte35Control *string `locationName:"scte35Control" type:"string" enum:"M2tsScte35Control"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can
	// be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182
	// (or 0x1ff6).
	Scte35Pid *string `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"string"`

	// Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentationTime period. raiSegstart
	// sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. raiAdapt sets
	// the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psiSegstart
	// inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary
	// Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification
	// OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebpLegacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information to
	// the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format.
	SegmentationMarkers *string `locationName:"segmentationMarkers" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationMarkers"`

	// The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted
	// into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may
	// be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted.When
	// a segmentation style of "resetCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated
	// due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent
	// segment will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds.When a segmentation
	// style of "maintainCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated due to
	// an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent
	// segment will likely be truncated as well. However, all segments after that
	// will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds. Note that EBP lookahead
	// is a slight exception to this rule.
	SegmentationStyle *string `locationName:"segmentationStyle" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationStyle"`

	// The length in seconds of each segment. Required unless markers is set to
	// _none_.
	SegmentationTime *float64 `locationName:"segmentationTime" type:"double"`

	// When set to passthrough, timed metadata will be passed through from input
	// to output.
	TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream.
	// Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
	// 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	TimedMetadataPid *string `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"string"`

	// The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table.
	TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream.
	// Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
	// 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	VideoPid *string `locationName:"videoPid" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

M2ts Settings

func (M2tsSettings) GoString 

func (s M2tsSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*M2tsSettings) SetAbsentInputAudioBehavior 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAbsentInputAudioBehavior(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetAbsentInputAudioBehavior sets the AbsentInputAudioBehavior field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetArib 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetArib(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetArib sets the Arib field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetAribCaptionsPid 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAribCaptionsPid(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetAribCaptionsPid sets the AribCaptionsPid field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetAribCaptionsPidControl 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAribCaptionsPidControl(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetAribCaptionsPidControl sets the AribCaptionsPidControl field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetAudioBufferModel 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetAudioBufferModel sets the AudioBufferModel field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetAudioFramesPerPes 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M2tsSettings

SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetAudioPids 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioPids(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetAudioStreamType 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioStreamType(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetAudioStreamType sets the AudioStreamType field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetBitrate 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *M2tsSettings

SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetBufferModel 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetBufferModel sets the BufferModel field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetCcDescriptor 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetCcDescriptor(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetCcDescriptor sets the CcDescriptor field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetDvbNitSettings 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbNitSettings(v *DvbNitSettings) *M2tsSettings

SetDvbNitSettings sets the DvbNitSettings field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetDvbSdtSettings 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSdtSettings(v *DvbSdtSettings) *M2tsSettings

SetDvbSdtSettings sets the DvbSdtSettings field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetDvbSubPids 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSubPids(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetDvbSubPids sets the DvbSubPids field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetDvbTdtSettings 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTdtSettings(v *DvbTdtSettings) *M2tsSettings

SetDvbTdtSettings sets the DvbTdtSettings field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetDvbTeletextPid 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTeletextPid(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetDvbTeletextPid sets the DvbTeletextPid field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetEbif 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbif(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetEbif sets the Ebif field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetEbpAudioInterval 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpAudioInterval(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetEbpAudioInterval sets the EbpAudioInterval field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetEbpLookaheadMs 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpLookaheadMs(v int64) *M2tsSettings

SetEbpLookaheadMs sets the EbpLookaheadMs field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetEbpPlacement 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpPlacement(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetEbpPlacement sets the EbpPlacement field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetEcmPid 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEcmPid(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetEcmPid sets the EcmPid field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetEsRateInPes 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEsRateInPes(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetEsRateInPes sets the EsRateInPes field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetEtvPlatformPid 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEtvPlatformPid(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetEtvPlatformPid sets the EtvPlatformPid field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetEtvSignalPid 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEtvSignalPid(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetEtvSignalPid sets the EtvSignalPid field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetFragmentTime 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetFragmentTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings

SetFragmentTime sets the FragmentTime field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetKlv 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetKlv(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetKlv sets the Klv field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetKlvDataPids 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetKlvDataPids(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetKlvDataPids sets the KlvDataPids field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetNielsenId3Behavior added in v1.25.42 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNielsenId3Behavior(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetNielsenId3Behavior sets the NielsenId3Behavior field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetNullPacketBitrate 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNullPacketBitrate(v float64) *M2tsSettings

SetNullPacketBitrate sets the NullPacketBitrate field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetPatInterval 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings

SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetPcrControl 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetPcrPeriod 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPeriod(v int64) *M2tsSettings

SetPcrPeriod sets the PcrPeriod field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetPcrPid 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPid(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetPmtInterval 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings

SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetPmtPid 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtPid(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetProgramNum 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetProgramNum(v int64) *M2tsSettings

SetProgramNum sets the ProgramNum field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetRateMode 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetRateMode(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetRateMode sets the RateMode field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetScte27Pids 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte27Pids(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetScte27Pids sets the Scte27Pids field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetScte35Control 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Control(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetScte35Control sets the Scte35Control field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetScte35Pid 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Pid(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationMarkers 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationMarkers(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetSegmentationMarkers sets the SegmentationMarkers field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationStyle 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationStyle(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetSegmentationStyle sets the SegmentationStyle field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationTime 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings

SetSegmentationTime sets the SegmentationTime field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataPid 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetTransportStreamId 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M2tsSettings

SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value.

func (*M2tsSettings) SetVideoPid 

func (s *M2tsSettings) SetVideoPid(v string) *M2tsSettings

SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value.

func (M2tsSettings) String 

func (s M2tsSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*M2tsSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *M2tsSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type M3u8Settings 

type M3u8Settings struct {

	// The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
	AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport
	// stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or
	// by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values.
	AudioPids *string `locationName:"audioPids" type:"string"`

	// This parameter is unused and deprecated.
	EcmPid *string `locationName:"ecmPid" type:"string"`

	// If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be
	// detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in
	// the output.
	NielsenId3Behavior *string `locationName:"nielsenId3Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8NielsenId3Behavior"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream. A value of \"0\" writes out the PMT once per segment file.
	PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"`

	// When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted
	// for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective
	// only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
	PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M3u8PcrControl"`

	// Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock References (PCRs) inserted
	// into the transport stream.
	PcrPeriod *int64 `locationName:"pcrPeriod" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport
	// stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as
	// the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
	PcrPid *string `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"string"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream. A value of \"0\" writes out the PMT once per segment file.
	PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport
	// stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
	PmtPid *string `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"string"`

	// The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table.
	ProgramNum *int64 `locationName:"programNum" type:"integer"`

	// If set to passthrough, passes any SCTE-35 signals from the input source to
	// this output.
	Scte35Behavior *string `locationName:"scte35Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8Scte35Behavior"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can
	// be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
	Scte35Pid *string `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"string"`

	// When set to passthrough, timed metadata is passed through from input to output.
	TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream.
	// Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
	// 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
	TimedMetadataPid *string `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"string"`

	// The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table.
	TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream.
	// Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
	VideoPid *string `locationName:"videoPid" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings information for the .m3u8 container

func (M3u8Settings) GoString 

func (s M3u8Settings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*M3u8Settings) SetAudioFramesPerPes 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M3u8Settings

SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value.

func (*M3u8Settings) SetAudioPids 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioPids(v string) *M3u8Settings

SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value.

func (*M3u8Settings) SetEcmPid 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetEcmPid(v string) *M3u8Settings

SetEcmPid sets the EcmPid field's value.

func (*M3u8Settings) SetNielsenId3Behavior added in v1.25.42 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetNielsenId3Behavior(v string) *M3u8Settings

SetNielsenId3Behavior sets the NielsenId3Behavior field's value.

func (*M3u8Settings) SetPatInterval 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings

SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value.

func (*M3u8Settings) SetPcrControl 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M3u8Settings

SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value.

func (*M3u8Settings) SetPcrPeriod 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPeriod(v int64) *M3u8Settings

SetPcrPeriod sets the PcrPeriod field's value.

func (*M3u8Settings) SetPcrPid 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPid(v string) *M3u8Settings

SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value.

func (*M3u8Settings) SetPmtInterval 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings

SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value.

func (*M3u8Settings) SetPmtPid 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtPid(v string) *M3u8Settings

SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value.

func (*M3u8Settings) SetProgramNum 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetProgramNum(v int64) *M3u8Settings

SetProgramNum sets the ProgramNum field's value.

func (*M3u8Settings) SetScte35Behavior 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Behavior(v string) *M3u8Settings

SetScte35Behavior sets the Scte35Behavior field's value.

func (*M3u8Settings) SetScte35Pid 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Pid(v string) *M3u8Settings

SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value.

func (*M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *M3u8Settings

SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value.

func (*M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataPid added in v1.13.34 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v string) *M3u8Settings

SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value.

func (*M3u8Settings) SetTransportStreamId 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M3u8Settings

SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value.

func (*M3u8Settings) SetVideoPid 

func (s *M3u8Settings) SetVideoPid(v string) *M3u8Settings

SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value.

func (M3u8Settings) String 

func (s M3u8Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MediaConnectFlow added in v1.16.1 

type MediaConnectFlow struct {

	// The unique ARN of the MediaConnect Flow being used as a source.
	FlowArn *string `locationName:"flowArn" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The settings for a MediaConnect Flow.

func (MediaConnectFlow) GoString added in v1.16.1 

func (s MediaConnectFlow) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MediaConnectFlow) SetFlowArn added in v1.16.1 

func (s *MediaConnectFlow) SetFlowArn(v string) *MediaConnectFlow

SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value.

func (MediaConnectFlow) String added in v1.16.1 

func (s MediaConnectFlow) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MediaConnectFlowRequest added in v1.16.1 

type MediaConnectFlowRequest struct {

	// The ARN of the MediaConnect Flow that you want to use as a source.
	FlowArn *string `locationName:"flowArn" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The settings for a MediaConnect Flow.

func (MediaConnectFlowRequest) GoString added in v1.16.1 

func (s MediaConnectFlowRequest) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MediaConnectFlowRequest) SetFlowArn added in v1.16.1 

func (s *MediaConnectFlowRequest) SetFlowArn(v string) *MediaConnectFlowRequest

SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value.

func (MediaConnectFlowRequest) String added in v1.16.1 

func (s MediaConnectFlowRequest) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MediaLive 

type MediaLive struct {
	*client.Client
}

MediaLive provides the API operation methods for making requests to AWS Elemental MediaLive. See this package's package overview docs for details on the service.

MediaLive methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to modify mutate any of the struct's properties though.

func New 

func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *MediaLive

New creates a new instance of the MediaLive client with a session. If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional aws.Config parameter to add your extra config.

Example: 

mySession := session.Must(session.NewSession())

// Create a MediaLive client from just a session.
svc := medialive.New(mySession)

// Create a MediaLive client with additional configuration
svc := medialive.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2"))

func (*MediaLive) AcceptInputDeviceTransfer added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) AcceptInputDeviceTransfer(input *AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput) (*AcceptInputDeviceTransferOutput, error)

AcceptInputDeviceTransfer API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Accept an incoming input device transfer. The ownership of the device will transfer to your AWS account.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation AcceptInputDeviceTransfer for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • UnprocessableEntityException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AcceptInputDeviceTransfer

func (*MediaLive) AcceptInputDeviceTransferRequest added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) AcceptInputDeviceTransferRequest(input *AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput) (req *request.Request, output *AcceptInputDeviceTransferOutput)

AcceptInputDeviceTransferRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the AcceptInputDeviceTransfer operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See AcceptInputDeviceTransfer for more information on using the AcceptInputDeviceTransfer API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the AcceptInputDeviceTransferRequest method.
req, resp := client.AcceptInputDeviceTransferRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AcceptInputDeviceTransfer

func (*MediaLive) AcceptInputDeviceTransferWithContext added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) AcceptInputDeviceTransferWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AcceptInputDeviceTransferOutput, error)

AcceptInputDeviceTransferWithContext is the same as AcceptInputDeviceTransfer with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See AcceptInputDeviceTransfer for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) BatchDelete added in v1.34.27 

func (c *MediaLive) BatchDelete(input *BatchDeleteInput) (*BatchDeleteOutput, error)

BatchDelete API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Starts delete of resources.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation BatchDelete for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchDelete

func (*MediaLive) BatchDeleteRequest added in v1.34.27 

func (c *MediaLive) BatchDeleteRequest(input *BatchDeleteInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeleteOutput)

BatchDeleteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchDelete operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchDelete for more information on using the BatchDelete API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchDeleteRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchDeleteRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchDelete

func (*MediaLive) BatchDeleteWithContext added in v1.34.27 

func (c *MediaLive) BatchDeleteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeleteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeleteOutput, error)

BatchDeleteWithContext is the same as BatchDelete with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchDelete for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) BatchStart added in v1.34.27 

func (c *MediaLive) BatchStart(input *BatchStartInput) (*BatchStartOutput, error)

BatchStart API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Starts existing resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation BatchStart for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchStart

func (*MediaLive) BatchStartRequest added in v1.34.27 

func (c *MediaLive) BatchStartRequest(input *BatchStartInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchStartOutput)

BatchStartRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchStart operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchStart for more information on using the BatchStart API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchStartRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchStartRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchStart

func (*MediaLive) BatchStartWithContext added in v1.34.27 

func (c *MediaLive) BatchStartWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchStartInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchStartOutput, error)

BatchStartWithContext is the same as BatchStart with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchStart for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) BatchStop added in v1.34.27 

func (c *MediaLive) BatchStop(input *BatchStopInput) (*BatchStopOutput, error)

BatchStop API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Stops running resources

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation BatchStop for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchStop

func (*MediaLive) BatchStopRequest added in v1.34.27 

func (c *MediaLive) BatchStopRequest(input *BatchStopInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchStopOutput)

BatchStopRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchStop operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchStop for more information on using the BatchStop API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchStopRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchStopRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchStop

func (*MediaLive) BatchStopWithContext added in v1.34.27 

func (c *MediaLive) BatchStopWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchStopInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchStopOutput, error)

BatchStopWithContext is the same as BatchStop with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchStop for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) BatchUpdateSchedule added in v1.15.19 

func (c *MediaLive) BatchUpdateSchedule(input *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) (*BatchUpdateScheduleOutput, error)

BatchUpdateSchedule API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Update a channel schedule

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation BatchUpdateSchedule for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • UnprocessableEntityException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchUpdateSchedule

func (*MediaLive) BatchUpdateScheduleRequest added in v1.15.19 

func (c *MediaLive) BatchUpdateScheduleRequest(input *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput)

BatchUpdateScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the BatchUpdateSchedule operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See BatchUpdateSchedule for more information on using the BatchUpdateSchedule API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the BatchUpdateScheduleRequest method.
req, resp := client.BatchUpdateScheduleRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchUpdateSchedule

func (*MediaLive) BatchUpdateScheduleWithContext added in v1.15.19 

func (c *MediaLive) BatchUpdateScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchUpdateScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchUpdateScheduleOutput, error)

BatchUpdateScheduleWithContext is the same as BatchUpdateSchedule with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See BatchUpdateSchedule for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) CancelInputDeviceTransfer added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) CancelInputDeviceTransfer(input *CancelInputDeviceTransferInput) (*CancelInputDeviceTransferOutput, error)

CancelInputDeviceTransfer API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Cancel an input device transfer that you have requested.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation CancelInputDeviceTransfer for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • UnprocessableEntityException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CancelInputDeviceTransfer

func (*MediaLive) CancelInputDeviceTransferRequest added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) CancelInputDeviceTransferRequest(input *CancelInputDeviceTransferInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelInputDeviceTransferOutput)

CancelInputDeviceTransferRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CancelInputDeviceTransfer operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CancelInputDeviceTransfer for more information on using the CancelInputDeviceTransfer API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CancelInputDeviceTransferRequest method.
req, resp := client.CancelInputDeviceTransferRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CancelInputDeviceTransfer

func (*MediaLive) CancelInputDeviceTransferWithContext added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) CancelInputDeviceTransferWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelInputDeviceTransferInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelInputDeviceTransferOutput, error)

CancelInputDeviceTransferWithContext is the same as CancelInputDeviceTransfer with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CancelInputDeviceTransfer for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) CreateChannel 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateChannel(input *CreateChannelInput) (*CreateChannelOutput, error)

CreateChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Creates a new channel

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation CreateChannel for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • UnprocessableEntityException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateChannel

func (*MediaLive) CreateChannelRequest 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateChannelRequest(input *CreateChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateChannelOutput)

CreateChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateChannel operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateChannel for more information on using the CreateChannel API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateChannelRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateChannelRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateChannel

func (*MediaLive) CreateChannelWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateChannelOutput, error)

CreateChannelWithContext is the same as CreateChannel with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateChannel for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) CreateInput 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateInput(input *CreateInputInput) (*CreateInputOutput, error)

CreateInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Create an input

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation CreateInput for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInput

func (*MediaLive) CreateInputRequest 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputRequest(input *CreateInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateInputOutput)

CreateInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateInput operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateInput for more information on using the CreateInput API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateInputRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateInputRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInput

func (*MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroup 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroup(input *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error)

CreateInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Creates a Input Security Group

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation CreateInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInputSecurityGroup

func (*MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput)

CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the CreateInputSecurityGroup API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInputSecurityGroup

func (*MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroupWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error)

CreateInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as CreateInputSecurityGroup with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) CreateInputWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateInputOutput, error)

CreateInputWithContext is the same as CreateInput with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateInput for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) CreateMultiplex added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplex(input *CreateMultiplexInput) (*CreateMultiplexOutput, error)

CreateMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Create a new multiplex.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation CreateMultiplex for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • UnprocessableEntityException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplex

func (*MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgram added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgram(input *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) (*CreateMultiplexProgramOutput, error)

CreateMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Create a new program in the multiplex.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation CreateMultiplexProgram for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • UnprocessableEntityException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplexProgram

func (*MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgramRequest added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(input *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultiplexProgramOutput)

CreateMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateMultiplexProgram for more information on using the CreateMultiplexProgram API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateMultiplexProgramRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplexProgram

func (*MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgramWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultiplexProgramOutput, error)

CreateMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as CreateMultiplexProgram with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) CreateMultiplexRequest added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexRequest(input *CreateMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultiplexOutput)

CreateMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateMultiplex operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateMultiplex for more information on using the CreateMultiplex API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateMultiplexRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateMultiplexRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplex

func (*MediaLive) CreateMultiplexWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultiplexOutput, error)

CreateMultiplexWithContext is the same as CreateMultiplex with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) CreatePartnerInput added in v1.37.11 

func (c *MediaLive) CreatePartnerInput(input *CreatePartnerInputInput) (*CreatePartnerInputOutput, error)

CreatePartnerInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Create a partner input

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation CreatePartnerInput for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreatePartnerInput

func (*MediaLive) CreatePartnerInputRequest added in v1.37.11 

func (c *MediaLive) CreatePartnerInputRequest(input *CreatePartnerInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreatePartnerInputOutput)

CreatePartnerInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreatePartnerInput operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreatePartnerInput for more information on using the CreatePartnerInput API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreatePartnerInputRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreatePartnerInputRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreatePartnerInput

func (*MediaLive) CreatePartnerInputWithContext added in v1.37.11 

func (c *MediaLive) CreatePartnerInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreatePartnerInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreatePartnerInputOutput, error)

CreatePartnerInputWithContext is the same as CreatePartnerInput with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreatePartnerInput for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) CreateTags added in v1.16.30 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateTags(input *CreateTagsInput) (*CreateTagsOutput, error)

CreateTags API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Create tags for a resource

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation CreateTags for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • NotFoundException

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateTags

func (*MediaLive) CreateTagsRequest added in v1.16.30 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateTagsRequest(input *CreateTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTagsOutput)

CreateTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateTags operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateTags for more information on using the CreateTags API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateTagsRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateTagsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateTags

func (*MediaLive) CreateTagsWithContext added in v1.16.30 

func (c *MediaLive) CreateTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTagsOutput, error)

CreateTagsWithContext is the same as CreateTags with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateTags for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DeleteChannel 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteChannel(input *DeleteChannelInput) (*DeleteChannelOutput, error)

DeleteChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Starts deletion of channel. The associated outputs are also deleted.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DeleteChannel for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteChannel

func (*MediaLive) DeleteChannelRequest 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteChannelRequest(input *DeleteChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteChannelOutput)

DeleteChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteChannel operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteChannel for more information on using the DeleteChannel API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteChannelRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteChannelRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteChannel

func (*MediaLive) DeleteChannelWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteChannelOutput, error)

DeleteChannelWithContext is the same as DeleteChannel with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteChannel for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DeleteInput 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInput(input *DeleteInputInput) (*DeleteInputOutput, error)

DeleteInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Deletes the input end point

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DeleteInput for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInput

func (*MediaLive) DeleteInputRequest 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputRequest(input *DeleteInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteInputOutput)

DeleteInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteInput operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteInput for more information on using the DeleteInput API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteInputRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteInputRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInput

func (*MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroup 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroup(input *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput, error)

DeleteInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Deletes an Input Security Group

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DeleteInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInputSecurityGroup

func (*MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput)

DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the DeleteInputSecurityGroup API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInputSecurityGroup

func (*MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroupWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput, error)

DeleteInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteInputSecurityGroup with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DeleteInputWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteInputOutput, error)

DeleteInputWithContext is the same as DeleteInput with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteInput for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DeleteMultiplex added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplex(input *DeleteMultiplexInput) (*DeleteMultiplexOutput, error)

DeleteMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Delete a multiplex. The multiplex must be idle.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DeleteMultiplex for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplex

func (*MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgram added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgram(input *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) (*DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput, error)

DeleteMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Delete a program from a multiplex.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DeleteMultiplexProgram for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplexProgram

func (*MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(input *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput)

DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteMultiplexProgram for more information on using the DeleteMultiplexProgram API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplexProgram

func (*MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgramWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput, error)

DeleteMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as DeleteMultiplexProgram with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexRequest added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexRequest(input *DeleteMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteMultiplexOutput)

DeleteMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteMultiplex operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteMultiplex for more information on using the DeleteMultiplex API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteMultiplexRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteMultiplexRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplex

func (*MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteMultiplexOutput, error)

DeleteMultiplexWithContext is the same as DeleteMultiplex with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DeleteReservation added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservation(input *DeleteReservationInput) (*DeleteReservationOutput, error)

DeleteReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Delete an expired reservation.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DeleteReservation for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteReservation

func (*MediaLive) DeleteReservationRequest added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservationRequest(input *DeleteReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteReservationOutput)

DeleteReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteReservation operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteReservation for more information on using the DeleteReservation API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteReservationRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteReservationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteReservation

func (*MediaLive) DeleteReservationWithContext added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteReservationOutput, error)

DeleteReservationWithContext is the same as DeleteReservation with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteReservation for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DeleteSchedule added in v1.19.24 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteSchedule(input *DeleteScheduleInput) (*DeleteScheduleOutput, error)

DeleteSchedule API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Delete all schedule actions on a channel.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DeleteSchedule for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteSchedule

func (*MediaLive) DeleteScheduleRequest added in v1.19.24 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteScheduleRequest(input *DeleteScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteScheduleOutput)

DeleteScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteSchedule operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteSchedule for more information on using the DeleteSchedule API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteScheduleRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteScheduleRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteSchedule

func (*MediaLive) DeleteScheduleWithContext added in v1.19.24 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteScheduleOutput, error)

DeleteScheduleWithContext is the same as DeleteSchedule with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteSchedule for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DeleteTags added in v1.16.30 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTags(input *DeleteTagsInput) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error)

DeleteTags API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Removes tags for a resource

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DeleteTags for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • NotFoundException

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteTags

func (*MediaLive) DeleteTagsRequest added in v1.16.30 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTagsRequest(input *DeleteTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTagsOutput)

DeleteTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteTags operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteTags for more information on using the DeleteTags API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteTagsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteTagsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteTags

func (*MediaLive) DeleteTagsWithContext added in v1.16.30 

func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error)

DeleteTagsWithContext is the same as DeleteTags with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteTags for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DescribeChannel 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeChannel(input *DescribeChannelInput) (*DescribeChannelOutput, error)

DescribeChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Gets details about a channel

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DescribeChannel for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeChannel

func (*MediaLive) DescribeChannelRequest 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeChannelRequest(input *DescribeChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeChannelOutput)

DescribeChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeChannel operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeChannel for more information on using the DescribeChannel API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeChannelRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeChannelRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeChannel

func (*MediaLive) DescribeChannelWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeChannelOutput, error)

DescribeChannelWithContext is the same as DescribeChannel with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeChannel for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DescribeInput 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInput(input *DescribeInputInput) (*DescribeInputOutput, error)

DescribeInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Produces details about an input

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DescribeInput for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInput

func (*MediaLive) DescribeInputDevice added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputDevice(input *DescribeInputDeviceInput) (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput, error)

DescribeInputDevice API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Gets the details for the input device

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DescribeInputDevice for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputDevice

func (*MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceRequest added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceRequest(input *DescribeInputDeviceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInputDeviceOutput)

DescribeInputDeviceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeInputDevice operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeInputDevice for more information on using the DescribeInputDevice API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeInputDeviceRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeInputDeviceRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputDevice

func (*MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail added in v1.33.10 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail(input *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) (*DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput, error)

DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Get the latest thumbnail data for the input device.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail

func (*MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailRequest added in v1.33.10 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailRequest(input *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput)

DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail for more information on using the DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail

func (*MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailWithContext added in v1.33.10 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput, error)

DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailWithContext is the same as DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceWithContext added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputDeviceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput, error)

DescribeInputDeviceWithContext is the same as DescribeInputDevice with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeInputDevice for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DescribeInputRequest 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputRequest(input *DescribeInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInputOutput)

DescribeInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeInput operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeInput for more information on using the DescribeInput API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeInputRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeInputRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInput

func (*MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroup 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroup(input *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput, error)

DescribeInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Produces a summary of an Input Security Group

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DescribeInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputSecurityGroup

func (*MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput)

DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the DescribeInputSecurityGroup API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputSecurityGroup

func (*MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroupWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput, error)

DescribeInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DescribeInputSecurityGroup with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DescribeInputWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInputOutput, error)

DescribeInputWithContext is the same as DescribeInput with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeInput for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DescribeMultiplex added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplex(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) (*DescribeMultiplexOutput, error)

DescribeMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Gets details about a multiplex.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DescribeMultiplex for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplex

func (*MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgram added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgram(input *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) (*DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput, error)

DescribeMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Get the details for a program in a multiplex.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DescribeMultiplexProgram for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplexProgram

func (*MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(input *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput)

DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeMultiplexProgram for more information on using the DescribeMultiplexProgram API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplexProgram

func (*MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgramWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput, error)

DescribeMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as DescribeMultiplexProgram with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexRequest added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexRequest(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeMultiplexOutput)

DescribeMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeMultiplex operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeMultiplex for more information on using the DescribeMultiplex API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeMultiplexRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeMultiplexRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplex

func (*MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeMultiplexOutput, error)

DescribeMultiplexWithContext is the same as DescribeMultiplex with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DescribeOffering added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOffering(input *DescribeOfferingInput) (*DescribeOfferingOutput, error)

DescribeOffering API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Get details for an offering.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DescribeOffering for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeOffering

func (*MediaLive) DescribeOfferingRequest added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOfferingRequest(input *DescribeOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOfferingOutput)

DescribeOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeOffering operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeOffering for more information on using the DescribeOffering API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeOfferingRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeOfferingRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeOffering

func (*MediaLive) DescribeOfferingWithContext added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOfferingOutput, error)

DescribeOfferingWithContext is the same as DescribeOffering with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeOffering for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DescribeReservation added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservation(input *DescribeReservationInput) (*DescribeReservationOutput, error)

DescribeReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Get details for a reservation.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DescribeReservation for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeReservation

func (*MediaLive) DescribeReservationRequest added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservationRequest(input *DescribeReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservationOutput)

DescribeReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeReservation operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeReservation for more information on using the DescribeReservation API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeReservationRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeReservationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeReservation

func (*MediaLive) DescribeReservationWithContext added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservationOutput, error)

DescribeReservationWithContext is the same as DescribeReservation with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeReservation for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DescribeSchedule added in v1.15.19 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeSchedule(input *DescribeScheduleInput) (*DescribeScheduleOutput, error)

DescribeSchedule API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Get a channel schedule

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation DescribeSchedule for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeSchedule

func (*MediaLive) DescribeSchedulePages added in v1.15.19 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeSchedulePages(input *DescribeScheduleInput, fn func(*DescribeScheduleOutput, bool) bool) error

DescribeSchedulePages iterates over the pages of a DescribeSchedule operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeSchedule method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeSchedule operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeSchedulePages(params,
    func(page *medialive.DescribeScheduleOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*MediaLive) DescribeSchedulePagesWithContext added in v1.15.19 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeSchedulePagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeScheduleInput, fn func(*DescribeScheduleOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

DescribeSchedulePagesWithContext same as DescribeSchedulePages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) DescribeScheduleRequest added in v1.15.19 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeScheduleRequest(input *DescribeScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeScheduleOutput)

DescribeScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeSchedule operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeSchedule for more information on using the DescribeSchedule API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeScheduleRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeScheduleRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeSchedule

func (*MediaLive) DescribeScheduleWithContext added in v1.15.19 

func (c *MediaLive) DescribeScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeScheduleOutput, error)

DescribeScheduleWithContext is the same as DescribeSchedule with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeSchedule for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListChannels 

func (c *MediaLive) ListChannels(input *ListChannelsInput) (*ListChannelsOutput, error)

ListChannels API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Produces list of channels that have been created

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation ListChannels for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListChannels

func (*MediaLive) ListChannelsPages 

func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsPages(input *ListChannelsInput, fn func(*ListChannelsOutput, bool) bool) error

ListChannelsPages iterates over the pages of a ListChannels operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListChannels method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListChannels operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListChannelsPages(params,
    func(page *medialive.ListChannelsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*MediaLive) ListChannelsPagesWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListChannelsInput, fn func(*ListChannelsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListChannelsPagesWithContext same as ListChannelsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListChannelsRequest 

func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsRequest(input *ListChannelsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListChannelsOutput)

ListChannelsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListChannels operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListChannels for more information on using the ListChannels API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListChannelsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListChannelsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListChannels

func (*MediaLive) ListChannelsWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListChannelsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListChannelsOutput, error)

ListChannelsWithContext is the same as ListChannels with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListChannels for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListInputDeviceTransfers added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDeviceTransfers(input *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) (*ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput, error)

ListInputDeviceTransfers API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

List input devices that are currently being transferred. List input devices that you are transferring from your AWS account or input devices that another AWS account is transferring to you.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation ListInputDeviceTransfers for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • UnprocessableEntityException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputDeviceTransfers

func (*MediaLive) ListInputDeviceTransfersPages added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDeviceTransfersPages(input *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput, fn func(*ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput, bool) bool) error

ListInputDeviceTransfersPages iterates over the pages of a ListInputDeviceTransfers operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListInputDeviceTransfers method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListInputDeviceTransfers operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListInputDeviceTransfersPages(params,
    func(page *medialive.ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*MediaLive) ListInputDeviceTransfersPagesWithContext added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDeviceTransfersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput, fn func(*ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListInputDeviceTransfersPagesWithContext same as ListInputDeviceTransfersPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListInputDeviceTransfersRequest added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDeviceTransfersRequest(input *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput)

ListInputDeviceTransfersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListInputDeviceTransfers operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListInputDeviceTransfers for more information on using the ListInputDeviceTransfers API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListInputDeviceTransfersRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListInputDeviceTransfersRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputDeviceTransfers

func (*MediaLive) ListInputDeviceTransfersWithContext added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDeviceTransfersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput, error)

ListInputDeviceTransfersWithContext is the same as ListInputDeviceTransfers with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListInputDeviceTransfers for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListInputDevices added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDevices(input *ListInputDevicesInput) (*ListInputDevicesOutput, error)

ListInputDevices API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

List input devices

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation ListInputDevices for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputDevices

func (*MediaLive) ListInputDevicesPages added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDevicesPages(input *ListInputDevicesInput, fn func(*ListInputDevicesOutput, bool) bool) error

ListInputDevicesPages iterates over the pages of a ListInputDevices operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListInputDevices method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListInputDevices operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListInputDevicesPages(params,
    func(page *medialive.ListInputDevicesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*MediaLive) ListInputDevicesPagesWithContext added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDevicesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputDevicesInput, fn func(*ListInputDevicesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListInputDevicesPagesWithContext same as ListInputDevicesPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListInputDevicesRequest added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDevicesRequest(input *ListInputDevicesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListInputDevicesOutput)

ListInputDevicesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListInputDevices operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListInputDevices for more information on using the ListInputDevices API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListInputDevicesRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListInputDevicesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputDevices

func (*MediaLive) ListInputDevicesWithContext added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDevicesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputDevicesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListInputDevicesOutput, error)

ListInputDevicesWithContext is the same as ListInputDevices with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListInputDevices for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroups 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroups(input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) (*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, error)

ListInputSecurityGroups API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Produces a list of Input Security Groups for an account

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation ListInputSecurityGroups for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputSecurityGroups

func (*MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsPages 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsPages(input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error

ListInputSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a ListInputSecurityGroups operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListInputSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListInputSecurityGroups operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListInputSecurityGroupsPages(params,
    func(page *medialive.ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListInputSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext same as ListInputSecurityGroupsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput)

ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListInputSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListInputSecurityGroups for more information on using the ListInputSecurityGroups API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputSecurityGroups

func (*MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, error)

ListInputSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as ListInputSecurityGroups with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListInputSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListInputs 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputs(input *ListInputsInput) (*ListInputsOutput, error)

ListInputs API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Produces list of inputs that have been created

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation ListInputs for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputs

func (*MediaLive) ListInputsPages 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsPages(input *ListInputsInput, fn func(*ListInputsOutput, bool) bool) error

ListInputsPages iterates over the pages of a ListInputs operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListInputs method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListInputs operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListInputsPages(params,
    func(page *medialive.ListInputsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*MediaLive) ListInputsPagesWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputsInput, fn func(*ListInputsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListInputsPagesWithContext same as ListInputsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListInputsRequest 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsRequest(input *ListInputsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListInputsOutput)

ListInputsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListInputs operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListInputs for more information on using the ListInputs API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListInputsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListInputsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputs

func (*MediaLive) ListInputsWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListInputsOutput, error)

ListInputsWithContext is the same as ListInputs with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListInputs for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListMultiplexPrograms added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexPrograms(input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) (*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, error)

ListMultiplexPrograms API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

List the programs that currently exist for a specific multiplex.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation ListMultiplexPrograms for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexPrograms

func (*MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsPages added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsPages(input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, bool) bool) error

ListMultiplexProgramsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultiplexPrograms operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListMultiplexPrograms method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultiplexPrograms operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListMultiplexProgramsPages(params,
    func(page *medialive.ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsPagesWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListMultiplexProgramsPagesWithContext same as ListMultiplexProgramsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsRequest added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput)

ListMultiplexProgramsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListMultiplexPrograms operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListMultiplexPrograms for more information on using the ListMultiplexPrograms API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListMultiplexProgramsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexPrograms

func (*MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, error)

ListMultiplexProgramsWithContext is the same as ListMultiplexPrograms with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListMultiplexPrograms for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListMultiplexes added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexes(input *ListMultiplexesInput) (*ListMultiplexesOutput, error)

ListMultiplexes API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Retrieve a list of the existing multiplexes.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation ListMultiplexes for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexes

func (*MediaLive) ListMultiplexesPages added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesPages(input *ListMultiplexesInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexesOutput, bool) bool) error

ListMultiplexesPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultiplexes operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListMultiplexes method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultiplexes operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListMultiplexesPages(params,
    func(page *medialive.ListMultiplexesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*MediaLive) ListMultiplexesPagesWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexesInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListMultiplexesPagesWithContext same as ListMultiplexesPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListMultiplexesRequest added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesRequest(input *ListMultiplexesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultiplexesOutput)

ListMultiplexesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListMultiplexes operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListMultiplexes for more information on using the ListMultiplexes API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListMultiplexesRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListMultiplexesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexes

func (*MediaLive) ListMultiplexesWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultiplexesOutput, error)

ListMultiplexesWithContext is the same as ListMultiplexes with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListMultiplexes for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListOfferings added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferings(input *ListOfferingsInput) (*ListOfferingsOutput, error)

ListOfferings API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

List offerings available for purchase.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation ListOfferings for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListOfferings

func (*MediaLive) ListOfferingsPages added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsPages(input *ListOfferingsInput, fn func(*ListOfferingsOutput, bool) bool) error

ListOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a ListOfferings operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListOfferings operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListOfferingsPages(params,
    func(page *medialive.ListOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*MediaLive) ListOfferingsPagesWithContext added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOfferingsInput, fn func(*ListOfferingsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListOfferingsPagesWithContext same as ListOfferingsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListOfferingsRequest added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsRequest(input *ListOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListOfferingsOutput)

ListOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListOfferings operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListOfferings for more information on using the ListOfferings API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListOfferingsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListOfferingsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListOfferings

func (*MediaLive) ListOfferingsWithContext added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOfferingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListOfferingsOutput, error)

ListOfferingsWithContext is the same as ListOfferings with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListOfferings for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListReservations added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) ListReservations(input *ListReservationsInput) (*ListReservationsOutput, error)

ListReservations API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

List purchased reservations.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation ListReservations for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListReservations

func (*MediaLive) ListReservationsPages added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsPages(input *ListReservationsInput, fn func(*ListReservationsOutput, bool) bool) error

ListReservationsPages iterates over the pages of a ListReservations operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See ListReservations method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListReservations operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.ListReservationsPages(params,
    func(page *medialive.ListReservationsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*MediaLive) ListReservationsPagesWithContext added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReservationsInput, fn func(*ListReservationsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

ListReservationsPagesWithContext same as ListReservationsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListReservationsRequest added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsRequest(input *ListReservationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListReservationsOutput)

ListReservationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListReservations operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListReservations for more information on using the ListReservations API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListReservationsRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListReservationsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListReservations

func (*MediaLive) ListReservationsWithContext added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReservationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListReservationsOutput, error)

ListReservationsWithContext is the same as ListReservations with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListReservations for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) ListTagsForResource added in v1.16.30 

func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error)

ListTagsForResource API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Produces list of tags that have been created for a resource

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • NotFoundException

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListTagsForResource

func (*MediaLive) ListTagsForResourceRequest added in v1.16.30 

func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput)

ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListTagsForResource

func (*MediaLive) ListTagsForResourceWithContext added in v1.16.30 

func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error)

ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) PurchaseOffering added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOffering(input *PurchaseOfferingInput) (*PurchaseOfferingOutput, error)

PurchaseOffering API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Purchase an offering and create a reservation.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation PurchaseOffering for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/PurchaseOffering

func (*MediaLive) PurchaseOfferingRequest added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseOfferingOutput)

PurchaseOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PurchaseOffering operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PurchaseOffering for more information on using the PurchaseOffering API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PurchaseOfferingRequest method.
req, resp := client.PurchaseOfferingRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/PurchaseOffering

func (*MediaLive) PurchaseOfferingWithContext added in v1.14.10 

func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseOfferingOutput, error)

PurchaseOfferingWithContext is the same as PurchaseOffering with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PurchaseOffering for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) RejectInputDeviceTransfer added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) RejectInputDeviceTransfer(input *RejectInputDeviceTransferInput) (*RejectInputDeviceTransferOutput, error)

RejectInputDeviceTransfer API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Reject the transfer of the specified input device to your AWS account.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation RejectInputDeviceTransfer for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • UnprocessableEntityException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/RejectInputDeviceTransfer

func (*MediaLive) RejectInputDeviceTransferRequest added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) RejectInputDeviceTransferRequest(input *RejectInputDeviceTransferInput) (req *request.Request, output *RejectInputDeviceTransferOutput)

RejectInputDeviceTransferRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RejectInputDeviceTransfer operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See RejectInputDeviceTransfer for more information on using the RejectInputDeviceTransfer API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the RejectInputDeviceTransferRequest method.
req, resp := client.RejectInputDeviceTransferRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/RejectInputDeviceTransfer

func (*MediaLive) RejectInputDeviceTransferWithContext added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) RejectInputDeviceTransferWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RejectInputDeviceTransferInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RejectInputDeviceTransferOutput, error)

RejectInputDeviceTransferWithContext is the same as RejectInputDeviceTransfer with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See RejectInputDeviceTransfer for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) StartChannel 

func (c *MediaLive) StartChannel(input *StartChannelInput) (*StartChannelOutput, error)

StartChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Starts an existing channel

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation StartChannel for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartChannel

func (*MediaLive) StartChannelRequest 

func (c *MediaLive) StartChannelRequest(input *StartChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartChannelOutput)

StartChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StartChannel operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StartChannel for more information on using the StartChannel API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StartChannelRequest method.
req, resp := client.StartChannelRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartChannel

func (*MediaLive) StartChannelWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) StartChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartChannelOutput, error)

StartChannelWithContext is the same as StartChannel with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StartChannel for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) StartMultiplex added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) StartMultiplex(input *StartMultiplexInput) (*StartMultiplexOutput, error)

StartMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Start (run) the multiplex. Starting the multiplex does not start the channels. You must explicitly start each channel.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation StartMultiplex for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartMultiplex

func (*MediaLive) StartMultiplexRequest added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) StartMultiplexRequest(input *StartMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartMultiplexOutput)

StartMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StartMultiplex operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StartMultiplex for more information on using the StartMultiplex API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StartMultiplexRequest method.
req, resp := client.StartMultiplexRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartMultiplex

func (*MediaLive) StartMultiplexWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) StartMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartMultiplexOutput, error)

StartMultiplexWithContext is the same as StartMultiplex with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StartMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) StopChannel 

func (c *MediaLive) StopChannel(input *StopChannelInput) (*StopChannelOutput, error)

StopChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Stops a running channel

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation StopChannel for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopChannel

func (*MediaLive) StopChannelRequest 

func (c *MediaLive) StopChannelRequest(input *StopChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopChannelOutput)

StopChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StopChannel operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StopChannel for more information on using the StopChannel API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StopChannelRequest method.
req, resp := client.StopChannelRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopChannel

func (*MediaLive) StopChannelWithContext 

func (c *MediaLive) StopChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopChannelOutput, error)

StopChannelWithContext is the same as StopChannel with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StopChannel for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) StopMultiplex added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) StopMultiplex(input *StopMultiplexInput) (*StopMultiplexOutput, error)

StopMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Stops a running multiplex. If the multiplex isn't running, this action has no effect.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation StopMultiplex for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopMultiplex

func (*MediaLive) StopMultiplexRequest added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) StopMultiplexRequest(input *StopMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopMultiplexOutput)

StopMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the StopMultiplex operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See StopMultiplex for more information on using the StopMultiplex API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the StopMultiplexRequest method.
req, resp := client.StopMultiplexRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopMultiplex

func (*MediaLive) StopMultiplexWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) StopMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopMultiplexOutput, error)

StopMultiplexWithContext is the same as StopMultiplex with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See StopMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) TransferInputDevice added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) TransferInputDevice(input *TransferInputDeviceInput) (*TransferInputDeviceOutput, error)

TransferInputDevice API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Start an input device transfer to another AWS account. After you make the request, the other account must accept or reject the transfer.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation TransferInputDevice for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • UnprocessableEntityException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/TransferInputDevice

func (*MediaLive) TransferInputDeviceRequest added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) TransferInputDeviceRequest(input *TransferInputDeviceInput) (req *request.Request, output *TransferInputDeviceOutput)

TransferInputDeviceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the TransferInputDevice operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See TransferInputDevice for more information on using the TransferInputDevice API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the TransferInputDeviceRequest method.
req, resp := client.TransferInputDeviceRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/TransferInputDevice

func (*MediaLive) TransferInputDeviceWithContext added in v1.35.9 

func (c *MediaLive) TransferInputDeviceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TransferInputDeviceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TransferInputDeviceOutput, error)

TransferInputDeviceWithContext is the same as TransferInputDevice with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See TransferInputDevice for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) UpdateChannel added in v1.12.73 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannel(input *UpdateChannelInput) (*UpdateChannelOutput, error)

UpdateChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Updates a channel.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation UpdateChannel for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • UnprocessableEntityException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannel

func (*MediaLive) UpdateChannelClass added in v1.19.24 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClass(input *UpdateChannelClassInput) (*UpdateChannelClassOutput, error)

UpdateChannelClass API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Changes the class of the channel.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation UpdateChannelClass for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • UnprocessableEntityException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannelClass

func (*MediaLive) UpdateChannelClassRequest added in v1.19.24 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClassRequest(input *UpdateChannelClassInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateChannelClassOutput)

UpdateChannelClassRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateChannelClass operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateChannelClass for more information on using the UpdateChannelClass API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateChannelClassRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateChannelClassRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannelClass

func (*MediaLive) UpdateChannelClassWithContext added in v1.19.24 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClassWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateChannelClassInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateChannelClassOutput, error)

UpdateChannelClassWithContext is the same as UpdateChannelClass with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateChannelClass for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) UpdateChannelRequest added in v1.12.73 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelRequest(input *UpdateChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateChannelOutput)

UpdateChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateChannel operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateChannel for more information on using the UpdateChannel API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateChannelRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateChannelRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannel

func (*MediaLive) UpdateChannelWithContext added in v1.12.73 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateChannelOutput, error)

UpdateChannelWithContext is the same as UpdateChannel with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateChannel for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) UpdateInput added in v1.13.17 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInput(input *UpdateInputInput) (*UpdateInputOutput, error)

UpdateInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Updates an input.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation UpdateInput for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInput

func (*MediaLive) UpdateInputDevice added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputDevice(input *UpdateInputDeviceInput) (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput, error)

UpdateInputDevice API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Updates the parameters for the input device.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation UpdateInputDevice for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • UnprocessableEntityException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputDevice

func (*MediaLive) UpdateInputDeviceRequest added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputDeviceRequest(input *UpdateInputDeviceInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateInputDeviceOutput)

UpdateInputDeviceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateInputDevice operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateInputDevice for more information on using the UpdateInputDevice API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateInputDeviceRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateInputDeviceRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputDevice

func (*MediaLive) UpdateInputDeviceWithContext added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputDeviceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateInputDeviceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput, error)

UpdateInputDeviceWithContext is the same as UpdateInputDevice with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateInputDevice for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) UpdateInputRequest added in v1.13.17 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputRequest(input *UpdateInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateInputOutput)

UpdateInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateInput operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateInput for more information on using the UpdateInput API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateInputRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateInputRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInput

func (*MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroup added in v1.13.17 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroup(input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error)

UpdateInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Update an Input Security Group's Whilelists.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation UpdateInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputSecurityGroup

func (*MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest added in v1.13.17 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput)

UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the UpdateInputSecurityGroup API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputSecurityGroup

func (*MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroupWithContext added in v1.13.17 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error)

UpdateInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as UpdateInputSecurityGroup with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) UpdateInputWithContext added in v1.13.17 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateInputOutput, error)

UpdateInputWithContext is the same as UpdateInput with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateInput for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) UpdateMultiplex added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplex(input *UpdateMultiplexInput) (*UpdateMultiplexOutput, error)

UpdateMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Updates a multiplex.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation UpdateMultiplex for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • UnprocessableEntityException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplex

func (*MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgram added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgram(input *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) (*UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput, error)

UpdateMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Update a program in a multiplex.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation UpdateMultiplexProgram for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • UnprocessableEntityException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplexProgram

func (*MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(input *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput)

UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateMultiplexProgram for more information on using the UpdateMultiplexProgram API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplexProgram

func (*MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgramWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput, error)

UpdateMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as UpdateMultiplexProgram with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexRequest added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexRequest(input *UpdateMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateMultiplexOutput)

UpdateMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateMultiplex operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateMultiplex for more information on using the UpdateMultiplex API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateMultiplexRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateMultiplexRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplex

func (*MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateMultiplexOutput, error)

UpdateMultiplexWithContext is the same as UpdateMultiplex with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) UpdateReservation added in v1.19.11 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservation(input *UpdateReservationInput) (*UpdateReservationOutput, error)

UpdateReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.

Update reservation.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's API operation UpdateReservation for usage and error information.

Returned Error Types:

  • BadRequestException

  • InternalServerErrorException

  • ForbiddenException

  • BadGatewayException

  • NotFoundException

  • GatewayTimeoutException

  • TooManyRequestsException

  • ConflictException

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateReservation

func (*MediaLive) UpdateReservationRequest added in v1.19.11 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservationRequest(input *UpdateReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateReservationOutput)

UpdateReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the UpdateReservation operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfully.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See UpdateReservation for more information on using the UpdateReservation API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the UpdateReservationRequest method.
req, resp := client.UpdateReservationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateReservation

func (*MediaLive) UpdateReservationWithContext added in v1.19.11 

func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateReservationOutput, error)

UpdateReservationWithContext is the same as UpdateReservation with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See UpdateReservation for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelCreated added in v1.19.32 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelCreated(input *DescribeChannelInput) error

WaitUntilChannelCreated uses the MediaLive API operation DescribeChannel to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelCreatedWithContext added in v1.19.32 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelCreatedWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeChannelInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilChannelCreatedWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilChannelCreated. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelDeleted added in v1.19.32 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelDeleted(input *DescribeChannelInput) error

WaitUntilChannelDeleted uses the MediaLive API operation DescribeChannel to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelDeletedWithContext added in v1.19.32 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelDeletedWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeChannelInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilChannelDeletedWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilChannelDeleted. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelRunning added in v1.19.32 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelRunning(input *DescribeChannelInput) error

WaitUntilChannelRunning uses the MediaLive API operation DescribeChannel to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelRunningWithContext added in v1.19.32 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelRunningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeChannelInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilChannelRunningWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilChannelRunning. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelStopped added in v1.19.32 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelStopped(input *DescribeChannelInput) error

WaitUntilChannelStopped uses the MediaLive API operation DescribeChannel to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelStoppedWithContext added in v1.19.32 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelStoppedWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeChannelInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilChannelStoppedWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilChannelStopped. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilInputAttached added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilInputAttached(input *DescribeInputInput) error

WaitUntilInputAttached uses the MediaLive API operation DescribeInput to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilInputAttachedWithContext added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilInputAttachedWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilInputAttachedWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilInputAttached. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilInputDeleted added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilInputDeleted(input *DescribeInputInput) error

WaitUntilInputDeleted uses the MediaLive API operation DescribeInput to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilInputDeletedWithContext added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilInputDeletedWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilInputDeletedWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilInputDeleted. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilInputDetached added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilInputDetached(input *DescribeInputInput) error

WaitUntilInputDetached uses the MediaLive API operation DescribeInput to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilInputDetachedWithContext added in v1.31.2 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilInputDetachedWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilInputDetachedWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilInputDetached. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexCreated added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexCreated(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) error

WaitUntilMultiplexCreated uses the MediaLive API operation DescribeMultiplex to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexCreatedWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexCreatedWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilMultiplexCreatedWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilMultiplexCreated. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexDeleted added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexDeleted(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) error

WaitUntilMultiplexDeleted uses the MediaLive API operation DescribeMultiplex to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexDeletedWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexDeletedWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilMultiplexDeletedWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilMultiplexDeleted. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexRunning added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexRunning(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) error

WaitUntilMultiplexRunning uses the MediaLive API operation DescribeMultiplex to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexRunningWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexRunningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilMultiplexRunningWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilMultiplexRunning. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexStopped added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexStopped(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) error

WaitUntilMultiplexStopped uses the MediaLive API operation DescribeMultiplex to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexStoppedWithContext added in v1.25.42 

func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexStoppedWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilMultiplexStoppedWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilMultiplexStopped. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

type MediaPackageGroupSettings added in v1.17.13 

type MediaPackageGroupSettings struct {

	// MediaPackage channel destination.
	//
	// Destination is a required field
	Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Media Package Group Settings

func (MediaPackageGroupSettings) GoString added in v1.17.13 

func (s MediaPackageGroupSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MediaPackageGroupSettings) SetDestination added in v1.17.13 

func (s *MediaPackageGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MediaPackageGroupSettings

SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.

func (MediaPackageGroupSettings) String added in v1.17.13 

func (s MediaPackageGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MediaPackageGroupSettings) Validate added in v1.17.13 

func (s *MediaPackageGroupSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings added in v1.17.13 

type MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings struct {

	// ID of the channel in MediaPackage that is the destination for this output
	// group. You do not need to specify the individual inputs in MediaPackage;
	// MediaLive will handle the connection of the two MediaLive pipelines to the
	// two MediaPackage inputs. The MediaPackage channel and MediaLive channel must
	// be in the same region.
	ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MediaPackage Output Destination Settings

func (MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) GoString added in v1.17.13 

func (s MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) SetChannelId added in v1.17.13 

func (s *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) SetChannelId(v string) *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings

SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.

func (MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) String added in v1.17.13 

func (s MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) Validate added in v1.17.13 

func (s *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MediaPackageOutputSettings added in v1.17.13 

type MediaPackageOutputSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Media Package Output Settings

func (MediaPackageOutputSettings) GoString added in v1.17.13 

func (s MediaPackageOutputSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (MediaPackageOutputSettings) String added in v1.17.13 

func (s MediaPackageOutputSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings added in v1.38.13 

type MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// Duration (in milliseconds) that motion graphics should render on to the video
	// stream. Leaving out this property or setting to 0 will result in rendering
	// continuing until a deactivate action is processed.
	Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"long"`

	// Key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store
	PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"`

	// URI of the HTML5 content to be rendered into the live stream.
	Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`

	// Username if credentials are required to access a file. This must be a reference
	// to an AWS parameter store name from which the password can be retrieved.
	// AWS Parameter store format: \"ssm://\"
	Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings to specify the rendering of motion graphics into the video stream.

func (MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings) GoString added in v1.38.13 

func (s MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetDuration added in v1.38.13 

func (s *MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetDuration(v int64) *MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings

SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.

func (*MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetPasswordParam added in v1.38.13 

func (s *MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetPasswordParam(v string) *MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings

SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value.

func (*MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetUrl added in v1.38.13 

func (s *MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetUrl(v string) *MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings

SetUrl sets the Url field's value.

func (*MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetUsername added in v1.38.13 

func (s *MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetUsername(v string) *MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings

SetUsername sets the Username field's value.

func (MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings) String added in v1.38.13 

func (s MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MotionGraphicsConfiguration added in v1.38.13 

type MotionGraphicsConfiguration struct {

	// Motion Graphics Insertion
	MotionGraphicsInsertion *string `locationName:"motionGraphicsInsertion" type:"string" enum:"MotionGraphicsInsertion"`

	// Motion Graphics Settings
	//
	// MotionGraphicsSettings is a required field
	MotionGraphicsSettings *MotionGraphicsSettings `locationName:"motionGraphicsSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Motion Graphics Configuration

func (MotionGraphicsConfiguration) GoString added in v1.38.13 

func (s MotionGraphicsConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MotionGraphicsConfiguration) SetMotionGraphicsInsertion added in v1.38.13 

func (s *MotionGraphicsConfiguration) SetMotionGraphicsInsertion(v string) *MotionGraphicsConfiguration

SetMotionGraphicsInsertion sets the MotionGraphicsInsertion field's value.

func (*MotionGraphicsConfiguration) SetMotionGraphicsSettings added in v1.38.13 

func (s *MotionGraphicsConfiguration) SetMotionGraphicsSettings(v *MotionGraphicsSettings) *MotionGraphicsConfiguration

SetMotionGraphicsSettings sets the MotionGraphicsSettings field's value.

func (MotionGraphicsConfiguration) String added in v1.38.13 

func (s MotionGraphicsConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MotionGraphicsConfiguration) Validate added in v1.38.13 

func (s *MotionGraphicsConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MotionGraphicsDeactivateScheduleActionSettings added in v1.38.13 

type MotionGraphicsDeactivateScheduleActionSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings to specify the ending of rendering motion graphics into the video stream.

func (MotionGraphicsDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) GoString added in v1.38.13 

func (s MotionGraphicsDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (MotionGraphicsDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) String added in v1.38.13 

func (s MotionGraphicsDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MotionGraphicsSettings added in v1.38.13 

type MotionGraphicsSettings struct {

	// Html Motion Graphics Settings
	HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings *HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings `locationName:"htmlMotionGraphicsSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Motion Graphics Settings

func (MotionGraphicsSettings) GoString added in v1.38.13 

func (s MotionGraphicsSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MotionGraphicsSettings) SetHtmlMotionGraphicsSettings added in v1.38.13 

func (s *MotionGraphicsSettings) SetHtmlMotionGraphicsSettings(v *HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings) *MotionGraphicsSettings

SetHtmlMotionGraphicsSettings sets the HtmlMotionGraphicsSettings field's value.

func (MotionGraphicsSettings) String added in v1.38.13 

func (s MotionGraphicsSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Mp2Settings 

type Mp2Settings struct {

	// Average bitrate in bits/second.
	Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"`

	// The MPEG2 Audio coding mode. Valid values are codingMode10 (for mono) or
	// codingMode20 (for stereo).
	CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Mp2CodingMode"`

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *float64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Mp2 Settings

func (Mp2Settings) GoString 

func (s Mp2Settings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Mp2Settings) SetBitrate 

func (s *Mp2Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Mp2Settings

SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.

func (*Mp2Settings) SetCodingMode 

func (s *Mp2Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Mp2Settings

SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.

func (*Mp2Settings) SetSampleRate 

func (s *Mp2Settings) SetSampleRate(v float64) *Mp2Settings

SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.

func (Mp2Settings) String 

func (s Mp2Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Mpeg2FilterSettings added in v1.35.7 

type Mpeg2FilterSettings struct {

	// Temporal Filter Settings
	TemporalFilterSettings *TemporalFilterSettings `locationName:"temporalFilterSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Mpeg2 Filter Settings

func (Mpeg2FilterSettings) GoString added in v1.35.7 

func (s Mpeg2FilterSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Mpeg2FilterSettings) SetTemporalFilterSettings added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2FilterSettings) SetTemporalFilterSettings(v *TemporalFilterSettings) *Mpeg2FilterSettings

SetTemporalFilterSettings sets the TemporalFilterSettings field's value.

func (Mpeg2FilterSettings) String added in v1.35.7 

func (s Mpeg2FilterSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Mpeg2Settings added in v1.35.7 

type Mpeg2Settings struct {

	// Choose Off to disable adaptive quantization. Or choose another value to enable
	// the quantizer and set its strength. The strengths are: Auto, Off, Low, Medium,
	// High. When you enable this field, MediaLive allows intra-frame quantizers
	// to vary, which might improve visual quality.
	AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization"`

	// Indicates the AFD values that MediaLive will write into the video encode.
	// If you do not know what AFD signaling is, or if your downstream system has
	// not given you guidance, choose AUTO.AUTO: MediaLive will try to preserve
	// the input AFD value (in cases where multiple AFD values are valid).FIXED:
	// MediaLive will use the value you specify in fixedAFD.
	AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"`

	// Specifies whether to include the color space metadata. The metadata describes
	// the color space that applies to the video (the colorSpace field). We recommend
	// that you insert the metadata.
	ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2ColorMetadata"`

	// Choose the type of color space conversion to apply to the output. For detailed
	// information on setting up both the input and the output to obtain the desired
	// color space in the output, see the section on \"MediaLive Features - Video
	// - color space\" in the MediaLive User Guide.PASSTHROUGH: Keep the color space
	// of the input content - do not convert it.AUTO:Convert all content that is
	// SD to rec 601, and convert all content that is HD to rec 709.
	ColorSpace *string `locationName:"colorSpace" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2ColorSpace"`

	// Sets the pixel aspect ratio for the encode.
	DisplayAspectRatio *string `locationName:"displayAspectRatio" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2DisplayRatio"`

	// Optionally specify a noise reduction filter, which can improve quality of
	// compressed content. If you do not choose a filter, no filter will be applied.TEMPORAL:
	// This filter is useful for both source content that is noisy (when it has
	// excessive digital artifacts) and source content that is clean.When the content
	// is noisy, the filter cleans up the source content before the encoding phase,
	// with these two effects: First, it improves the output video quality because
	// the content has been cleaned up. Secondly, it decreases the bandwidth because
	// MediaLive does not waste bits on encoding noise.When the content is reasonably
	// clean, the filter tends to decrease the bitrate.
	FilterSettings *Mpeg2FilterSettings `locationName:"filterSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Complete this field only when afdSignaling is set to FIXED. Enter the AFD
	// value (4 bits) to write on all frames of the video encode.
	FixedAfd *string `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"string" enum:"FixedAfd"`

	// description": "The framerate denominator. For example, 1001. The framerate
	// is the numerator divided by the denominator. For example, 24000 / 1001 =
	// 23.976 FPS.
	//
	// FramerateDenominator is a required field
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// The framerate numerator. For example, 24000. The framerate is the numerator
	// divided by the denominator. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 FPS.
	//
	// FramerateNumerator is a required field
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// MPEG2: default is open GOP.
	GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"`

	// Relates to the GOP structure. The number of B-frames between reference frames.
	// If you do not know what a B-frame is, use the default.
	GopNumBFrames *int64 `locationName:"gopNumBFrames" type:"integer"`

	// Relates to the GOP structure. The GOP size (keyframe interval) in the units
	// specified in gopSizeUnits. If you do not know what GOP is, use the default.If
	// gopSizeUnits is frames, then the gopSize must be an integer and must be greater
	// than or equal to 1.If gopSizeUnits is seconds, the gopSize must be greater
	// than 0, but does not need to be an integer.
	GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"`

	// Relates to the GOP structure. Specifies whether the gopSize is specified
	// in frames or seconds. If you do not plan to change the default gopSize, leave
	// the default. If you specify SECONDS, MediaLive will internally convert the
	// gop size to a frame count.
	GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2GopSizeUnits"`

	// Set the scan type of the output to PROGRESSIVE or INTERLACED (top field first).
	ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2ScanType"`

	// Relates to the GOP structure. If you do not know what GOP is, use the default.FIXED:
	// Set the number of B-frames in each sub-GOP to the value in gopNumBFrames.DYNAMIC:
	// Let MediaLive optimize the number of B-frames in each sub-GOP, to improve
	// visual quality.
	SubgopLength *string `locationName:"subgopLength" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2SubGopLength"`

	// Determines how MediaLive inserts timecodes in the output video. For detailed
	// information about setting up the input and the output for a timecode, see
	// the section on \"MediaLive Features - Timecode configuration\" in the MediaLive
	// User Guide.DISABLED: do not include timecodes.GOP_TIMECODE: Include timecode
	// metadata in the GOP header.
	TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Mpeg2 Settings

func (Mpeg2Settings) GoString added in v1.35.7 

func (s Mpeg2Settings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Mpeg2Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *Mpeg2Settings

SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value.

func (*Mpeg2Settings) SetAfdSignaling added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *Mpeg2Settings

SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value.

func (*Mpeg2Settings) SetColorMetadata added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetColorMetadata(v string) *Mpeg2Settings

SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value.

func (*Mpeg2Settings) SetColorSpace added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetColorSpace(v string) *Mpeg2Settings

SetColorSpace sets the ColorSpace field's value.

func (*Mpeg2Settings) SetDisplayAspectRatio added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetDisplayAspectRatio(v string) *Mpeg2Settings

SetDisplayAspectRatio sets the DisplayAspectRatio field's value.

func (*Mpeg2Settings) SetFilterSettings added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFilterSettings(v *Mpeg2FilterSettings) *Mpeg2Settings

SetFilterSettings sets the FilterSettings field's value.

func (*Mpeg2Settings) SetFixedAfd added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFixedAfd(v string) *Mpeg2Settings

SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value.

func (*Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateDenominator added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings

SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.

func (*Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateNumerator added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings

SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.

func (*Mpeg2Settings) SetGopClosedCadence added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings

SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value.

func (*Mpeg2Settings) SetGopNumBFrames added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopNumBFrames(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings

SetGopNumBFrames sets the GopNumBFrames field's value.

func (*Mpeg2Settings) SetGopSize added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *Mpeg2Settings

SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value.

func (*Mpeg2Settings) SetGopSizeUnits added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *Mpeg2Settings

SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value.

func (*Mpeg2Settings) SetScanType added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetScanType(v string) *Mpeg2Settings

SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value.

func (*Mpeg2Settings) SetSubgopLength added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSubgopLength(v string) *Mpeg2Settings

SetSubgopLength sets the SubgopLength field's value.

func (*Mpeg2Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *Mpeg2Settings

SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value.

func (Mpeg2Settings) String added in v1.35.7 

func (s Mpeg2Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Mpeg2Settings) Validate added in v1.35.7 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MsSmoothGroupSettings 

type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct {

	// The ID to include in each message in the sparse track. Ignored if sparseTrackType
	// is NONE.
	AcquisitionPointId *string `locationName:"acquisitionPointId" type:"string"`

	// If set to passthrough for an audio-only MS Smooth output, the fragment absolute
	// time will be set to the current timecode. This option does not write timecodes
	// to the audio elementary stream.
	AudioOnlyTimecodeControl *string `locationName:"audioOnlyTimecodeControl" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl"`

	// If set to verifyAuthenticity, verify the https certificate chain to a trusted
	// Certificate Authority (CA). This will cause https outputs to self-signed
	// certificates to fail.
	CertificateMode *string `locationName:"certificateMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupCertificateMode"`

	// Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the IIS server if
	// the connection is lost. Content will be cached during this time and the cache
	// will be be delivered to the IIS server once the connection is re-established.
	ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Smooth Streaming publish point on an IIS server. Elemental Live acts as a
	// "Push" encoder to IIS.
	//
	// Destination is a required field
	Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// MS Smooth event ID to be sent to the IIS server.Should only be specified
	// if eventIdMode is set to useConfigured.
	EventId *string `locationName:"eventId" type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether or not to send an event ID to the IIS server. If no event
	// ID is sent and the same Live Event is used without changing the publishing
	// point, clients might see cached video from the previous run.Options:- "useConfigured"
	// - use the value provided in eventId- "useTimestamp" - generate and send an
	// event ID based on the current timestamp- "noEventId" - do not send an event
	// ID to the IIS server.
	EventIdMode *string `locationName:"eventIdMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupEventIdMode"`

	// When set to sendEos, send EOS signal to IIS server when stopping the event
	EventStopBehavior *string `locationName:"eventStopBehavior" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior"`

	// Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
	FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"`

	// Length of mp4 fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be
	// compatible with GOP size and framerate.
	FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss.
	InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut"`

	// Number of retry attempts.
	NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"`

	// Number of seconds before initiating a restart due to output failure, due
	// to exhausting the numRetries on one segment, or exceeding filecacheDuration.
	RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"`

	// useInputSegmentation has been deprecated. The configured segment size is
	// always used.
	SegmentationMode *string `locationName:"segmentationMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupSegmentationMode"`

	// Number of milliseconds to delay the output from the second pipeline.
	SendDelayMs *int64 `locationName:"sendDelayMs" type:"integer"`

	// Identifies the type of data to place in the sparse track:- SCTE35: Insert
	// SCTE-35 messages from the source content. With each message, insert an IDR
	// frame to start a new segment.- SCTE35_WITHOUT_SEGMENTATION: Insert SCTE-35
	// messages from the source content. With each message, insert an IDR frame
	// but don't start a new segment.- NONE: Don't generate a sparse track for any
	// outputs in this output group.
	SparseTrackType *string `locationName:"sparseTrackType" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupSparseTrackType"`

	// When set to send, send stream manifest so publishing point doesn't start
	// until all streams start.
	StreamManifestBehavior *string `locationName:"streamManifestBehavior" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior"`

	// Timestamp offset for the event. Only used if timestampOffsetMode is set to
	// useConfiguredOffset.
	TimestampOffset *string `locationName:"timestampOffset" type:"string"`

	// Type of timestamp date offset to use.- useEventStartDate: Use the date the
	// event was started as the offset- useConfiguredOffset: Use an explicitly configured
	// date as the offset
	TimestampOffsetMode *string `locationName:"timestampOffsetMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Ms Smooth Group Settings

func (MsSmoothGroupSettings) GoString 

func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAcquisitionPointId 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAcquisitionPointId(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetAcquisitionPointId sets the AcquisitionPointId field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAudioOnlyTimecodeControl 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAudioOnlyTimecodeControl(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetAudioOnlyTimecodeControl sets the AudioOnlyTimecodeControl field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetCertificateMode 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetCertificateMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetCertificateMode sets the CertificateMode field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetDestination 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventId 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventId(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetEventId sets the EventId field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventIdMode 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventIdMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetEventIdMode sets the EventIdMode field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventStopBehavior 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventStopBehavior(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetEventStopBehavior sets the EventStopBehavior field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFilecacheDuration 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetFragmentLength sets the FragmentLength field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetNumRetries 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetRestartDelay 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSegmentationMode 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSegmentationMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetSegmentationMode sets the SegmentationMode field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSendDelayMs 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSendDelayMs(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetSendDelayMs sets the SendDelayMs field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSparseTrackType 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSparseTrackType(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetSparseTrackType sets the SparseTrackType field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetStreamManifestBehavior 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetStreamManifestBehavior(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetStreamManifestBehavior sets the StreamManifestBehavior field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetTimestampOffset 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetTimestampOffset(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetTimestampOffset sets the TimestampOffset field's value.

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetTimestampOffsetMode 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetTimestampOffsetMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings

SetTimestampOffsetMode sets the TimestampOffsetMode field's value.

func (MsSmoothGroupSettings) String 

func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MsSmoothOutputSettings 

type MsSmoothOutputSettings struct {

	// Only applicable when this output is referencing an H.265 video description.Specifies
	// whether MP4 segments should be packaged as HEV1 or HVC1.
	H265PackagingType *string `locationName:"h265PackagingType" type:"string" enum:"MsSmoothH265PackagingType"`

	// String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for
	// multiple outputs of the same type.
	NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Ms Smooth Output Settings

func (MsSmoothOutputSettings) GoString 

func (s MsSmoothOutputSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MsSmoothOutputSettings) SetH265PackagingType added in v1.23.21 

func (s *MsSmoothOutputSettings) SetH265PackagingType(v string) *MsSmoothOutputSettings

SetH265PackagingType sets the H265PackagingType field's value.

func (*MsSmoothOutputSettings) SetNameModifier 

func (s *MsSmoothOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *MsSmoothOutputSettings

SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value.

func (MsSmoothOutputSettings) String 

func (s MsSmoothOutputSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Multiplex added in v1.25.42 

type Multiplex struct {

	// The unique arn of the multiplex.
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// A list of availability zones for the multiplex.
	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"`

	// A list of the multiplex output destinations.
	Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	// The unique id of the multiplex.
	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// Configuration for a multiplex event.
	MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"`

	// The name of the multiplex.
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// The number of currently healthy pipelines.
	PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`

	// The number of programs in the multiplex.
	ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"`

	// The current state of the multiplex.
	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"`

	// A collection of key-value pairs.
	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The multiplex object.

func (Multiplex) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s Multiplex) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Multiplex) SetArn added in v1.25.42 

func (s *Multiplex) SetArn(v string) *Multiplex

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*Multiplex) SetAvailabilityZones added in v1.25.42 

func (s *Multiplex) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *Multiplex

SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.

func (*Multiplex) SetDestinations added in v1.25.42 

func (s *Multiplex) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *Multiplex

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*Multiplex) SetId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *Multiplex) SetId(v string) *Multiplex

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*Multiplex) SetMultiplexSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *Multiplex) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *Multiplex

SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.

func (*Multiplex) SetName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *Multiplex) SetName(v string) *Multiplex

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*Multiplex) SetPipelinesRunningCount added in v1.25.42 

func (s *Multiplex) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *Multiplex

SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.

func (*Multiplex) SetProgramCount added in v1.25.42 

func (s *Multiplex) SetProgramCount(v int64) *Multiplex

SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value.

func (*Multiplex) SetState added in v1.25.42 

func (s *Multiplex) SetState(v string) *Multiplex

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*Multiplex) SetTags added in v1.25.42 

func (s *Multiplex) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Multiplex

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (Multiplex) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s Multiplex) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MultiplexGroupSettings added in v1.25.42 

type MultiplexGroupSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Multiplex Group Settings

func (MultiplexGroupSettings) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexGroupSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (MultiplexGroupSettings) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings added in v1.25.42 

type MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings struct {

	// The MediaConnect entitlement ARN available as a Flow source.
	EntitlementArn *string `locationName:"entitlementArn" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Multiplex MediaConnect output destination settings.

func (MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) SetEntitlementArn added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) SetEntitlementArn(v string) *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings

SetEntitlementArn sets the EntitlementArn field's value.

func (MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MultiplexOutputDestination added in v1.25.42 

type MultiplexOutputDestination struct {

	// Multiplex MediaConnect output destination settings.
	MediaConnectSettings *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings `locationName:"mediaConnectSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Multiplex output destination settings

func (MultiplexOutputDestination) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexOutputDestination) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexOutputDestination) SetMediaConnectSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexOutputDestination) SetMediaConnectSettings(v *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) *MultiplexOutputDestination

SetMediaConnectSettings sets the MediaConnectSettings field's value.

func (MultiplexOutputDestination) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexOutputDestination) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MultiplexOutputSettings added in v1.25.42 

type MultiplexOutputSettings struct {

	// Destination is a Multiplex.
	//
	// Destination is a required field
	Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Multiplex Output Settings

func (MultiplexOutputSettings) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexOutputSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexOutputSettings) SetDestination added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexOutputSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MultiplexOutputSettings

SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.

func (MultiplexOutputSettings) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexOutputSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexOutputSettings) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexOutputSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MultiplexProgram added in v1.25.42 

type MultiplexProgram struct {

	// The MediaLive channel associated with the program.
	ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"`

	// The settings for this multiplex program.
	MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"`

	// The packet identifier map for this multiplex program.
	PacketIdentifiersMap *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap `locationName:"packetIdentifiersMap" type:"structure"`

	// Contains information about the current sources for the specified program
	// in the specified multiplex. Keep in mind that each multiplex pipeline connects
	// to both pipelines in a given source channel (the channel identified by the
	// program). But only one of those channel pipelines is ever active at one time.
	PipelineDetails []*MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"`

	// The name of the multiplex program.
	ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The multiplex program object.

func (MultiplexProgram) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexProgram) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexProgram) SetChannelId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetChannelId(v string) *MultiplexProgram

SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgram) SetMultiplexProgramSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *MultiplexProgram

SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgram) SetPacketIdentifiersMap added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetPacketIdentifiersMap(v *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) *MultiplexProgram

SetPacketIdentifiersMap sets the PacketIdentifiersMap field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgram) SetPipelineDetails added in v1.35.7 

func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetPipelineDetails(v []*MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) *MultiplexProgram

SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgram) SetProgramName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetProgramName(v string) *MultiplexProgram

SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.

func (MultiplexProgram) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexProgram) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings added in v1.25.42 

type MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings struct {

	// The ID of the Multiplex that the encoder is providing output to. You do not
	// need to specify the individual inputs to the Multiplex; MediaLive will handle
	// the connection of the two MediaLive pipelines to the two Multiplex instances.The
	// Multiplex must be in the same region as the Channel.
	MultiplexId *string `locationName:"multiplexId" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The program name of the Multiplex program that the encoder is providing output
	// to.
	ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Multiplex Program Input Destination Settings for outputting a Channel to a Multiplex

func (MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) SetMultiplexId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) SetMultiplexId(v string) *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings

SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) SetProgramName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) SetProgramName(v string) *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings

SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.

func (MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap added in v1.25.42 

type MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap struct {
	AudioPids []*int64 `locationName:"audioPids" type:"list"`

	DvbSubPids []*int64 `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"list"`

	DvbTeletextPid *int64 `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" type:"integer"`

	EtvPlatformPid *int64 `locationName:"etvPlatformPid" type:"integer"`

	EtvSignalPid *int64 `locationName:"etvSignalPid" type:"integer"`

	KlvDataPids []*int64 `locationName:"klvDataPids" type:"list"`

	PcrPid *int64 `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"integer"`

	PmtPid *int64 `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"integer"`

	PrivateMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"privateMetadataPid" type:"integer"`

	Scte27Pids []*int64 `locationName:"scte27Pids" type:"list"`

	Scte35Pid *int64 `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"integer"`

	TimedMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"integer"`

	VideoPid *int64 `locationName:"videoPid" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Packet identifiers map for a given Multiplex program.

func (MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetAudioPids added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetAudioPids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap

SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetDvbSubPids added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetDvbSubPids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap

SetDvbSubPids sets the DvbSubPids field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetDvbTeletextPid added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetDvbTeletextPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap

SetDvbTeletextPid sets the DvbTeletextPid field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetEtvPlatformPid added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetEtvPlatformPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap

SetEtvPlatformPid sets the EtvPlatformPid field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetEtvSignalPid added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetEtvSignalPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap

SetEtvSignalPid sets the EtvSignalPid field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetKlvDataPids added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetKlvDataPids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap

SetKlvDataPids sets the KlvDataPids field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPcrPid added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPcrPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap

SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPmtPid added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPmtPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap

SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPrivateMetadataPid added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPrivateMetadataPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap

SetPrivateMetadataPid sets the PrivateMetadataPid field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetScte27Pids added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetScte27Pids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap

SetScte27Pids sets the Scte27Pids field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetScte35Pid added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetScte35Pid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap

SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetTimedMetadataPid added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetTimedMetadataPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap

SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetVideoPid added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetVideoPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap

SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value.

func (MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail added in v1.35.7 

type MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail struct {

	// Identifies the channel pipeline that is currently active for the pipeline
	// (identified by PipelineId) in the multiplex.
	ActiveChannelPipeline *string `locationName:"activeChannelPipeline" type:"string"`

	// Identifies a specific pipeline in the multiplex.
	PipelineId *string `locationName:"pipelineId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The current source for one of the pipelines in the multiplex.

func (MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) GoString added in v1.35.7 

func (s MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) SetActiveChannelPipeline added in v1.35.7 

func (s *MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) SetActiveChannelPipeline(v string) *MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail

SetActiveChannelPipeline sets the ActiveChannelPipeline field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) SetPipelineId added in v1.35.7 

func (s *MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) SetPipelineId(v string) *MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail

SetPipelineId sets the PipelineId field's value.

func (MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) String added in v1.35.7 

func (s MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor added in v1.25.42 

type MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor struct {

	// Name of the provider.
	//
	// ProviderName is a required field
	ProviderName *string `locationName:"providerName" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Name of the service.
	//
	// ServiceName is a required field
	ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Transport stream service descriptor configuration for the Multiplex program.

func (MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) SetProviderName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) SetProviderName(v string) *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor

SetProviderName sets the ProviderName field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) SetServiceName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) SetServiceName(v string) *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor

SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value.

func (MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MultiplexProgramSettings added in v1.25.42 

type MultiplexProgramSettings struct {

	// Indicates which pipeline is preferred by the multiplex for program ingest.
	PreferredChannelPipeline *string `locationName:"preferredChannelPipeline" type:"string" enum:"PreferredChannelPipeline"`

	// Unique program number.
	//
	// ProgramNumber is a required field
	ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// Transport stream service descriptor configuration for the Multiplex program.
	ServiceDescriptor *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor `locationName:"serviceDescriptor" type:"structure"`

	// Program video settings configuration.
	VideoSettings *MultiplexVideoSettings `locationName:"videoSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Multiplex Program settings configuration.

func (MultiplexProgramSettings) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexProgramSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexProgramSettings) SetPreferredChannelPipeline added in v1.29.20 

func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetPreferredChannelPipeline(v string) *MultiplexProgramSettings

SetPreferredChannelPipeline sets the PreferredChannelPipeline field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramSettings) SetProgramNumber added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *MultiplexProgramSettings

SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramSettings) SetServiceDescriptor added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetServiceDescriptor(v *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) *MultiplexProgramSettings

SetServiceDescriptor sets the ServiceDescriptor field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramSettings) SetVideoSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetVideoSettings(v *MultiplexVideoSettings) *MultiplexProgramSettings

SetVideoSettings sets the VideoSettings field's value.

func (MultiplexProgramSettings) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexProgramSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexProgramSettings) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MultiplexProgramSummary added in v1.25.42 

type MultiplexProgramSummary struct {

	// The MediaLive Channel associated with the program.
	ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"`

	// The name of the multiplex program.
	ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (MultiplexProgramSummary) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexProgramSummary) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexProgramSummary) SetChannelId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramSummary) SetChannelId(v string) *MultiplexProgramSummary

SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.

func (*MultiplexProgramSummary) SetProgramName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexProgramSummary) SetProgramName(v string) *MultiplexProgramSummary

SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.

func (MultiplexProgramSummary) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexProgramSummary) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MultiplexSettings added in v1.25.42 

type MultiplexSettings struct {

	// Maximum video buffer delay in milliseconds.
	MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"maximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds" min:"800" type:"integer"`

	// Transport stream bit rate.
	//
	// TransportStreamBitrate is a required field
	TransportStreamBitrate *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamBitrate" min:"1e+06" type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// Transport stream ID.
	//
	// TransportStreamId is a required field
	TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// Transport stream reserved bit rate.
	TransportStreamReservedBitrate *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamReservedBitrate" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains configuration for a Multiplex event

func (MultiplexSettings) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexSettings) SetMaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetMaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds(v int64) *MultiplexSettings

SetMaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds sets the MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds field's value.

func (*MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamBitrate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexSettings

SetTransportStreamBitrate sets the TransportStreamBitrate field's value.

func (*MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *MultiplexSettings

SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value.

func (*MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamReservedBitrate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamReservedBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexSettings

SetTransportStreamReservedBitrate sets the TransportStreamReservedBitrate field's value.

func (MultiplexSettings) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexSettings) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MultiplexSettingsSummary added in v1.25.42 

type MultiplexSettingsSummary struct {

	// Transport stream bit rate.
	TransportStreamBitrate *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamBitrate" min:"1e+06" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains summary configuration for a Multiplex event.

func (MultiplexSettingsSummary) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexSettingsSummary) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexSettingsSummary) SetTransportStreamBitrate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexSettingsSummary) SetTransportStreamBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexSettingsSummary

SetTransportStreamBitrate sets the TransportStreamBitrate field's value.

func (MultiplexSettingsSummary) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexSettingsSummary) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings added in v1.25.42 

type MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings struct {

	// Maximum statmux bitrate.
	MaximumBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maximumBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"`

	// Minimum statmux bitrate.
	MinimumBitrate *int64 `locationName:"minimumBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"`

	// The purpose of the priority is to use a combination of the\nmultiplex rate
	// control algorithm and the QVBR capability of the\nencoder to prioritize the
	// video quality of some channels in a\nmultiplex over others. Channels that
	// have a higher priority will\nget higher video quality at the expense of the
	// video quality of\nother channels in the multiplex with lower priority.
	Priority *int64 `locationName:"priority" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Statmux rate control settings

func (MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) SetMaximumBitrate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) SetMaximumBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings

SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value.

func (*MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) SetMinimumBitrate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) SetMinimumBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings

SetMinimumBitrate sets the MinimumBitrate field's value.

func (*MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) SetPriority added in v1.35.7 

func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) SetPriority(v int64) *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings

SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.

func (MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MultiplexSummary added in v1.25.42 

type MultiplexSummary struct {

	// The unique arn of the multiplex.
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// A list of availability zones for the multiplex.
	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"`

	// The unique id of the multiplex.
	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// Configuration for a multiplex event.
	MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettingsSummary `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"`

	// The name of the multiplex.
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// The number of currently healthy pipelines.
	PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`

	// The number of programs in the multiplex.
	ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"`

	// The current state of the multiplex.
	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"`

	// A collection of key-value pairs.
	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (MultiplexSummary) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexSummary) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexSummary) SetArn added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetArn(v string) *MultiplexSummary

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*MultiplexSummary) SetAvailabilityZones added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *MultiplexSummary

SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.

func (*MultiplexSummary) SetId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetId(v string) *MultiplexSummary

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*MultiplexSummary) SetMultiplexSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettingsSummary) *MultiplexSummary

SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.

func (*MultiplexSummary) SetName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetName(v string) *MultiplexSummary

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*MultiplexSummary) SetPipelinesRunningCount added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *MultiplexSummary

SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.

func (*MultiplexSummary) SetProgramCount added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetProgramCount(v int64) *MultiplexSummary

SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value.

func (*MultiplexSummary) SetState added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetState(v string) *MultiplexSummary

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*MultiplexSummary) SetTags added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *MultiplexSummary

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (MultiplexSummary) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexSummary) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MultiplexVideoSettings added in v1.25.42 

type MultiplexVideoSettings struct {

	// The constant bitrate configuration for the video encode.When this field is
	// defined, StatmuxSettings must be undefined.
	ConstantBitrate *int64 `locationName:"constantBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"`

	// Statmux rate control settings.When this field is defined, ConstantBitrate
	// must be undefined.
	StatmuxSettings *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings `locationName:"statmuxSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The video configuration for each program in a multiplex.

func (MultiplexVideoSettings) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexVideoSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexVideoSettings) SetConstantBitrate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexVideoSettings) SetConstantBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexVideoSettings

SetConstantBitrate sets the ConstantBitrate field's value.

func (*MultiplexVideoSettings) SetStatmuxSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexVideoSettings) SetStatmuxSettings(v *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) *MultiplexVideoSettings

SetStatmuxSettings sets the StatmuxSettings field's value.

func (MultiplexVideoSettings) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s MultiplexVideoSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MultiplexVideoSettings) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *MultiplexVideoSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type NetworkInputSettings 

type NetworkInputSettings struct {

	// Specifies HLS input settings when the uri is for a HLS manifest.
	HlsInputSettings *HlsInputSettings `locationName:"hlsInputSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Check HTTPS server certificates. When set to checkCryptographyOnly, cryptography
	// in the certificate will be checked, but not the server's name. Certain subdomains
	// (notably S3 buckets that use dots in the bucket name) do not strictly match
	// the corresponding certificate's wildcard pattern and would otherwise cause
	// the event to error. This setting is ignored for protocols that do not use
	// https.
	ServerValidation *string `locationName:"serverValidation" type:"string" enum:"NetworkInputServerValidation"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Network source to transcode. Must be accessible to the Elemental Live node that is running the live event through a network connection.

func (NetworkInputSettings) GoString 

func (s NetworkInputSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*NetworkInputSettings) SetHlsInputSettings 

func (s *NetworkInputSettings) SetHlsInputSettings(v *HlsInputSettings) *NetworkInputSettings

SetHlsInputSettings sets the HlsInputSettings field's value.

func (*NetworkInputSettings) SetServerValidation 

func (s *NetworkInputSettings) SetServerValidation(v string) *NetworkInputSettings

SetServerValidation sets the ServerValidation field's value.

func (NetworkInputSettings) String 

func (s NetworkInputSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type NielsenConfiguration added in v1.25.42 

type NielsenConfiguration struct {

	// Enter the Distributor ID assigned to your organization by Nielsen.
	DistributorId *string `locationName:"distributorId" type:"string"`

	// Enables Nielsen PCM to ID3 tagging
	NielsenPcmToId3Tagging *string `locationName:"nielsenPcmToId3Tagging" type:"string" enum:"NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Nielsen Configuration

func (NielsenConfiguration) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s NielsenConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*NielsenConfiguration) SetDistributorId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *NielsenConfiguration) SetDistributorId(v string) *NielsenConfiguration

SetDistributorId sets the DistributorId field's value.

func (*NielsenConfiguration) SetNielsenPcmToId3Tagging added in v1.25.42 

func (s *NielsenConfiguration) SetNielsenPcmToId3Tagging(v string) *NielsenConfiguration

SetNielsenPcmToId3Tagging sets the NielsenPcmToId3Tagging field's value.

func (NielsenConfiguration) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s NielsenConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type NotFoundException added in v1.28.0 

type NotFoundException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (*NotFoundException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *NotFoundException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*NotFoundException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *NotFoundException) Error() string

func (NotFoundException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s NotFoundException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*NotFoundException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *NotFoundException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*NotFoundException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *NotFoundException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*NotFoundException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *NotFoundException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*NotFoundException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *NotFoundException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (NotFoundException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s NotFoundException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Offering added in v1.14.10 

type Offering struct {

	// Unique offering ARN, e.g. 'arn:aws:medialive:us-west-2:123456789012:offering:87654321'
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// Currency code for usagePrice and fixedPrice in ISO-4217 format, e.g. 'USD'
	CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"`

	// Lease duration, e.g. '12'
	Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`

	// Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
	DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"`

	// One-time charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '0.0' for a NO_UPFRONT offering
	FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"`

	// Offering description, e.g. 'HD AVC output at 10-20 Mbps, 30 fps, and standard
	// VQ in US West (Oregon)'
	OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"`

	// Unique offering ID, e.g. '87654321'
	OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"`

	// Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
	OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"`

	// AWS region, e.g. 'us-west-2'
	Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"`

	// Resource configuration details
	ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// Recurring usage charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '157.0'
	UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Reserved resources available for purchase

func (Offering) GoString added in v1.14.10 

func (s Offering) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Offering) SetArn added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Offering) SetArn(v string) *Offering

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*Offering) SetCurrencyCode added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Offering) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *Offering

SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.

func (*Offering) SetDuration added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Offering) SetDuration(v int64) *Offering

SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.

func (*Offering) SetDurationUnits added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Offering) SetDurationUnits(v string) *Offering

SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value.

func (*Offering) SetFixedPrice added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Offering) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *Offering

SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.

func (*Offering) SetOfferingDescription added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Offering) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *Offering

SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value.

func (*Offering) SetOfferingId added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Offering) SetOfferingId(v string) *Offering

SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.

func (*Offering) SetOfferingType added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Offering) SetOfferingType(v string) *Offering

SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.

func (*Offering) SetRegion added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Offering) SetRegion(v string) *Offering

SetRegion sets the Region field's value.

func (*Offering) SetResourceSpecification added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Offering) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *Offering

SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value.

func (*Offering) SetUsagePrice added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Offering) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *Offering

SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.

func (Offering) String added in v1.14.10 

func (s Offering) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Output 

type Output struct {

	// The names of the AudioDescriptions used as audio sources for this output.
	AudioDescriptionNames []*string `locationName:"audioDescriptionNames" type:"list"`

	// The names of the CaptionDescriptions used as caption sources for this output.
	CaptionDescriptionNames []*string `locationName:"captionDescriptionNames" type:"list"`

	// The name used to identify an output.
	OutputName *string `locationName:"outputName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Output type-specific settings.
	//
	// OutputSettings is a required field
	OutputSettings *OutputSettings `locationName:"outputSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The name of the VideoDescription used as the source for this output.
	VideoDescriptionName *string `locationName:"videoDescriptionName" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Output settings. There can be multiple outputs within a group.

func (Output) GoString 

func (s Output) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Output) SetAudioDescriptionNames 

func (s *Output) SetAudioDescriptionNames(v []*string) *Output

SetAudioDescriptionNames sets the AudioDescriptionNames field's value.

func (*Output) SetCaptionDescriptionNames 

func (s *Output) SetCaptionDescriptionNames(v []*string) *Output

SetCaptionDescriptionNames sets the CaptionDescriptionNames field's value.

func (*Output) SetOutputName 

func (s *Output) SetOutputName(v string) *Output

SetOutputName sets the OutputName field's value.

func (*Output) SetOutputSettings 

func (s *Output) SetOutputSettings(v *OutputSettings) *Output

SetOutputSettings sets the OutputSettings field's value.

func (*Output) SetVideoDescriptionName 

func (s *Output) SetVideoDescriptionName(v string) *Output

SetVideoDescriptionName sets the VideoDescriptionName field's value.

func (Output) String 

func (s Output) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Output) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *Output) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type OutputDestination 

type OutputDestination struct {

	// User-specified id. This is used in an output group or an output.
	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// Destination settings for a MediaPackage output; one destination for both
	// encoders.
	MediaPackageSettings []*MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings `locationName:"mediaPackageSettings" type:"list"`

	// Destination settings for a Multiplex output; one destination for both encoders.
	MultiplexSettings *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Destination settings for a standard output; one destination for each redundant
	// encoder.
	Settings []*OutputDestinationSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (OutputDestination) GoString 

func (s OutputDestination) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*OutputDestination) SetId 

func (s *OutputDestination) SetId(v string) *OutputDestination

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*OutputDestination) SetMediaPackageSettings added in v1.17.13 

func (s *OutputDestination) SetMediaPackageSettings(v []*MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) *OutputDestination

SetMediaPackageSettings sets the MediaPackageSettings field's value.

func (*OutputDestination) SetMultiplexSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *OutputDestination) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) *OutputDestination

SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.

func (*OutputDestination) SetSettings 

func (s *OutputDestination) SetSettings(v []*OutputDestinationSettings) *OutputDestination

SetSettings sets the Settings field's value.

func (OutputDestination) String 

func (s OutputDestination) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*OutputDestination) Validate added in v1.17.13 

func (s *OutputDestination) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type OutputDestinationSettings 

type OutputDestinationSettings struct {

	// key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store
	PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"`

	// Stream name for RTMP destinations (URLs of type rtmp://)
	StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"`

	// A URL specifying a destination
	Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`

	// username for destination
	Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (OutputDestinationSettings) GoString 

func (s OutputDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*OutputDestinationSettings) SetPasswordParam 

func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetPasswordParam(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings

SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value.

func (*OutputDestinationSettings) SetStreamName added in v1.13.34 

func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetStreamName(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings

SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value.

func (*OutputDestinationSettings) SetUrl 

func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetUrl(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings

SetUrl sets the Url field's value.

func (*OutputDestinationSettings) SetUsername 

func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetUsername(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings

SetUsername sets the Username field's value.

func (OutputDestinationSettings) String 

func (s OutputDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OutputGroup 

type OutputGroup struct {

	// Custom output group name optionally defined by the user. Only letters, numbers,
	// and the underscore character allowed; only 32 characters allowed.
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// Settings associated with the output group.
	//
	// OutputGroupSettings is a required field
	OutputGroupSettings *OutputGroupSettings `locationName:"outputGroupSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Outputs is a required field
	Outputs []*Output `locationName:"outputs" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Output groups for this Live Event. Output groups contain information about where streams should be distributed.

func (OutputGroup) GoString 

func (s OutputGroup) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*OutputGroup) SetName 

func (s *OutputGroup) SetName(v string) *OutputGroup

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*OutputGroup) SetOutputGroupSettings 

func (s *OutputGroup) SetOutputGroupSettings(v *OutputGroupSettings) *OutputGroup

SetOutputGroupSettings sets the OutputGroupSettings field's value.

func (*OutputGroup) SetOutputs 

func (s *OutputGroup) SetOutputs(v []*Output) *OutputGroup

SetOutputs sets the Outputs field's value.

func (OutputGroup) String 

func (s OutputGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*OutputGroup) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *OutputGroup) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type OutputGroupSettings 

type OutputGroupSettings struct {

	// Archive Group Settings
	ArchiveGroupSettings *ArchiveGroupSettings `locationName:"archiveGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Frame Capture Group Settings
	FrameCaptureGroupSettings *FrameCaptureGroupSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Hls Group Settings
	HlsGroupSettings *HlsGroupSettings `locationName:"hlsGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Media Package Group Settings
	MediaPackageGroupSettings *MediaPackageGroupSettings `locationName:"mediaPackageGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Ms Smooth Group Settings
	MsSmoothGroupSettings *MsSmoothGroupSettings `locationName:"msSmoothGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Multiplex Group Settings
	MultiplexGroupSettings *MultiplexGroupSettings `locationName:"multiplexGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Rtmp Group Settings
	RtmpGroupSettings *RtmpGroupSettings `locationName:"rtmpGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Udp Group Settings
	UdpGroupSettings *UdpGroupSettings `locationName:"udpGroupSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Output Group Settings

func (OutputGroupSettings) GoString 

func (s OutputGroupSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*OutputGroupSettings) SetArchiveGroupSettings 

func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetArchiveGroupSettings(v *ArchiveGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings

SetArchiveGroupSettings sets the ArchiveGroupSettings field's value.

func (*OutputGroupSettings) SetFrameCaptureGroupSettings added in v1.16.26 

func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetFrameCaptureGroupSettings(v *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings

SetFrameCaptureGroupSettings sets the FrameCaptureGroupSettings field's value.

func (*OutputGroupSettings) SetHlsGroupSettings 

func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetHlsGroupSettings(v *HlsGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings

SetHlsGroupSettings sets the HlsGroupSettings field's value.

func (*OutputGroupSettings) SetMediaPackageGroupSettings added in v1.17.13 

func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMediaPackageGroupSettings(v *MediaPackageGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings

SetMediaPackageGroupSettings sets the MediaPackageGroupSettings field's value.

func (*OutputGroupSettings) SetMsSmoothGroupSettings 

func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMsSmoothGroupSettings(v *MsSmoothGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings

SetMsSmoothGroupSettings sets the MsSmoothGroupSettings field's value.

func (*OutputGroupSettings) SetMultiplexGroupSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMultiplexGroupSettings(v *MultiplexGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings

SetMultiplexGroupSettings sets the MultiplexGroupSettings field's value.

func (*OutputGroupSettings) SetRtmpGroupSettings added in v1.13.34 

func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetRtmpGroupSettings(v *RtmpGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings

SetRtmpGroupSettings sets the RtmpGroupSettings field's value.

func (*OutputGroupSettings) SetUdpGroupSettings 

func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetUdpGroupSettings(v *UdpGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings

SetUdpGroupSettings sets the UdpGroupSettings field's value.

func (OutputGroupSettings) String 

func (s OutputGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*OutputGroupSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *OutputGroupSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type OutputLocationRef 

type OutputLocationRef struct {
	DestinationRefId *string `locationName:"destinationRefId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Reference to an OutputDestination ID defined in the channel

func (OutputLocationRef) GoString 

func (s OutputLocationRef) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*OutputLocationRef) SetDestinationRefId 

func (s *OutputLocationRef) SetDestinationRefId(v string) *OutputLocationRef

SetDestinationRefId sets the DestinationRefId field's value.

func (OutputLocationRef) String 

func (s OutputLocationRef) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OutputSettings 

type OutputSettings struct {

	// Archive Output Settings
	ArchiveOutputSettings *ArchiveOutputSettings `locationName:"archiveOutputSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Frame Capture Output Settings
	FrameCaptureOutputSettings *FrameCaptureOutputSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureOutputSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Hls Output Settings
	HlsOutputSettings *HlsOutputSettings `locationName:"hlsOutputSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Media Package Output Settings
	MediaPackageOutputSettings *MediaPackageOutputSettings `locationName:"mediaPackageOutputSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Ms Smooth Output Settings
	MsSmoothOutputSettings *MsSmoothOutputSettings `locationName:"msSmoothOutputSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Multiplex Output Settings
	MultiplexOutputSettings *MultiplexOutputSettings `locationName:"multiplexOutputSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Rtmp Output Settings
	RtmpOutputSettings *RtmpOutputSettings `locationName:"rtmpOutputSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Udp Output Settings
	UdpOutputSettings *UdpOutputSettings `locationName:"udpOutputSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Output Settings

func (OutputSettings) GoString 

func (s OutputSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*OutputSettings) SetArchiveOutputSettings 

func (s *OutputSettings) SetArchiveOutputSettings(v *ArchiveOutputSettings) *OutputSettings

SetArchiveOutputSettings sets the ArchiveOutputSettings field's value.

func (*OutputSettings) SetFrameCaptureOutputSettings added in v1.16.26 

func (s *OutputSettings) SetFrameCaptureOutputSettings(v *FrameCaptureOutputSettings) *OutputSettings

SetFrameCaptureOutputSettings sets the FrameCaptureOutputSettings field's value.

func (*OutputSettings) SetHlsOutputSettings 

func (s *OutputSettings) SetHlsOutputSettings(v *HlsOutputSettings) *OutputSettings

SetHlsOutputSettings sets the HlsOutputSettings field's value.

func (*OutputSettings) SetMediaPackageOutputSettings added in v1.17.13 

func (s *OutputSettings) SetMediaPackageOutputSettings(v *MediaPackageOutputSettings) *OutputSettings

SetMediaPackageOutputSettings sets the MediaPackageOutputSettings field's value.

func (*OutputSettings) SetMsSmoothOutputSettings 

func (s *OutputSettings) SetMsSmoothOutputSettings(v *MsSmoothOutputSettings) *OutputSettings

SetMsSmoothOutputSettings sets the MsSmoothOutputSettings field's value.

func (*OutputSettings) SetMultiplexOutputSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *OutputSettings) SetMultiplexOutputSettings(v *MultiplexOutputSettings) *OutputSettings

SetMultiplexOutputSettings sets the MultiplexOutputSettings field's value.

func (*OutputSettings) SetRtmpOutputSettings added in v1.13.34 

func (s *OutputSettings) SetRtmpOutputSettings(v *RtmpOutputSettings) *OutputSettings

SetRtmpOutputSettings sets the RtmpOutputSettings field's value.

func (*OutputSettings) SetUdpOutputSettings 

func (s *OutputSettings) SetUdpOutputSettings(v *UdpOutputSettings) *OutputSettings

SetUdpOutputSettings sets the UdpOutputSettings field's value.

func (OutputSettings) String 

func (s OutputSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*OutputSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *OutputSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PassThroughSettings 

type PassThroughSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Pass Through Settings

func (PassThroughSettings) GoString 

func (s PassThroughSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PassThroughSettings) String 

func (s PassThroughSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PauseStateScheduleActionSettings added in v1.17.11 

type PauseStateScheduleActionSettings struct {
	Pipelines []*PipelinePauseStateSettings `locationName:"pipelines" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for the action to set pause state of a channel.

func (PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) GoString added in v1.17.11 

func (s PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) SetPipelines added in v1.17.11 

func (s *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) SetPipelines(v []*PipelinePauseStateSettings) *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings

SetPipelines sets the Pipelines field's value.

func (PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) String added in v1.17.11 

func (s PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) Validate added in v1.17.11 

func (s *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PipelineDetail added in v1.21.5 

type PipelineDetail struct {

	// The name of the active input attachment currently being ingested by this
	// pipeline.
	ActiveInputAttachmentName *string `locationName:"activeInputAttachmentName" type:"string"`

	// The name of the input switch schedule action that occurred most recently
	// and that resulted in the switch to the current input attachment for this
	// pipeline.
	ActiveInputSwitchActionName *string `locationName:"activeInputSwitchActionName" type:"string"`

	// The name of the motion graphics activate action that occurred most recently
	// and that resulted in the current graphics URI for this pipeline.
	ActiveMotionGraphicsActionName *string `locationName:"activeMotionGraphicsActionName" type:"string"`

	// The current URI being used for HTML5 motion graphics for this pipeline.
	ActiveMotionGraphicsUri *string `locationName:"activeMotionGraphicsUri" type:"string"`

	// Pipeline ID
	PipelineId *string `locationName:"pipelineId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Runtime details of a pipeline when a channel is running.

func (PipelineDetail) GoString added in v1.21.5 

func (s PipelineDetail) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PipelineDetail) SetActiveInputAttachmentName added in v1.21.5 

func (s *PipelineDetail) SetActiveInputAttachmentName(v string) *PipelineDetail

SetActiveInputAttachmentName sets the ActiveInputAttachmentName field's value.

func (*PipelineDetail) SetActiveInputSwitchActionName added in v1.21.5 

func (s *PipelineDetail) SetActiveInputSwitchActionName(v string) *PipelineDetail

SetActiveInputSwitchActionName sets the ActiveInputSwitchActionName field's value.

func (*PipelineDetail) SetActiveMotionGraphicsActionName added in v1.38.13 

func (s *PipelineDetail) SetActiveMotionGraphicsActionName(v string) *PipelineDetail

SetActiveMotionGraphicsActionName sets the ActiveMotionGraphicsActionName field's value.

func (*PipelineDetail) SetActiveMotionGraphicsUri added in v1.38.13 

func (s *PipelineDetail) SetActiveMotionGraphicsUri(v string) *PipelineDetail

SetActiveMotionGraphicsUri sets the ActiveMotionGraphicsUri field's value.

func (*PipelineDetail) SetPipelineId added in v1.21.5 

func (s *PipelineDetail) SetPipelineId(v string) *PipelineDetail

SetPipelineId sets the PipelineId field's value.

func (PipelineDetail) String added in v1.21.5 

func (s PipelineDetail) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PipelinePauseStateSettings added in v1.17.11 

type PipelinePauseStateSettings struct {

	// Pipeline ID to pause ("PIPELINE_0" or "PIPELINE_1").
	//
	// PipelineId is a required field
	PipelineId *string `locationName:"pipelineId" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PipelineId"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for pausing a pipeline.

func (PipelinePauseStateSettings) GoString added in v1.17.11 

func (s PipelinePauseStateSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PipelinePauseStateSettings) SetPipelineId added in v1.17.11 

func (s *PipelinePauseStateSettings) SetPipelineId(v string) *PipelinePauseStateSettings

SetPipelineId sets the PipelineId field's value.

func (PipelinePauseStateSettings) String added in v1.17.11 

func (s PipelinePauseStateSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PipelinePauseStateSettings) Validate added in v1.17.11 

func (s *PipelinePauseStateSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PurchaseOfferingInput added in v1.14.10 

type PurchaseOfferingInput struct {

	// Count is a required field
	Count *int64 `locationName:"count" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// OfferingId is a required field
	OfferingId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"offeringId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`

	Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PurchaseOfferingInput) GoString added in v1.14.10 

func (s PurchaseOfferingInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PurchaseOfferingInput) SetCount added in v1.14.10 

func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetCount(v int64) *PurchaseOfferingInput

SetCount sets the Count field's value.

func (*PurchaseOfferingInput) SetName added in v1.14.10 

func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetName(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*PurchaseOfferingInput) SetOfferingId added in v1.14.10 

func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetOfferingId(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput

SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.

func (*PurchaseOfferingInput) SetRequestId added in v1.14.10 

func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetRequestId(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput

SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.

func (*PurchaseOfferingInput) SetStart added in v1.15.58 

func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetStart(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput

SetStart sets the Start field's value.

func (*PurchaseOfferingInput) SetTags added in v1.19.11 

func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *PurchaseOfferingInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (PurchaseOfferingInput) String added in v1.14.10 

func (s PurchaseOfferingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PurchaseOfferingInput) Validate added in v1.14.10 

func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PurchaseOfferingOutput added in v1.14.10 

type PurchaseOfferingOutput struct {

	// Reserved resources available to use
	Reservation *Reservation `locationName:"reservation" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PurchaseOfferingOutput) GoString added in v1.14.10 

func (s PurchaseOfferingOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PurchaseOfferingOutput) SetReservation added in v1.14.10 

func (s *PurchaseOfferingOutput) SetReservation(v *Reservation) *PurchaseOfferingOutput

SetReservation sets the Reservation field's value.

func (PurchaseOfferingOutput) String added in v1.14.10 

func (s PurchaseOfferingOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RawSettings added in v1.35.7 

type RawSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Raw Settings

func (RawSettings) GoString added in v1.35.7 

func (s RawSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (RawSettings) String added in v1.35.7 

func (s RawSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Rec601Settings added in v1.23.21 

type Rec601Settings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Rec601 Settings

func (Rec601Settings) GoString added in v1.23.21 

func (s Rec601Settings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (Rec601Settings) String added in v1.23.21 

func (s Rec601Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Rec709Settings added in v1.23.21 

type Rec709Settings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Rec709 Settings

func (Rec709Settings) GoString added in v1.23.21 

func (s Rec709Settings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (Rec709Settings) String added in v1.23.21 

func (s Rec709Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RejectInputDeviceTransferInput added in v1.35.9 

type RejectInputDeviceTransferInput struct {

	// InputDeviceId is a required field
	InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RejectInputDeviceTransferInput) GoString added in v1.35.9 

func (s RejectInputDeviceTransferInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RejectInputDeviceTransferInput) SetInputDeviceId added in v1.35.9 

func (s *RejectInputDeviceTransferInput) SetInputDeviceId(v string) *RejectInputDeviceTransferInput

SetInputDeviceId sets the InputDeviceId field's value.

func (RejectInputDeviceTransferInput) String added in v1.35.9 

func (s RejectInputDeviceTransferInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RejectInputDeviceTransferInput) Validate added in v1.35.9 

func (s *RejectInputDeviceTransferInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RejectInputDeviceTransferOutput added in v1.35.9 

type RejectInputDeviceTransferOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RejectInputDeviceTransferOutput) GoString added in v1.35.9 

func (s RejectInputDeviceTransferOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (RejectInputDeviceTransferOutput) String added in v1.35.9 

func (s RejectInputDeviceTransferOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RemixSettings 

type RemixSettings struct {

	// Mapping of input channels to output channels, with appropriate gain adjustments.
	//
	// ChannelMappings is a required field
	ChannelMappings []*AudioChannelMapping `locationName:"channelMappings" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// Number of input channels to be used.
	ChannelsIn *int64 `locationName:"channelsIn" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Number of output channels to be produced.Valid values: 1, 2, 4, 6, 8
	ChannelsOut *int64 `locationName:"channelsOut" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Remix Settings

func (RemixSettings) GoString 

func (s RemixSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RemixSettings) SetChannelMappings 

func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelMappings(v []*AudioChannelMapping) *RemixSettings

SetChannelMappings sets the ChannelMappings field's value.

func (*RemixSettings) SetChannelsIn 

func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelsIn(v int64) *RemixSettings

SetChannelsIn sets the ChannelsIn field's value.

func (*RemixSettings) SetChannelsOut 

func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelsOut(v int64) *RemixSettings

SetChannelsOut sets the ChannelsOut field's value.

func (RemixSettings) String 

func (s RemixSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RemixSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *RemixSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Reservation added in v1.14.10 

type Reservation struct {

	// Unique reservation ARN, e.g. 'arn:aws:medialive:us-west-2:123456789012:reservation:1234567'
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// Number of reserved resources
	Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"`

	// Currency code for usagePrice and fixedPrice in ISO-4217 format, e.g. 'USD'
	CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"`

	// Lease duration, e.g. '12'
	Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`

	// Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
	DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"`

	// Reservation UTC end date and time in ISO-8601 format, e.g. '2019-03-01T00:00:00'
	End *string `locationName:"end" type:"string"`

	// One-time charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '0.0' for a NO_UPFRONT offering
	FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"`

	// User specified reservation name
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// Offering description, e.g. 'HD AVC output at 10-20 Mbps, 30 fps, and standard
	// VQ in US West (Oregon)'
	OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"`

	// Unique offering ID, e.g. '87654321'
	OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"`

	// Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
	OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"`

	// AWS region, e.g. 'us-west-2'
	Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"`

	// Unique reservation ID, e.g. '1234567'
	ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"`

	// Resource configuration details
	ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// Reservation UTC start date and time in ISO-8601 format, e.g. '2018-03-01T00:00:00'
	Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"`

	// Current state of reservation, e.g. 'ACTIVE'
	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"`

	// A collection of key-value pairs
	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	// Recurring usage charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '157.0'
	UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Reserved resources available to use

func (Reservation) GoString added in v1.14.10 

func (s Reservation) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Reservation) SetArn added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetArn(v string) *Reservation

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetCount added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetCount(v int64) *Reservation

SetCount sets the Count field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetCurrencyCode added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *Reservation

SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetDuration added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetDuration(v int64) *Reservation

SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetDurationUnits added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetDurationUnits(v string) *Reservation

SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetEnd added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetEnd(v string) *Reservation

SetEnd sets the End field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetFixedPrice added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *Reservation

SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetName added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetName(v string) *Reservation

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetOfferingDescription added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *Reservation

SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetOfferingId added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetOfferingId(v string) *Reservation

SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetOfferingType added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetOfferingType(v string) *Reservation

SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetRegion added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetRegion(v string) *Reservation

SetRegion sets the Region field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetReservationId added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetReservationId(v string) *Reservation

SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetResourceSpecification added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *Reservation

SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetStart added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetStart(v string) *Reservation

SetStart sets the Start field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetState added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetState(v string) *Reservation

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetTags added in v1.19.11 

func (s *Reservation) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Reservation

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*Reservation) SetUsagePrice added in v1.14.10 

func (s *Reservation) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *Reservation

SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.

func (Reservation) String added in v1.14.10 

func (s Reservation) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ReservationResourceSpecification added in v1.14.10 

type ReservationResourceSpecification struct {

	// Channel class, e.g. 'STANDARD'
	ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"`

	// Codec, e.g. 'AVC'
	Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"ReservationCodec"`

	// Maximum bitrate, e.g. 'MAX_20_MBPS'
	MaximumBitrate *string `locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string" enum:"ReservationMaximumBitrate"`

	// Maximum framerate, e.g. 'MAX_30_FPS' (Outputs only)
	MaximumFramerate *string `locationName:"maximumFramerate" type:"string" enum:"ReservationMaximumFramerate"`

	// Resolution, e.g. 'HD'
	Resolution *string `locationName:"resolution" type:"string" enum:"ReservationResolution"`

	// Resource type, 'INPUT', 'OUTPUT', 'MULTIPLEX', or 'CHANNEL'
	ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string" enum:"ReservationResourceType"`

	// Special feature, e.g. 'AUDIO_NORMALIZATION' (Channels only)
	SpecialFeature *string `locationName:"specialFeature" type:"string" enum:"ReservationSpecialFeature"`

	// Video quality, e.g. 'STANDARD' (Outputs only)
	VideoQuality *string `locationName:"videoQuality" type:"string" enum:"ReservationVideoQuality"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...)

func (ReservationResourceSpecification) GoString added in v1.14.10 

func (s ReservationResourceSpecification) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ReservationResourceSpecification) SetChannelClass added in v1.19.11 

func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetChannelClass(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification

SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.

func (*ReservationResourceSpecification) SetCodec added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetCodec(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification

SetCodec sets the Codec field's value.

func (*ReservationResourceSpecification) SetMaximumBitrate added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification

SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value.

func (*ReservationResourceSpecification) SetMaximumFramerate added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetMaximumFramerate(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification

SetMaximumFramerate sets the MaximumFramerate field's value.

func (*ReservationResourceSpecification) SetResolution added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetResolution(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification

SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value.

func (*ReservationResourceSpecification) SetResourceType added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetResourceType(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification

SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.

func (*ReservationResourceSpecification) SetSpecialFeature added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetSpecialFeature(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification

SetSpecialFeature sets the SpecialFeature field's value.

func (*ReservationResourceSpecification) SetVideoQuality added in v1.14.10 

func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetVideoQuality(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification

SetVideoQuality sets the VideoQuality field's value.

func (ReservationResourceSpecification) String added in v1.14.10 

func (s ReservationResourceSpecification) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings added in v1.13.34 

type RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Rtmp Caption Info Destination Settings

func (RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings) GoString added in v1.13.34 

func (s RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings) String added in v1.13.34 

func (s RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RtmpGroupSettings added in v1.13.34 

type RtmpGroupSettings struct {

	// Choose the ad marker type for this output group. MediaLive will create a
	// message based on the content of each SCTE-35 message, format it for that
	// marker type, and insert it in the datastream.
	AdMarkers []*string `locationName:"adMarkers" type:"list"`

	// Authentication scheme to use when connecting with CDN
	AuthenticationScheme *string `locationName:"authenticationScheme" type:"string" enum:"AuthenticationScheme"`

	// Controls behavior when content cache fills up. If remote origin server stalls
	// the RTMP connection and does not accept content fast enough the 'Media Cache'
	// will fill up. When the cache reaches the duration specified by cacheLength
	// the cache will stop accepting new content. If set to disconnectImmediately,
	// the RTMP output will force a disconnect. Clear the media cache, and reconnect
	// after restartDelay seconds. If set to waitForServer, the RTMP output will
	// wait up to 5 minutes to allow the origin server to begin accepting data again.
	CacheFullBehavior *string `locationName:"cacheFullBehavior" type:"string" enum:"RtmpCacheFullBehavior"`

	// Cache length, in seconds, is used to calculate buffer size.
	CacheLength *int64 `locationName:"cacheLength" min:"30" type:"integer"`

	// Controls the types of data that passes to onCaptionInfo outputs. If set to
	// 'all' then 608 and 708 carried DTVCC data will be passed. If set to 'field1AndField2608'
	// then DTVCC data will be stripped out, but 608 data from both fields will
	// be passed. If set to 'field1608' then only the data carried in 608 from field
	// 1 video will be passed.
	CaptionData *string `locationName:"captionData" type:"string" enum:"RtmpCaptionData"`

	// Controls the behavior of this RTMP group if input becomes unavailable.- emitOutput:
	// Emit a slate until input returns.- pauseOutput: Stop transmitting data until
	// input returns. This does not close the underlying RTMP connection.
	InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForRtmpOut"`

	// If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is
	// initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
	RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Rtmp Group Settings

func (RtmpGroupSettings) GoString added in v1.13.34 

func (s RtmpGroupSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RtmpGroupSettings) SetAdMarkers added in v1.35.23 

func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetAdMarkers(v []*string) *RtmpGroupSettings

SetAdMarkers sets the AdMarkers field's value.

func (*RtmpGroupSettings) SetAuthenticationScheme added in v1.13.34 

func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetAuthenticationScheme(v string) *RtmpGroupSettings

SetAuthenticationScheme sets the AuthenticationScheme field's value.

func (*RtmpGroupSettings) SetCacheFullBehavior added in v1.13.34 

func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetCacheFullBehavior(v string) *RtmpGroupSettings

SetCacheFullBehavior sets the CacheFullBehavior field's value.

func (*RtmpGroupSettings) SetCacheLength added in v1.13.34 

func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetCacheLength(v int64) *RtmpGroupSettings

SetCacheLength sets the CacheLength field's value.

func (*RtmpGroupSettings) SetCaptionData added in v1.13.34 

func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetCaptionData(v string) *RtmpGroupSettings

SetCaptionData sets the CaptionData field's value.

func (*RtmpGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction added in v1.15.80 

func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *RtmpGroupSettings

SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value.

func (*RtmpGroupSettings) SetRestartDelay added in v1.13.34 

func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *RtmpGroupSettings

SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value.

func (RtmpGroupSettings) String added in v1.13.34 

func (s RtmpGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RtmpGroupSettings) Validate added in v1.13.34 

func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RtmpOutputSettings added in v1.13.34 

type RtmpOutputSettings struct {

	// If set to verifyAuthenticity, verify the tls certificate chain to a trusted
	// Certificate Authority (CA). This will cause rtmps outputs with self-signed
	// certificates to fail.
	CertificateMode *string `locationName:"certificateMode" type:"string" enum:"RtmpOutputCertificateMode"`

	// Number of seconds to wait before retrying a connection to the Flash Media
	// server if the connection is lost.
	ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The RTMP endpoint excluding the stream name (eg. rtmp://host/appname). For
	// connection to Akamai, a username and password must be supplied. URI fields
	// accept format identifiers.
	//
	// Destination is a required field
	Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Number of retry attempts.
	NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Rtmp Output Settings

func (RtmpOutputSettings) GoString added in v1.13.34 

func (s RtmpOutputSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RtmpOutputSettings) SetCertificateMode added in v1.13.34 

func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) SetCertificateMode(v string) *RtmpOutputSettings

SetCertificateMode sets the CertificateMode field's value.

func (*RtmpOutputSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval added in v1.13.34 

func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *RtmpOutputSettings

SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value.

func (*RtmpOutputSettings) SetDestination added in v1.13.34 

func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *RtmpOutputSettings

SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.

func (*RtmpOutputSettings) SetNumRetries added in v1.13.34 

func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *RtmpOutputSettings

SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value.

func (RtmpOutputSettings) String added in v1.13.34 

func (s RtmpOutputSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RtmpOutputSettings) Validate added in v1.13.34 

func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ScheduleAction added in v1.15.19 

type ScheduleAction struct {

	// The name of the action, must be unique within the schedule. This name provides
	// the main reference to an action once it is added to the schedule. A name
	// is unique if it is no longer in the schedule. The schedule is automatically
	// cleaned up to remove actions with a start time of more than 1 hour ago (approximately)
	// so at that point a name can be reused.
	//
	// ActionName is a required field
	ActionName *string `locationName:"actionName" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Settings for this schedule action.
	//
	// ScheduleActionSettings is a required field
	ScheduleActionSettings *ScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scheduleActionSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The time for the action to start in the channel.
	//
	// ScheduleActionStartSettings is a required field
	ScheduleActionStartSettings *ScheduleActionStartSettings `locationName:"scheduleActionStartSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains information on a single schedule action.

func (ScheduleAction) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s ScheduleAction) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ScheduleAction) SetActionName added in v1.15.19 

func (s *ScheduleAction) SetActionName(v string) *ScheduleAction

SetActionName sets the ActionName field's value.

func (*ScheduleAction) SetScheduleActionSettings added in v1.15.19 

func (s *ScheduleAction) SetScheduleActionSettings(v *ScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleAction

SetScheduleActionSettings sets the ScheduleActionSettings field's value.

func (*ScheduleAction) SetScheduleActionStartSettings added in v1.15.19 

func (s *ScheduleAction) SetScheduleActionStartSettings(v *ScheduleActionStartSettings) *ScheduleAction

SetScheduleActionStartSettings sets the ScheduleActionStartSettings field's value.

func (ScheduleAction) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s ScheduleAction) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ScheduleAction) Validate added in v1.15.19 

func (s *ScheduleAction) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ScheduleActionSettings added in v1.15.19 

type ScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// Action to insert HLS ID3 segment tagging
	HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"hlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Action to insert HLS metadata
	HlsTimedMetadataSettings *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"hlsTimedMetadataSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Action to prepare an input for a future immediate input switch
	InputPrepareSettings *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"inputPrepareSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Action to switch the input
	InputSwitchSettings *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"inputSwitchSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Action to activate a motion graphics image overlay
	MotionGraphicsImageActivateSettings *MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"motionGraphicsImageActivateSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Action to deactivate a motion graphics image overlay
	MotionGraphicsImageDeactivateSettings *MotionGraphicsDeactivateScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"motionGraphicsImageDeactivateSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Action to pause or unpause one or both channel pipelines
	PauseStateSettings *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"pauseStateSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Action to insert SCTE-35 return_to_network message
	Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Action to insert SCTE-35 splice_insert message
	Scte35SpliceInsertSettings *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scte35SpliceInsertSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Action to insert SCTE-35 time_signal message
	Scte35TimeSignalSettings *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scte35TimeSignalSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Action to activate a static image overlay
	StaticImageActivateSettings *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"staticImageActivateSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Action to deactivate a static image overlay
	StaticImageDeactivateSettings *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"staticImageDeactivateSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Holds the settings for a single schedule action.

func (ScheduleActionSettings) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s ScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ScheduleActionSettings) SetHlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings added in v1.26.4 

func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetHlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings(v *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings

SetHlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings sets the HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings field's value.

func (*ScheduleActionSettings) SetHlsTimedMetadataSettings added in v1.16.10 

func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetHlsTimedMetadataSettings(v *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings

SetHlsTimedMetadataSettings sets the HlsTimedMetadataSettings field's value.

func (*ScheduleActionSettings) SetInputPrepareSettings added in v1.32.6 

func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetInputPrepareSettings(v *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings

SetInputPrepareSettings sets the InputPrepareSettings field's value.

func (*ScheduleActionSettings) SetInputSwitchSettings added in v1.15.72 

func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetInputSwitchSettings(v *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings

SetInputSwitchSettings sets the InputSwitchSettings field's value.

func (*ScheduleActionSettings) SetMotionGraphicsImageActivateSettings added in v1.38.13 

func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetMotionGraphicsImageActivateSettings(v *MotionGraphicsActivateScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings

SetMotionGraphicsImageActivateSettings sets the MotionGraphicsImageActivateSettings field's value.

func (*ScheduleActionSettings) SetMotionGraphicsImageDeactivateSettings added in v1.38.13 

func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetMotionGraphicsImageDeactivateSettings(v *MotionGraphicsDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings

SetMotionGraphicsImageDeactivateSettings sets the MotionGraphicsImageDeactivateSettings field's value.

func (*ScheduleActionSettings) SetPauseStateSettings added in v1.17.11 

func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetPauseStateSettings(v *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings

SetPauseStateSettings sets the PauseStateSettings field's value.

func (*ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35ReturnToNetworkSettings added in v1.15.19 

func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35ReturnToNetworkSettings(v *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings

SetScte35ReturnToNetworkSettings sets the Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings field's value.

func (*ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35SpliceInsertSettings added in v1.15.19 

func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35SpliceInsertSettings(v *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings

SetScte35SpliceInsertSettings sets the Scte35SpliceInsertSettings field's value.

func (*ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35TimeSignalSettings added in v1.15.19 

func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35TimeSignalSettings(v *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings

SetScte35TimeSignalSettings sets the Scte35TimeSignalSettings field's value.

func (*ScheduleActionSettings) SetStaticImageActivateSettings added in v1.15.19 

func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetStaticImageActivateSettings(v *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings

SetStaticImageActivateSettings sets the StaticImageActivateSettings field's value.

func (*ScheduleActionSettings) SetStaticImageDeactivateSettings added in v1.15.19 

func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetStaticImageDeactivateSettings(v *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings

SetStaticImageDeactivateSettings sets the StaticImageDeactivateSettings field's value.

func (ScheduleActionSettings) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s ScheduleActionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ScheduleActionSettings) Validate added in v1.15.19 

func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ScheduleActionStartSettings added in v1.15.19 

type ScheduleActionStartSettings struct {

	// Option for specifying the start time for an action.
	FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings `locationName:"fixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Option for specifying an action as relative to another action.
	FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings `locationName:"followModeScheduleActionStartSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Option for specifying an action that should be applied immediately.
	ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings *ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings `locationName:"immediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings to specify when an action should occur. Only one of the options must be selected.

func (ScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s ScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings added in v1.15.19 

func (s *ScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings(v *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) *ScheduleActionStartSettings

SetFixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings sets the FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings field's value.

func (*ScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings added in v1.15.72 

func (s *ScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings(v *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) *ScheduleActionStartSettings

SetFollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings sets the FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings field's value.

func (*ScheduleActionStartSettings) SetImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings added in v1.21.5 

func (s *ScheduleActionStartSettings) SetImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings(v *ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) *ScheduleActionStartSettings

SetImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings sets the ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings field's value.

func (ScheduleActionStartSettings) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s ScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate added in v1.15.58 

func (s *ScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings 

type Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Scte20 Plus Embedded Destination Settings

func (Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString 

func (s Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) String 

func (s Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Scte20SourceSettings 

type Scte20SourceSettings struct {

	// If upconvert, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility
	// bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data
	// present in the source content will be discarded.
	Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"Scte20Convert608To708"`

	// Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to
	// extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
	Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Scte20 Source Settings

func (Scte20SourceSettings) GoString 

func (s Scte20SourceSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Scte20SourceSettings) SetConvert608To708 

func (s *Scte20SourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *Scte20SourceSettings

SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value.

func (*Scte20SourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber 

func (s *Scte20SourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber(v int64) *Scte20SourceSettings

SetSource608ChannelNumber sets the Source608ChannelNumber field's value.

func (Scte20SourceSettings) String 

func (s Scte20SourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Scte20SourceSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *Scte20SourceSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Scte27DestinationSettings 

type Scte27DestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Scte27 Destination Settings

func (Scte27DestinationSettings) GoString 

func (s Scte27DestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (Scte27DestinationSettings) String 

func (s Scte27DestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Scte27SourceSettings 

type Scte27SourceSettings struct {

	// If you will configure a WebVTT caption description that references this caption
	// selector, use this field toprovide the language to consider when translating
	// the image-based source to text.
	OcrLanguage *string `locationName:"ocrLanguage" type:"string" enum:"Scte27OcrLanguage"`

	// The pid field is used in conjunction with the caption selector languageCode
	// field as follows: - Specify PID and Language: Extracts captions from that
	// PID; the language is "informational". - Specify PID and omit Language: Extracts
	// the specified PID. - Omit PID and specify Language: Extracts the specified
	// language, whichever PID that happens to be. - Omit PID and omit Language:
	// Valid only if source is DVB-Sub that is being passed through; all languages
	// will be passed through.
	Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Scte27 Source Settings

func (Scte27SourceSettings) GoString 

func (s Scte27SourceSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Scte27SourceSettings) SetOcrLanguage added in v1.38.60 

func (s *Scte27SourceSettings) SetOcrLanguage(v string) *Scte27SourceSettings

SetOcrLanguage sets the OcrLanguage field's value.

func (*Scte27SourceSettings) SetPid 

func (s *Scte27SourceSettings) SetPid(v int64) *Scte27SourceSettings

SetPid sets the Pid field's value.

func (Scte27SourceSettings) String 

func (s Scte27SourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Scte27SourceSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *Scte27SourceSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Scte35DeliveryRestrictions added in v1.15.19 

type Scte35DeliveryRestrictions struct {

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 archive_allowed_flag.
	//
	// ArchiveAllowedFlag is a required field
	ArchiveAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"archiveAllowedFlag" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag"`

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 device_restrictions parameter.
	//
	// DeviceRestrictions is a required field
	DeviceRestrictions *string `locationName:"deviceRestrictions" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35DeviceRestrictions"`

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 no_regional_blackout_flag parameter.
	//
	// NoRegionalBlackoutFlag is a required field
	NoRegionalBlackoutFlag *string `locationName:"noRegionalBlackoutFlag" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag"`

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 web_delivery_allowed_flag parameter.
	//
	// WebDeliveryAllowedFlag is a required field
	WebDeliveryAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"webDeliveryAllowedFlag" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Corresponds to SCTE-35 delivery_not_restricted_flag parameter. To declare delivery restrictions, include this element and its four "restriction" flags. To declare that there are no restrictions, omit this element.

func (Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetArchiveAllowedFlag added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetArchiveAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions

SetArchiveAllowedFlag sets the ArchiveAllowedFlag field's value.

func (*Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetDeviceRestrictions added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetDeviceRestrictions(v string) *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions

SetDeviceRestrictions sets the DeviceRestrictions field's value.

func (*Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag(v string) *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions

SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag sets the NoRegionalBlackoutFlag field's value.

func (*Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions

SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag sets the WebDeliveryAllowedFlag field's value.

func (Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) Validate added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Scte35Descriptor added in v1.15.19 

type Scte35Descriptor struct {

	// SCTE-35 Descriptor Settings.
	//
	// Scte35DescriptorSettings is a required field
	Scte35DescriptorSettings *Scte35DescriptorSettings `locationName:"scte35DescriptorSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Holds one set of SCTE-35 Descriptor Settings.

func (Scte35Descriptor) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s Scte35Descriptor) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Scte35Descriptor) SetScte35DescriptorSettings added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35Descriptor) SetScte35DescriptorSettings(v *Scte35DescriptorSettings) *Scte35Descriptor

SetScte35DescriptorSettings sets the Scte35DescriptorSettings field's value.

func (Scte35Descriptor) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s Scte35Descriptor) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Scte35Descriptor) Validate added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35Descriptor) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Scte35DescriptorSettings added in v1.15.19 

type Scte35DescriptorSettings struct {

	// SCTE-35 Segmentation Descriptor.
	//
	// SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings is a required field
	SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor `locationName:"segmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SCTE-35 Descriptor settings.

func (Scte35DescriptorSettings) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s Scte35DescriptorSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Scte35DescriptorSettings) SetSegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35DescriptorSettings) SetSegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings(v *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) *Scte35DescriptorSettings

SetSegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings sets the SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings field's value.

func (Scte35DescriptorSettings) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s Scte35DescriptorSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Scte35DescriptorSettings) Validate added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35DescriptorSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings added in v1.15.19 

type Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// The splice_event_id for the SCTE-35 splice_insert, as defined in SCTE-35.
	//
	// SpliceEventId is a required field
	SpliceEventId *int64 `locationName:"spliceEventId" type:"long" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for a SCTE-35 return_to_network message.

func (Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) SetSpliceEventId added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) SetSpliceEventId(v int64) *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings

SetSpliceEventId sets the SpliceEventId field's value.

func (Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) Validate added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Scte35SegmentationDescriptor added in v1.15.19 

type Scte35SegmentationDescriptor struct {

	// Holds the four SCTE-35 delivery restriction parameters.
	DeliveryRestrictions *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions `locationName:"deliveryRestrictions" type:"structure"`

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segment_num. A value that is valid for the specified
	// segmentation_type_id.
	SegmentNum *int64 `locationName:"segmentNum" type:"integer"`

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_event_cancel_indicator.
	//
	// SegmentationCancelIndicator is a required field
	SegmentationCancelIndicator *string `locationName:"segmentationCancelIndicator" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator"`

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_duration. Optional. The duration for
	// the time_signal, in 90 KHz ticks. To convert seconds to ticks, multiple the
	// seconds by 90,000. Enter time in 90 KHz clock ticks. If you do not enter
	// a duration, the time_signal will continue until you insert a cancellation
	// message.
	SegmentationDuration *int64 `locationName:"segmentationDuration" type:"long"`

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_event_id.
	//
	// SegmentationEventId is a required field
	SegmentationEventId *int64 `locationName:"segmentationEventId" type:"long" required:"true"`

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_type_id. One of the segmentation_type_id
	// values listed in the SCTE-35 specification. On the console, enter the ID
	// in decimal (for example, "52"). In the CLI, API, or an SDK, enter the ID
	// in hex (for example, "0x34") or decimal (for example, "52").
	SegmentationTypeId *int64 `locationName:"segmentationTypeId" type:"integer"`

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_upid. Enter a string containing the hexadecimal
	// representation of the characters that make up the SCTE-35 segmentation_upid
	// value. Must contain an even number of hex characters. Do not include spaces
	// between each hex pair. For example, the ASCII "ADS Information" becomes hex
	// "41445320496e666f726d6174696f6e.
	SegmentationUpid *string `locationName:"segmentationUpid" type:"string"`

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_upid_type. On the console, enter one
	// of the types listed in the SCTE-35 specification, converted to a decimal.
	// For example, "0x0C" hex from the specification is "12" in decimal. In the
	// CLI, API, or an SDK, enter one of the types listed in the SCTE-35 specification,
	// in either hex (for example, "0x0C" ) or in decimal (for example, "12").
	SegmentationUpidType *int64 `locationName:"segmentationUpidType" type:"integer"`

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segments_expected. A value that is valid for the specified
	// segmentation_type_id.
	SegmentsExpected *int64 `locationName:"segmentsExpected" type:"integer"`

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 sub_segment_num. A value that is valid for the specified
	// segmentation_type_id.
	SubSegmentNum *int64 `locationName:"subSegmentNum" type:"integer"`

	// Corresponds to SCTE-35 sub_segments_expected. A value that is valid for the
	// specified segmentation_type_id.
	SubSegmentsExpected *int64 `locationName:"subSegmentsExpected" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_descriptor.

func (Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetDeliveryRestrictions added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetDeliveryRestrictions(v *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor

SetDeliveryRestrictions sets the DeliveryRestrictions field's value.

func (*Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentNum added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentNum(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor

SetSegmentNum sets the SegmentNum field's value.

func (*Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationCancelIndicator added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationCancelIndicator(v string) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor

SetSegmentationCancelIndicator sets the SegmentationCancelIndicator field's value.

func (*Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationDuration added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationDuration(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor

SetSegmentationDuration sets the SegmentationDuration field's value.

func (*Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationEventId added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationEventId(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor

SetSegmentationEventId sets the SegmentationEventId field's value.

func (*Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationTypeId added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationTypeId(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor

SetSegmentationTypeId sets the SegmentationTypeId field's value.

func (*Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationUpid added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationUpid(v string) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor

SetSegmentationUpid sets the SegmentationUpid field's value.

func (*Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationUpidType added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationUpidType(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor

SetSegmentationUpidType sets the SegmentationUpidType field's value.

func (*Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentsExpected added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentsExpected(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor

SetSegmentsExpected sets the SegmentsExpected field's value.

func (*Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSubSegmentNum added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSubSegmentNum(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor

SetSubSegmentNum sets the SubSegmentNum field's value.

func (*Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSubSegmentsExpected added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSubSegmentsExpected(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor

SetSubSegmentsExpected sets the SubSegmentsExpected field's value.

func (Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) Validate added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Scte35SpliceInsert 

type Scte35SpliceInsert struct {

	// When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail
	// PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not
	// apply to OOB messages.
	AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"`

	// When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with noRegionalBlackoutFlag set to
	// 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates
	NoRegionalBlackoutFlag *string `locationName:"noRegionalBlackoutFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior"`

	// When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with webDeliveryAllowedFlag set to
	// 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates
	WebDeliveryAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"webDeliveryAllowedFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Scte35 Splice Insert

func (Scte35SpliceInsert) GoString 

func (s Scte35SpliceInsert) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Scte35SpliceInsert) SetAdAvailOffset 

func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *Scte35SpliceInsert

SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value.

func (*Scte35SpliceInsert) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag 

func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag(v string) *Scte35SpliceInsert

SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag sets the NoRegionalBlackoutFlag field's value.

func (*Scte35SpliceInsert) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag 

func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35SpliceInsert

SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag sets the WebDeliveryAllowedFlag field's value.

func (Scte35SpliceInsert) String 

func (s Scte35SpliceInsert) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Scte35SpliceInsert) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings added in v1.15.19 

type Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// Optional, the duration for the splice_insert, in 90 KHz ticks. To convert
	// seconds to ticks, multiple the seconds by 90,000. If you enter a duration,
	// there is an expectation that the downstream system can read the duration
	// and cue in at that time. If you do not enter a duration, the splice_insert
	// will continue indefinitely and there is an expectation that you will enter
	// a return_to_network to end the splice_insert at the appropriate time.
	Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"long"`

	// The splice_event_id for the SCTE-35 splice_insert, as defined in SCTE-35.
	//
	// SpliceEventId is a required field
	SpliceEventId *int64 `locationName:"spliceEventId" type:"long" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for a SCTE-35 splice_insert message.

func (Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) SetDuration added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) SetDuration(v int64) *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings

SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.

func (*Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) SetSpliceEventId added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) SetSpliceEventId(v int64) *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings

SetSpliceEventId sets the SpliceEventId field's value.

func (Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) Validate added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Scte35TimeSignalApos 

type Scte35TimeSignalApos struct {

	// When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail
	// PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not
	// apply to OOB messages.
	AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"`

	// When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with noRegionalBlackoutFlag set to
	// 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates
	NoRegionalBlackoutFlag *string `locationName:"noRegionalBlackoutFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior"`

	// When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with webDeliveryAllowedFlag set to
	// 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates
	WebDeliveryAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"webDeliveryAllowedFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Scte35 Time Signal Apos

func (Scte35TimeSignalApos) GoString 

func (s Scte35TimeSignalApos) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetAdAvailOffset 

func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *Scte35TimeSignalApos

SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value.

func (*Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag 

func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag(v string) *Scte35TimeSignalApos

SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag sets the NoRegionalBlackoutFlag field's value.

func (*Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag 

func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35TimeSignalApos

SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag sets the WebDeliveryAllowedFlag field's value.

func (Scte35TimeSignalApos) String 

func (s Scte35TimeSignalApos) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Scte35TimeSignalApos) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings added in v1.15.19 

type Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// The list of SCTE-35 descriptors accompanying the SCTE-35 time_signal.
	//
	// Scte35Descriptors is a required field
	Scte35Descriptors []*Scte35Descriptor `locationName:"scte35Descriptors" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for a SCTE-35 time_signal.

func (Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35Descriptors added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35Descriptors(v []*Scte35Descriptor) *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings

SetScte35Descriptors sets the Scte35Descriptors field's value.

func (Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) Validate added in v1.15.19 

func (s *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type SmpteTtDestinationSettings 

type SmpteTtDestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Smpte Tt Destination Settings

func (SmpteTtDestinationSettings) GoString 

func (s SmpteTtDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (SmpteTtDestinationSettings) String 

func (s SmpteTtDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StandardHlsSettings 

type StandardHlsSettings struct {

	// List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input
	// all the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','.
	AudioRenditionSets *string `locationName:"audioRenditionSets" type:"string"`

	// Settings information for the .m3u8 container
	//
	// M3u8Settings is a required field
	M3u8Settings *M3u8Settings `locationName:"m3u8Settings" type:"structure" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Standard Hls Settings

func (StandardHlsSettings) GoString 

func (s StandardHlsSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StandardHlsSettings) SetAudioRenditionSets 

func (s *StandardHlsSettings) SetAudioRenditionSets(v string) *StandardHlsSettings

SetAudioRenditionSets sets the AudioRenditionSets field's value.

func (*StandardHlsSettings) SetM3u8Settings 

func (s *StandardHlsSettings) SetM3u8Settings(v *M3u8Settings) *StandardHlsSettings

SetM3u8Settings sets the M3u8Settings field's value.

func (StandardHlsSettings) String 

func (s StandardHlsSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StandardHlsSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *StandardHlsSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StartChannelInput 

type StartChannelInput struct {

	// ChannelId is a required field
	ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartChannelInput) GoString 

func (s StartChannelInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartChannelInput) SetChannelId 

func (s *StartChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *StartChannelInput

SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.

func (StartChannelInput) String 

func (s StartChannelInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StartChannelInput) Validate 

func (s *StartChannelInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StartChannelOutput 

type StartChannelOutput struct {
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification `locationName:"cdiInputSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel
	// only has one.
	ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"`

	Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"`

	// Encoder Settings
	EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"`

	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"`

	InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// The log level the user wants for their channel.
	LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"`

	PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`

	RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`

	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	// The properties for a private VPC Output
	Vpc *VpcOutputSettingsDescription `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartChannelOutput) GoString 

func (s StartChannelOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetArn 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *StartChannelOutput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetCdiInputSpecification added in v1.35.7 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetCdiInputSpecification(v *CdiInputSpecification) *StartChannelOutput

SetCdiInputSpecification sets the CdiInputSpecification field's value.

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetChannelClass added in v1.19.11 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *StartChannelOutput

SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetDestinations 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *StartChannelOutput

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *StartChannelOutput

SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value.

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *StartChannelOutput

SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value.

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetId 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *StartChannelOutput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *StartChannelOutput

SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value.

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification added in v1.12.70 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *StartChannelOutput

SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value.

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetLogLevel added in v1.14.2 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *StartChannelOutput

SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value.

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetName 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *StartChannelOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails added in v1.21.5 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *StartChannelOutput

SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value.

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StartChannelOutput

SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetRoleArn 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *StartChannelOutput

SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetState 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *StartChannelOutput

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetTags added in v1.16.30 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StartChannelOutput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*StartChannelOutput) SetVpc added in v1.37.1 

func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetVpc(v *VpcOutputSettingsDescription) *StartChannelOutput

SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.

func (StartChannelOutput) String 

func (s StartChannelOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StartMultiplexInput added in v1.25.42 

type StartMultiplexInput struct {

	// MultiplexId is a required field
	MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartMultiplexInput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s StartMultiplexInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StartMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *StartMultiplexInput

SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.

func (StartMultiplexInput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s StartMultiplexInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StartMultiplexInput) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StartMultiplexInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StartMultiplexOutput added in v1.25.42 

type StartMultiplexOutput struct {
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"`

	Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// Contains configuration for a Multiplex event
	MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`

	ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"`

	// The current state of the multiplex.
	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StartMultiplexOutput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s StartMultiplexOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartMultiplexOutput) SetArn added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*StartMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *StartMultiplexOutput

SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.

func (*StartMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *StartMultiplexOutput

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*StartMultiplexOutput) SetId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*StartMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *StartMultiplexOutput

SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.

func (*StartMultiplexOutput) SetName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*StartMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StartMultiplexOutput

SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.

func (*StartMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *StartMultiplexOutput

SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value.

func (*StartMultiplexOutput) SetState added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*StartMultiplexOutput) SetTags added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StartMultiplexOutput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (StartMultiplexOutput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s StartMultiplexOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StartTimecode added in v1.21.5 

type StartTimecode struct {

	// The timecode for the frame where you want to start the clip. Optional; if
	// not specified, the clip starts at first frame in the file. Enter the timecode
	// as HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF.
	Timecode *string `locationName:"timecode" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings to identify the start of the clip.

func (StartTimecode) GoString added in v1.21.5 

func (s StartTimecode) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StartTimecode) SetTimecode added in v1.21.5 

func (s *StartTimecode) SetTimecode(v string) *StartTimecode

SetTimecode sets the Timecode field's value.

func (StartTimecode) String added in v1.21.5 

func (s StartTimecode) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings added in v1.15.19 

type StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// The duration in milliseconds for the image to remain on the video. If omitted
	// or set to 0 the duration is unlimited and the image will remain until it
	// is explicitly deactivated.
	Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`

	// The time in milliseconds for the image to fade in. The fade-in starts at
	// the start time of the overlay. Default is 0 (no fade-in).
	FadeIn *int64 `locationName:"fadeIn" type:"integer"`

	// Applies only if a duration is specified. The time in milliseconds for the
	// image to fade out. The fade-out starts when the duration time is hit, so
	// it effectively extends the duration. Default is 0 (no fade-out).
	FadeOut *int64 `locationName:"fadeOut" type:"integer"`

	// The height of the image when inserted into the video, in pixels. The overlay
	// will be scaled up or down to the specified height. Leave blank to use the
	// native height of the overlay.
	Height *int64 `locationName:"height" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The location and filename of the image file to overlay on the video. The
	// file must be a 32-bit BMP, PNG, or TGA file, and must not be larger (in pixels)
	// than the input video.
	//
	// Image is a required field
	Image *InputLocation `locationName:"image" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Placement of the left edge of the overlay relative to the left edge of the
	// video frame, in pixels. 0 (the default) is the left edge of the frame. If
	// the placement causes the overlay to extend beyond the right edge of the underlying
	// video, then the overlay is cropped on the right.
	ImageX *int64 `locationName:"imageX" type:"integer"`

	// Placement of the top edge of the overlay relative to the top edge of the
	// video frame, in pixels. 0 (the default) is the top edge of the frame. If
	// the placement causes the overlay to extend beyond the bottom edge of the
	// underlying video, then the overlay is cropped on the bottom.
	ImageY *int64 `locationName:"imageY" type:"integer"`

	// The number of the layer, 0 to 7. There are 8 layers that can be overlaid
	// on the video, each layer with a different image. The layers are in Z order,
	// which means that overlays with higher values of layer are inserted on top
	// of overlays with lower values of layer. Default is 0.
	Layer *int64 `locationName:"layer" type:"integer"`

	// Opacity of image where 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default
	// is 100.
	Opacity *int64 `locationName:"opacity" type:"integer"`

	// The width of the image when inserted into the video, in pixels. The overlay
	// will be scaled up or down to the specified width. Leave blank to use the
	// native width of the overlay.
	Width *int64 `locationName:"width" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for the action to activate a static image.

func (StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetDuration added in v1.15.19 

func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetDuration(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings

SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.

func (*StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetFadeIn added in v1.15.19 

func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetFadeIn(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings

SetFadeIn sets the FadeIn field's value.

func (*StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetFadeOut added in v1.15.19 

func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetFadeOut(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings

SetFadeOut sets the FadeOut field's value.

func (*StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetHeight added in v1.15.19 

func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetHeight(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings

SetHeight sets the Height field's value.

func (*StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetImage added in v1.15.19 

func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetImage(v *InputLocation) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings

SetImage sets the Image field's value.

func (*StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetImageX added in v1.15.19 

func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetImageX(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings

SetImageX sets the ImageX field's value.

func (*StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetImageY added in v1.15.19 

func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetImageY(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings

SetImageY sets the ImageY field's value.

func (*StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetLayer added in v1.15.19 

func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetLayer(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings

SetLayer sets the Layer field's value.

func (*StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetOpacity added in v1.15.19 

func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetOpacity(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings

SetOpacity sets the Opacity field's value.

func (*StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetWidth added in v1.15.19 

func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetWidth(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings

SetWidth sets the Width field's value.

func (StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) Validate added in v1.15.19 

func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings added in v1.15.19 

type StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings struct {

	// The time in milliseconds for the image to fade out. Default is 0 (no fade-out).
	FadeOut *int64 `locationName:"fadeOut" type:"integer"`

	// The image overlay layer to deactivate, 0 to 7. Default is 0.
	Layer *int64 `locationName:"layer" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for the action to deactivate the image in a specific layer.

func (StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) GoString added in v1.15.19 

func (s StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) SetFadeOut added in v1.15.19 

func (s *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) SetFadeOut(v int64) *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings

SetFadeOut sets the FadeOut field's value.

func (*StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) SetLayer added in v1.15.19 

func (s *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) SetLayer(v int64) *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings

SetLayer sets the Layer field's value.

func (StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) String added in v1.15.19 

func (s StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StaticKeySettings 

type StaticKeySettings struct {

	// The URL of the license server used for protecting content.
	KeyProviderServer *InputLocation `locationName:"keyProviderServer" type:"structure"`

	// Static key value as a 32 character hexadecimal string.
	//
	// StaticKeyValue is a required field
	StaticKeyValue *string `locationName:"staticKeyValue" min:"32" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Static Key Settings

func (StaticKeySettings) GoString 

func (s StaticKeySettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StaticKeySettings) SetKeyProviderServer 

func (s *StaticKeySettings) SetKeyProviderServer(v *InputLocation) *StaticKeySettings

SetKeyProviderServer sets the KeyProviderServer field's value.

func (*StaticKeySettings) SetStaticKeyValue 

func (s *StaticKeySettings) SetStaticKeyValue(v string) *StaticKeySettings

SetStaticKeyValue sets the StaticKeyValue field's value.

func (StaticKeySettings) String 

func (s StaticKeySettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StaticKeySettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *StaticKeySettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StopChannelInput 

type StopChannelInput struct {

	// ChannelId is a required field
	ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopChannelInput) GoString 

func (s StopChannelInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StopChannelInput) SetChannelId 

func (s *StopChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *StopChannelInput

SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.

func (StopChannelInput) String 

func (s StopChannelInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StopChannelInput) Validate 

func (s *StopChannelInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StopChannelOutput 

type StopChannelOutput struct {
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification `locationName:"cdiInputSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel
	// only has one.
	ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"`

	Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"`

	// Encoder Settings
	EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"`

	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"`

	InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// The log level the user wants for their channel.
	LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"`

	PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`

	RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`

	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	// The properties for a private VPC Output
	Vpc *VpcOutputSettingsDescription `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopChannelOutput) GoString 

func (s StopChannelOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetArn 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *StopChannelOutput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetCdiInputSpecification added in v1.35.7 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetCdiInputSpecification(v *CdiInputSpecification) *StopChannelOutput

SetCdiInputSpecification sets the CdiInputSpecification field's value.

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetChannelClass added in v1.19.11 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *StopChannelOutput

SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetDestinations 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *StopChannelOutput

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *StopChannelOutput

SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value.

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *StopChannelOutput

SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value.

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetId 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *StopChannelOutput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *StopChannelOutput

SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value.

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification added in v1.12.70 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *StopChannelOutput

SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value.

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetLogLevel added in v1.14.2 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *StopChannelOutput

SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value.

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetName 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *StopChannelOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails added in v1.21.5 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *StopChannelOutput

SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value.

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StopChannelOutput

SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetRoleArn 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *StopChannelOutput

SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetState 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *StopChannelOutput

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetTags added in v1.16.30 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StopChannelOutput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*StopChannelOutput) SetVpc added in v1.37.1 

func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetVpc(v *VpcOutputSettingsDescription) *StopChannelOutput

SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.

func (StopChannelOutput) String 

func (s StopChannelOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StopMultiplexInput added in v1.25.42 

type StopMultiplexInput struct {

	// MultiplexId is a required field
	MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopMultiplexInput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s StopMultiplexInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StopMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StopMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *StopMultiplexInput

SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.

func (StopMultiplexInput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s StopMultiplexInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*StopMultiplexInput) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StopMultiplexInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type StopMultiplexOutput added in v1.25.42 

type StopMultiplexOutput struct {
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"`

	Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// Contains configuration for a Multiplex event
	MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`

	ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"`

	// The current state of the multiplex.
	State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (StopMultiplexOutput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s StopMultiplexOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StopMultiplexOutput) SetArn added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*StopMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *StopMultiplexOutput

SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.

func (*StopMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *StopMultiplexOutput

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*StopMultiplexOutput) SetId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*StopMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *StopMultiplexOutput

SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.

func (*StopMultiplexOutput) SetName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*StopMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StopMultiplexOutput

SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.

func (*StopMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *StopMultiplexOutput

SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value.

func (*StopMultiplexOutput) SetState added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*StopMultiplexOutput) SetTags added in v1.25.42 

func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StopMultiplexOutput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (StopMultiplexOutput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s StopMultiplexOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StopTimecode added in v1.21.5 

type StopTimecode struct {

	// If you specify a StopTimecode in an input (in order to clip the file), you
	// can specify if you want the clip to exclude (the default) or include the
	// frame specified by the timecode.
	LastFrameClippingBehavior *string `locationName:"lastFrameClippingBehavior" type:"string" enum:"LastFrameClippingBehavior"`

	// The timecode for the frame where you want to stop the clip. Optional; if
	// not specified, the clip continues to the end of the file. Enter the timecode
	// as HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF.
	Timecode *string `locationName:"timecode" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings to identify the end of the clip.

func (StopTimecode) GoString added in v1.21.5 

func (s StopTimecode) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*StopTimecode) SetLastFrameClippingBehavior added in v1.21.5 

func (s *StopTimecode) SetLastFrameClippingBehavior(v string) *StopTimecode

SetLastFrameClippingBehavior sets the LastFrameClippingBehavior field's value.

func (*StopTimecode) SetTimecode added in v1.21.5 

func (s *StopTimecode) SetTimecode(v string) *StopTimecode

SetTimecode sets the Timecode field's value.

func (StopTimecode) String added in v1.21.5 

func (s StopTimecode) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TeletextDestinationSettings 

type TeletextDestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Teletext Destination Settings

func (TeletextDestinationSettings) GoString 

func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (TeletextDestinationSettings) String 

func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TeletextSourceSettings 

type TeletextSourceSettings struct {

	// Optionally defines a region where TTML style captions will be displayed
	OutputRectangle *CaptionRectangle `locationName:"outputRectangle" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the teletext page number within the data stream from which to extract
	// captions. Range of 0x100 (256) to 0x8FF (2303). Unused for passthrough. Should
	// be specified as a hexadecimal string with no "0x" prefix.
	PageNumber *string `locationName:"pageNumber" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Teletext Source Settings

func (TeletextSourceSettings) GoString 

func (s TeletextSourceSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TeletextSourceSettings) SetOutputRectangle added in v1.37.29 

func (s *TeletextSourceSettings) SetOutputRectangle(v *CaptionRectangle) *TeletextSourceSettings

SetOutputRectangle sets the OutputRectangle field's value.

func (*TeletextSourceSettings) SetPageNumber 

func (s *TeletextSourceSettings) SetPageNumber(v string) *TeletextSourceSettings

SetPageNumber sets the PageNumber field's value.

func (TeletextSourceSettings) String 

func (s TeletextSourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TeletextSourceSettings) Validate added in v1.37.29 

func (s *TeletextSourceSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TemporalFilterSettings added in v1.30.16 

type TemporalFilterSettings struct {

	// If you enable this filter, the results are the following:- If the source
	// content is noisy (it contains excessive digital artifacts), the filter cleans
	// up the source.- If the source content is already clean, the filter tends
	// to decrease the bitrate, especially when the rate control mode is QVBR.
	PostFilterSharpening *string `locationName:"postFilterSharpening" type:"string" enum:"TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening"`

	// Choose a filter strength. We recommend a strength of 1 or 2. A higher strength
	// might take out good information, resulting in an image that is overly soft.
	Strength *string `locationName:"strength" type:"string" enum:"TemporalFilterStrength"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Temporal Filter Settings

func (TemporalFilterSettings) GoString added in v1.30.16 

func (s TemporalFilterSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TemporalFilterSettings) SetPostFilterSharpening added in v1.30.16 

func (s *TemporalFilterSettings) SetPostFilterSharpening(v string) *TemporalFilterSettings

SetPostFilterSharpening sets the PostFilterSharpening field's value.

func (*TemporalFilterSettings) SetStrength added in v1.30.16 

func (s *TemporalFilterSettings) SetStrength(v string) *TemporalFilterSettings

SetStrength sets the Strength field's value.

func (TemporalFilterSettings) String added in v1.30.16 

func (s TemporalFilterSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TimecodeConfig 

type TimecodeConfig struct {

	// Identifies the source for the timecode that will be associated with the events
	// outputs.-Embedded (embedded): Initialize the output timecode with timecode
	// from the the source. If no embedded timecode is detected in the source, the
	// system falls back to using "Start at 0" (zerobased).-System Clock (systemclock):
	// Use the UTC time.-Start at 0 (zerobased): The time of the first frame of
	// the event will be 00:00:00:00.
	//
	// Source is a required field
	Source *string `locationName:"source" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TimecodeConfigSource"`

	// Threshold in frames beyond which output timecode is resynchronized to the
	// input timecode. Discrepancies below this threshold are permitted to avoid
	// unnecessary discontinuities in the output timecode. No timecode sync when
	// this is not specified.
	SyncThreshold *int64 `locationName:"syncThreshold" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Timecode Config

func (TimecodeConfig) GoString 

func (s TimecodeConfig) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TimecodeConfig) SetSource 

func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetSource(v string) *TimecodeConfig

SetSource sets the Source field's value.

func (*TimecodeConfig) SetSyncThreshold 

func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetSyncThreshold(v int64) *TimecodeConfig

SetSyncThreshold sets the SyncThreshold field's value.

func (TimecodeConfig) String 

func (s TimecodeConfig) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TimecodeConfig) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *TimecodeConfig) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TooManyRequestsException added in v1.28.0 

type TooManyRequestsException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (*TooManyRequestsException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *TooManyRequestsException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*TooManyRequestsException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *TooManyRequestsException) Error() string

func (TooManyRequestsException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s TooManyRequestsException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TooManyRequestsException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *TooManyRequestsException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*TooManyRequestsException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *TooManyRequestsException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*TooManyRequestsException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *TooManyRequestsException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*TooManyRequestsException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *TooManyRequestsException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (TooManyRequestsException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s TooManyRequestsException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TransferInputDeviceInput added in v1.35.9 

type TransferInputDeviceInput struct {

	// InputDeviceId is a required field
	InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	TargetCustomerId *string `locationName:"targetCustomerId" type:"string"`

	TargetRegion *string `locationName:"targetRegion" type:"string"`

	TransferMessage *string `locationName:"transferMessage" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (TransferInputDeviceInput) GoString added in v1.35.9 

func (s TransferInputDeviceInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TransferInputDeviceInput) SetInputDeviceId added in v1.35.9 

func (s *TransferInputDeviceInput) SetInputDeviceId(v string) *TransferInputDeviceInput

SetInputDeviceId sets the InputDeviceId field's value.

func (*TransferInputDeviceInput) SetTargetCustomerId added in v1.35.9 

func (s *TransferInputDeviceInput) SetTargetCustomerId(v string) *TransferInputDeviceInput

SetTargetCustomerId sets the TargetCustomerId field's value.

func (*TransferInputDeviceInput) SetTargetRegion added in v1.37.25 

func (s *TransferInputDeviceInput) SetTargetRegion(v string) *TransferInputDeviceInput

SetTargetRegion sets the TargetRegion field's value.

func (*TransferInputDeviceInput) SetTransferMessage added in v1.35.9 

func (s *TransferInputDeviceInput) SetTransferMessage(v string) *TransferInputDeviceInput

SetTransferMessage sets the TransferMessage field's value.

func (TransferInputDeviceInput) String added in v1.35.9 

func (s TransferInputDeviceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TransferInputDeviceInput) Validate added in v1.35.9 

func (s *TransferInputDeviceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TransferInputDeviceOutput added in v1.35.9 

type TransferInputDeviceOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (TransferInputDeviceOutput) GoString added in v1.35.9 

func (s TransferInputDeviceOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (TransferInputDeviceOutput) String added in v1.35.9 

func (s TransferInputDeviceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TransferringInputDeviceSummary added in v1.35.9 

type TransferringInputDeviceSummary struct {

	// The unique ID of the input device.
	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// The optional message that the sender has attached to the transfer.
	Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`

	// The AWS account ID for the recipient of the input device transfer.
	TargetCustomerId *string `locationName:"targetCustomerId" type:"string"`

	// The type (direction) of the input device transfer.
	TransferType *string `locationName:"transferType" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceTransferType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details about the input device that is being transferred.

func (TransferringInputDeviceSummary) GoString added in v1.35.9 

func (s TransferringInputDeviceSummary) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TransferringInputDeviceSummary) SetId added in v1.35.9 

func (s *TransferringInputDeviceSummary) SetId(v string) *TransferringInputDeviceSummary

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*TransferringInputDeviceSummary) SetMessage added in v1.35.9 

func (s *TransferringInputDeviceSummary) SetMessage(v string) *TransferringInputDeviceSummary

SetMessage sets the Message field's value.

func (*TransferringInputDeviceSummary) SetTargetCustomerId added in v1.35.9 

func (s *TransferringInputDeviceSummary) SetTargetCustomerId(v string) *TransferringInputDeviceSummary

SetTargetCustomerId sets the TargetCustomerId field's value.

func (*TransferringInputDeviceSummary) SetTransferType added in v1.35.9 

func (s *TransferringInputDeviceSummary) SetTransferType(v string) *TransferringInputDeviceSummary

SetTransferType sets the TransferType field's value.

func (TransferringInputDeviceSummary) String added in v1.35.9 

func (s TransferringInputDeviceSummary) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TtmlDestinationSettings 

type TtmlDestinationSettings struct {

	// When set to passthrough, passes through style and position information from
	// a TTML-like input source (TTML, SMPTE-TT, CFF-TT) to the CFF-TT output or
	// TTML output.
	StyleControl *string `locationName:"styleControl" type:"string" enum:"TtmlDestinationStyleControl"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Ttml Destination Settings

func (TtmlDestinationSettings) GoString 

func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TtmlDestinationSettings) SetStyleControl 

func (s *TtmlDestinationSettings) SetStyleControl(v string) *TtmlDestinationSettings

SetStyleControl sets the StyleControl field's value.

func (TtmlDestinationSettings) String 

func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UdpContainerSettings 

type UdpContainerSettings struct {

	// M2ts Settings
	M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Udp Container Settings

func (UdpContainerSettings) GoString 

func (s UdpContainerSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UdpContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings 

func (s *UdpContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings(v *M2tsSettings) *UdpContainerSettings

SetM2tsSettings sets the M2tsSettings field's value.

func (UdpContainerSettings) String 

func (s UdpContainerSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UdpContainerSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *UdpContainerSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UdpGroupSettings 

type UdpGroupSettings struct {

	// Specifies behavior of last resort when input video is lost, and no more backup
	// inputs are available. When dropTs is selected the entire transport stream
	// will stop being emitted. When dropProgram is selected the program can be
	// dropped from the transport stream (and replaced with null packets to meet
	// the TS bitrate requirement). Or, when emitProgram is chosen the transport
	// stream will continue to be produced normally with repeat frames, black frames,
	// or slate frames substituted for the absent input video.
	InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForUdpOut"`

	// Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode.
	TimedMetadataId3Frame *string `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame"`

	// Timed Metadata interval in seconds.
	TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Udp Group Settings

func (UdpGroupSettings) GoString 

func (s UdpGroupSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UdpGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction 

func (s *UdpGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *UdpGroupSettings

SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value.

func (*UdpGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame 

func (s *UdpGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame(v string) *UdpGroupSettings

SetTimedMetadataId3Frame sets the TimedMetadataId3Frame field's value.

func (*UdpGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period 

func (s *UdpGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period(v int64) *UdpGroupSettings

SetTimedMetadataId3Period sets the TimedMetadataId3Period field's value.

func (UdpGroupSettings) String 

func (s UdpGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UdpOutputSettings 

type UdpOutputSettings struct {

	// UDP output buffering in milliseconds. Larger values increase latency through
	// the transcoder but simultaneously assist the transcoder in maintaining a
	// constant, low-jitter UDP/RTP output while accommodating clock recovery, input
	// switching, input disruptions, picture reordering, etc.
	BufferMsec *int64 `locationName:"bufferMsec" type:"integer"`

	// Udp Container Settings
	//
	// ContainerSettings is a required field
	ContainerSettings *UdpContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Destination address and port number for RTP or UDP packets. Can be unicast
	// or multicast RTP or UDP (eg. rtp://239.10.10.10:5001 or udp://10.100.100.100:5002).
	//
	// Destination is a required field
	Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Settings for enabling and adjusting Forward Error Correction on UDP outputs.
	FecOutputSettings *FecOutputSettings `locationName:"fecOutputSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Udp Output Settings

func (UdpOutputSettings) GoString 

func (s UdpOutputSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UdpOutputSettings) SetBufferMsec 

func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetBufferMsec(v int64) *UdpOutputSettings

SetBufferMsec sets the BufferMsec field's value.

func (*UdpOutputSettings) SetContainerSettings 

func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetContainerSettings(v *UdpContainerSettings) *UdpOutputSettings

SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value.

func (*UdpOutputSettings) SetDestination 

func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *UdpOutputSettings

SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.

func (*UdpOutputSettings) SetFecOutputSettings 

func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetFecOutputSettings(v *FecOutputSettings) *UdpOutputSettings

SetFecOutputSettings sets the FecOutputSettings field's value.

func (UdpOutputSettings) String 

func (s UdpOutputSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UdpOutputSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *UdpOutputSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UnprocessableEntityException added in v1.28.0 

type UnprocessableEntityException struct {
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`

	ValidationErrors []*ValidationError `locationName:"validationErrors" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (*UnprocessableEntityException) Code added in v1.28.0 

func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) Code() string

Code returns the exception type name.

func (*UnprocessableEntityException) Error added in v1.28.0 

func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) Error() string

func (UnprocessableEntityException) GoString added in v1.28.0 

func (s UnprocessableEntityException) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UnprocessableEntityException) Message added in v1.28.0 

func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) Message() string

Message returns the exception's message.

func (*UnprocessableEntityException) OrigErr added in v1.28.0 

func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) OrigErr() error

OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.

func (*UnprocessableEntityException) RequestID added in v1.28.0 

func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) RequestID() string

RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.

func (*UnprocessableEntityException) StatusCode added in v1.28.0 

func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) StatusCode() int

Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.

func (UnprocessableEntityException) String added in v1.28.0 

func (s UnprocessableEntityException) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateChannelClassInput added in v1.19.24 

type UpdateChannelClassInput struct {

	// A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel
	// only has one.
	//
	// ChannelClass is a required field
	ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ChannelClass"`

	// ChannelId is a required field
	ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateChannelClassInput) GoString added in v1.19.24 

func (s UpdateChannelClassInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateChannelClassInput) SetChannelClass added in v1.19.24 

func (s *UpdateChannelClassInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *UpdateChannelClassInput

SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.

func (*UpdateChannelClassInput) SetChannelId added in v1.19.24 

func (s *UpdateChannelClassInput) SetChannelId(v string) *UpdateChannelClassInput

SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.

func (*UpdateChannelClassInput) SetDestinations added in v1.19.24 

func (s *UpdateChannelClassInput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *UpdateChannelClassInput

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (UpdateChannelClassInput) String added in v1.19.24 

func (s UpdateChannelClassInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateChannelClassInput) Validate added in v1.19.24 

func (s *UpdateChannelClassInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateChannelClassOutput added in v1.19.24 

type UpdateChannelClassOutput struct {
	Channel *Channel `locationName:"channel" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateChannelClassOutput) GoString added in v1.19.24 

func (s UpdateChannelClassOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateChannelClassOutput) SetChannel added in v1.19.24 

func (s *UpdateChannelClassOutput) SetChannel(v *Channel) *UpdateChannelClassOutput

SetChannel sets the Channel field's value.

func (UpdateChannelClassOutput) String added in v1.19.24 

func (s UpdateChannelClassOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateChannelInput added in v1.12.73 

type UpdateChannelInput struct {
	CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification `locationName:"cdiInputSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// ChannelId is a required field
	ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	// Encoder Settings
	EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"`

	InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"`

	InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"`

	// The log level the user wants for their channel.
	LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateChannelInput) GoString added in v1.12.73 

func (s UpdateChannelInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateChannelInput) SetCdiInputSpecification added in v1.35.7 

func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetCdiInputSpecification(v *CdiInputSpecification) *UpdateChannelInput

SetCdiInputSpecification sets the CdiInputSpecification field's value.

func (*UpdateChannelInput) SetChannelId added in v1.12.73 

func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *UpdateChannelInput

SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.

func (*UpdateChannelInput) SetDestinations added in v1.12.73 

func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *UpdateChannelInput

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*UpdateChannelInput) SetEncoderSettings added in v1.12.73 

func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *UpdateChannelInput

SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value.

func (*UpdateChannelInput) SetInputAttachments added in v1.13.17 

func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *UpdateChannelInput

SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value.

func (*UpdateChannelInput) SetInputSpecification added in v1.12.73 

func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *UpdateChannelInput

SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value.

func (*UpdateChannelInput) SetLogLevel added in v1.14.2 

func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetLogLevel(v string) *UpdateChannelInput

SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value.

func (*UpdateChannelInput) SetName added in v1.12.73 

func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateChannelInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*UpdateChannelInput) SetRoleArn added in v1.12.73 

func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *UpdateChannelInput

SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.

func (UpdateChannelInput) String added in v1.12.73 

func (s UpdateChannelInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateChannelInput) Validate added in v1.12.73 

func (s *UpdateChannelInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateChannelOutput added in v1.12.73 

type UpdateChannelOutput struct {
	Channel *Channel `locationName:"channel" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateChannelOutput) GoString added in v1.12.73 

func (s UpdateChannelOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateChannelOutput) SetChannel added in v1.12.73 

func (s *UpdateChannelOutput) SetChannel(v *Channel) *UpdateChannelOutput

SetChannel sets the Channel field's value.

func (UpdateChannelOutput) String added in v1.12.73 

func (s UpdateChannelOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateInputDeviceInput added in v1.31.2 

type UpdateInputDeviceInput struct {

	// Configurable settings for the input device.
	HdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings `locationName:"hdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// InputDeviceId is a required field
	InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// Configurable settings for the input device.
	UhdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings `locationName:"uhdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateInputDeviceInput) GoString added in v1.31.2 

func (s UpdateInputDeviceInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetHdDeviceSettings added in v1.31.2 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetHdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) *UpdateInputDeviceInput

SetHdDeviceSettings sets the HdDeviceSettings field's value.

func (*UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetInputDeviceId added in v1.31.2 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetInputDeviceId(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceInput

SetInputDeviceId sets the InputDeviceId field's value.

func (*UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetName added in v1.31.2 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetUhdDeviceSettings added in v1.36.2 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetUhdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) *UpdateInputDeviceInput

SetUhdDeviceSettings sets the UhdDeviceSettings field's value.

func (UpdateInputDeviceInput) String added in v1.31.2 

func (s UpdateInputDeviceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateInputDeviceInput) Validate added in v1.31.2 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateInputDeviceOutput added in v1.31.2 

type UpdateInputDeviceOutput struct {
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// The state of the connection between the input device and AWS.
	ConnectionState *string `locationName:"connectionState" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConnectionState"`

	// The status of the action to synchronize the device configuration. If you
	// change the configuration of the input device (for example, the maximum bitrate),
	// MediaLive sends the new data to the device. The device might not update itself
	// immediately. SYNCED means the device has updated its configuration. SYNCING
	// means that it has not updated its configuration.
	DeviceSettingsSyncState *string `locationName:"deviceSettingsSyncState" type:"string" enum:"DeviceSettingsSyncState"`

	// The status of software on the input device.
	DeviceUpdateStatus *string `locationName:"deviceUpdateStatus" type:"string" enum:"DeviceUpdateStatus"`

	// Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video
	// characteristics of that source.
	HdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceHdSettings `locationName:"hdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"`

	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	MacAddress *string `locationName:"macAddress" type:"string"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// The network settings for the input device.
	NetworkSettings *InputDeviceNetworkSettings `locationName:"networkSettings" type:"structure"`

	SerialNumber *string `locationName:"serialNumber" type:"string"`

	// The type of the input device. For an AWS Elemental Link device that outputs
	// resolutions up to 1080, choose "HD".
	Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceType"`

	// Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video
	// characteristics of that source.
	UhdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceUhdSettings `locationName:"uhdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateInputDeviceOutput) GoString added in v1.31.2 

func (s UpdateInputDeviceOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetArn added in v1.31.2 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetArn(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetConnectionState added in v1.31.2 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetConnectionState(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput

SetConnectionState sets the ConnectionState field's value.

func (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetDeviceSettingsSyncState added in v1.31.2 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetDeviceSettingsSyncState(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput

SetDeviceSettingsSyncState sets the DeviceSettingsSyncState field's value.

func (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetDeviceUpdateStatus added in v1.35.32 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetDeviceUpdateStatus(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput

SetDeviceUpdateStatus sets the DeviceUpdateStatus field's value.

func (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetHdDeviceSettings added in v1.31.2 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetHdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceHdSettings) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput

SetHdDeviceSettings sets the HdDeviceSettings field's value.

func (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetId added in v1.31.2 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetId(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetMacAddress added in v1.31.2 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetMacAddress(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput

SetMacAddress sets the MacAddress field's value.

func (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetName added in v1.31.2 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetName(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetNetworkSettings added in v1.31.2 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetNetworkSettings(v *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput

SetNetworkSettings sets the NetworkSettings field's value.

func (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetSerialNumber added in v1.31.2 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput

SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value.

func (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetType added in v1.31.2 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetType(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput

SetType sets the Type field's value.

func (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetUhdDeviceSettings added in v1.36.2 

func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetUhdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceUhdSettings) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput

SetUhdDeviceSettings sets the UhdDeviceSettings field's value.

func (UpdateInputDeviceOutput) String added in v1.31.2 

func (s UpdateInputDeviceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateInputInput added in v1.13.17 

type UpdateInputInput struct {
	Destinations []*InputDestinationRequest `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`

	InputDevices []*InputDeviceRequest `locationName:"inputDevices" type:"list"`

	// InputId is a required field
	InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	InputSecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"`

	MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlowRequest `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`

	Sources []*InputSourceRequest `locationName:"sources" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateInputInput) GoString added in v1.13.17 

func (s UpdateInputInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateInputInput) SetDestinations added in v1.13.17 

func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestinationRequest) *UpdateInputInput

SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.

func (*UpdateInputInput) SetInputDevices added in v1.31.2 

func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetInputDevices(v []*InputDeviceRequest) *UpdateInputInput

SetInputDevices sets the InputDevices field's value.

func (*UpdateInputInput) SetInputId added in v1.13.17 

func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *UpdateInputInput

SetInputId sets the InputId field's value.

func (*UpdateInputInput) SetInputSecurityGroups added in v1.13.17 

func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*string) *UpdateInputInput

SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value.

func (*UpdateInputInput) SetMediaConnectFlows added in v1.16.1 

func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlowRequest) *UpdateInputInput

SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value.

func (*UpdateInputInput) SetName added in v1.13.17 

func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateInputInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*UpdateInputInput) SetRoleArn added in v1.16.1 

func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *UpdateInputInput

SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.

func (*UpdateInputInput) SetSources added in v1.13.17 

func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetSources(v []*InputSourceRequest) *UpdateInputInput

SetSources sets the Sources field's value.

func (UpdateInputInput) String added in v1.13.17 

func (s UpdateInputInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateInputInput) Validate added in v1.13.17 

func (s *UpdateInputInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateInputOutput added in v1.13.17 

type UpdateInputOutput struct {
	Input *Input `locationName:"input" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateInputOutput) GoString added in v1.13.17 

func (s UpdateInputOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateInputOutput) SetInput added in v1.13.17 

func (s *UpdateInputOutput) SetInput(v *Input) *UpdateInputOutput

SetInput sets the Input field's value.

func (UpdateInputOutput) String added in v1.13.17 

func (s UpdateInputOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput added in v1.13.17 

type UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput struct {

	// InputSecurityGroupId is a required field
	InputSecurityGroupId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputSecurityGroupId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString added in v1.13.17 

func (s UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId added in v1.13.17 

func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput

SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value.

func (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetTags added in v1.16.30 

func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetWhitelistRules added in v1.13.17 

func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr) *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput

SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value.

func (UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) String added in v1.13.17 

func (s UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate added in v1.13.17 

func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput added in v1.13.17 

type UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput struct {

	// An Input Security Group
	SecurityGroup *InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"securityGroup" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString added in v1.13.17 

func (s UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetSecurityGroup added in v1.13.17 

func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetSecurityGroup(v *InputSecurityGroup) *UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput

SetSecurityGroup sets the SecurityGroup field's value.

func (UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) String added in v1.13.17 

func (s UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateMultiplexInput added in v1.25.42 

type UpdateMultiplexInput struct {

	// MultiplexId is a required field
	MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Contains configuration for a Multiplex event
	MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"`

	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateMultiplexInput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s UpdateMultiplexInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *UpdateMultiplexInput

SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.

func (*UpdateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *UpdateMultiplexInput

SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.

func (*UpdateMultiplexInput) SetName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateMultiplexInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (UpdateMultiplexInput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s UpdateMultiplexInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateMultiplexInput) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateMultiplexOutput added in v1.25.42 

type UpdateMultiplexOutput struct {

	// The multiplex object.
	Multiplex *Multiplex `locationName:"multiplex" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateMultiplexOutput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s UpdateMultiplexOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplex added in v1.25.42 

func (s *UpdateMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplex(v *Multiplex) *UpdateMultiplexOutput

SetMultiplex sets the Multiplex field's value.

func (UpdateMultiplexOutput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s UpdateMultiplexOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateMultiplexProgramInput added in v1.25.42 

type UpdateMultiplexProgramInput struct {

	// MultiplexId is a required field
	MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Multiplex Program settings configuration.
	MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"`

	// ProgramName is a required field
	ProgramName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId added in v1.25.42 

func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput

SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.

func (*UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings added in v1.25.42 

func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput

SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value.

func (*UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName added in v1.25.42 

func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput

SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.

func (UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) Validate added in v1.25.42 

func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput added in v1.25.42 

type UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput struct {

	// The multiplex program object.
	MultiplexProgram *MultiplexProgram `locationName:"multiplexProgram" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString added in v1.25.42 

func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgram added in v1.25.42 

func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgram(v *MultiplexProgram) *UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput

SetMultiplexProgram sets the MultiplexProgram field's value.

func (UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) String added in v1.25.42 

func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateReservationInput added in v1.19.11 

type UpdateReservationInput struct {
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// ReservationId is a required field
	ReservationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reservationId" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateReservationInput) GoString added in v1.19.11 

func (s UpdateReservationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateReservationInput) SetName added in v1.19.11 

func (s *UpdateReservationInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateReservationInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*UpdateReservationInput) SetReservationId added in v1.19.11 

func (s *UpdateReservationInput) SetReservationId(v string) *UpdateReservationInput

SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value.

func (UpdateReservationInput) String added in v1.19.11 

func (s UpdateReservationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateReservationInput) Validate added in v1.19.11 

func (s *UpdateReservationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateReservationOutput added in v1.19.11 

type UpdateReservationOutput struct {

	// Reserved resources available to use
	Reservation *Reservation `locationName:"reservation" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (UpdateReservationOutput) GoString added in v1.19.11 

func (s UpdateReservationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*UpdateReservationOutput) SetReservation added in v1.19.11 

func (s *UpdateReservationOutput) SetReservation(v *Reservation) *UpdateReservationOutput

SetReservation sets the Reservation field's value.

func (UpdateReservationOutput) String added in v1.19.11 

func (s UpdateReservationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ValidationError 

type ValidationError struct {

	// Path to the source of the error.
	ElementPath *string `locationName:"elementPath" type:"string"`

	// The error message.
	ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ValidationError) GoString 

func (s ValidationError) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ValidationError) SetElementPath 

func (s *ValidationError) SetElementPath(v string) *ValidationError

SetElementPath sets the ElementPath field's value.

func (*ValidationError) SetErrorMessage 

func (s *ValidationError) SetErrorMessage(v string) *ValidationError

SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.

func (ValidationError) String 

func (s ValidationError) String() string

String returns the string representation

type VideoBlackFailoverSettings added in v1.36.2 

type VideoBlackFailoverSettings struct {

	// A value used in calculating the threshold below which MediaLive considers
	// a pixel to be 'black'. For the input to be considered black, every pixel
	// in a frame must be below this threshold. The threshold is calculated as a
	// percentage (expressed as a decimal) of white. Therefore .1 means 10% white
	// (or 90% black). Note how the formula works for any color depth. For example,
	// if you set this field to 0.1 in 10-bit color depth: (1023*0.1=102.3), which
	// means a pixel value of 102 or less is 'black'. If you set this field to .1
	// in an 8-bit color depth: (255*0.1=25.5), which means a pixel value of 25
	// or less is 'black'. The range is 0.0 to 1.0, with any number of decimal places.
	BlackDetectThreshold *float64 `locationName:"blackDetectThreshold" type:"double"`

	// The amount of time (in milliseconds) that the active input must be black
	// before automatic input failover occurs.
	VideoBlackThresholdMsec *int64 `locationName:"videoBlackThresholdMsec" min:"1000" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (VideoBlackFailoverSettings) GoString added in v1.36.2 

func (s VideoBlackFailoverSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*VideoBlackFailoverSettings) SetBlackDetectThreshold added in v1.36.2 

func (s *VideoBlackFailoverSettings) SetBlackDetectThreshold(v float64) *VideoBlackFailoverSettings

SetBlackDetectThreshold sets the BlackDetectThreshold field's value.

func (*VideoBlackFailoverSettings) SetVideoBlackThresholdMsec added in v1.36.2 

func (s *VideoBlackFailoverSettings) SetVideoBlackThresholdMsec(v int64) *VideoBlackFailoverSettings

SetVideoBlackThresholdMsec sets the VideoBlackThresholdMsec field's value.

func (VideoBlackFailoverSettings) String added in v1.36.2 

func (s VideoBlackFailoverSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*VideoBlackFailoverSettings) Validate added in v1.36.2 

func (s *VideoBlackFailoverSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type VideoCodecSettings 

type VideoCodecSettings struct {

	// Frame Capture Settings
	FrameCaptureSettings *FrameCaptureSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureSettings" type:"structure"`

	// H264 Settings
	H264Settings *H264Settings `locationName:"h264Settings" type:"structure"`

	// H265 Settings
	H265Settings *H265Settings `locationName:"h265Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Mpeg2 Settings
	Mpeg2Settings *Mpeg2Settings `locationName:"mpeg2Settings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Video Codec Settings

func (VideoCodecSettings) GoString 

func (s VideoCodecSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*VideoCodecSettings) SetFrameCaptureSettings added in v1.16.26 

func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetFrameCaptureSettings(v *FrameCaptureSettings) *VideoCodecSettings

SetFrameCaptureSettings sets the FrameCaptureSettings field's value.

func (*VideoCodecSettings) SetH264Settings 

func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetH264Settings(v *H264Settings) *VideoCodecSettings

SetH264Settings sets the H264Settings field's value.

func (*VideoCodecSettings) SetH265Settings added in v1.23.21 

func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetH265Settings(v *H265Settings) *VideoCodecSettings

SetH265Settings sets the H265Settings field's value.

func (*VideoCodecSettings) SetMpeg2Settings added in v1.35.7 

func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetMpeg2Settings(v *Mpeg2Settings) *VideoCodecSettings

SetMpeg2Settings sets the Mpeg2Settings field's value.

func (VideoCodecSettings) String 

func (s VideoCodecSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*VideoCodecSettings) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *VideoCodecSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type VideoDescription 

type VideoDescription struct {

	// Video codec settings.
	CodecSettings *VideoCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Output video height, in pixels. Must be an even number. For most codecs,
	// you can leave this field and width blank in order to use the height and width
	// (resolution) from the source. Note, however, that leaving blank is not recommended.
	// For the Frame Capture codec, height and width are required.
	Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"`

	// The name of this VideoDescription. Outputs will use this name to uniquely
	// identify this Description. Description names should be unique within this
	// Live Event.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Indicates how MediaLive will respond to the AFD values that might be in the
	// input video. If you do not know what AFD signaling is, or if your downstream
	// system has not given you guidance, choose PASSTHROUGH.RESPOND: MediaLive
	// clips the input video using a formula that uses the AFD values (configured
	// in afdSignaling ), the input display aspect ratio, and the output display
	// aspect ratio. MediaLive also includes the AFD values in the output, unless
	// the codec for this encode is FRAME_CAPTURE.PASSTHROUGH: MediaLive ignores
	// the AFD values and does not clip the video. But MediaLive does include the
	// values in the output.NONE: MediaLive does not clip the input video and does
	// not include the AFD values in the output
	RespondToAfd *string `locationName:"respondToAfd" type:"string" enum:"VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd"`

	// STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT configures the output position to stretch the video to
	// the specified output resolution (height and width). This option will override
	// any position value. DEFAULT may insert black boxes (pillar boxes or letter
	// boxes) around the video to provide the specified output resolution.
	ScalingBehavior *string `locationName:"scalingBehavior" type:"string" enum:"VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior"`

	// Changes the strength of the anti-alias filter used for scaling. 0 is the
	// softest setting, 100 is the sharpest. A setting of 50 is recommended for
	// most content.
	Sharpness *int64 `locationName:"sharpness" type:"integer"`

	// Output video width, in pixels. Must be an even number. For most codecs, you
	// can leave this field and height blank in order to use the height and width
	// (resolution) from the source. Note, however, that leaving blank is not recommended.
	// For the Frame Capture codec, height and width are required.
	Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Video settings for this stream.

func (VideoDescription) GoString 

func (s VideoDescription) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*VideoDescription) SetCodecSettings 

func (s *VideoDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *VideoCodecSettings) *VideoDescription

SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value.

func (*VideoDescription) SetHeight 

func (s *VideoDescription) SetHeight(v int64) *VideoDescription

SetHeight sets the Height field's value.

func (*VideoDescription) SetName 

func (s *VideoDescription) SetName(v string) *VideoDescription

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*VideoDescription) SetRespondToAfd 

func (s *VideoDescription) SetRespondToAfd(v string) *VideoDescription

SetRespondToAfd sets the RespondToAfd field's value.

func (*VideoDescription) SetScalingBehavior 

func (s *VideoDescription) SetScalingBehavior(v string) *VideoDescription

SetScalingBehavior sets the ScalingBehavior field's value.

func (*VideoDescription) SetSharpness 

func (s *VideoDescription) SetSharpness(v int64) *VideoDescription

SetSharpness sets the Sharpness field's value.

func (*VideoDescription) SetWidth 

func (s *VideoDescription) SetWidth(v int64) *VideoDescription

SetWidth sets the Width field's value.

func (VideoDescription) String 

func (s VideoDescription) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*VideoDescription) Validate added in v1.13.10 

func (s *VideoDescription) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type VideoSelector 

type VideoSelector struct {

	// Specifies the color space of an input. This setting works in tandem with
	// colorSpaceUsage and a video description's colorSpaceSettingsChoice to determine
	// if any conversion will be performed.
	ColorSpace *string `locationName:"colorSpace" type:"string" enum:"VideoSelectorColorSpace"`

	// Color space settings
	ColorSpaceSettings *VideoSelectorColorSpaceSettings `locationName:"colorSpaceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Applies only if colorSpace is a value other than follow. This field controls
	// how the value in the colorSpace field will be used. fallback means that when
	// the input does include color space data, that data will be used, but when
	// the input has no color space data, the value in colorSpace will be used.
	// Choose fallback if your input is sometimes missing color space data, but
	// when it does have color space data, that data is correct. force means to
	// always use the value in colorSpace. Choose force if your input usually has
	// no color space data or might have unreliable color space data.
	ColorSpaceUsage *string `locationName:"colorSpaceUsage" type:"string" enum:"VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage"`

	// The video selector settings.
	SelectorSettings *VideoSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies a particular video stream within an input source. An input may have only a single video selector.

func (VideoSelector) GoString 

func (s VideoSelector) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*VideoSelector) SetColorSpace 

func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpace(v string) *VideoSelector

SetColorSpace sets the ColorSpace field's value.

func (*VideoSelector) SetColorSpaceSettings added in v1.38.5 

func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpaceSettings(v *VideoSelectorColorSpaceSettings) *VideoSelector

SetColorSpaceSettings sets the ColorSpaceSettings field's value.

func (*VideoSelector) SetColorSpaceUsage 

func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpaceUsage(v string) *VideoSelector

SetColorSpaceUsage sets the ColorSpaceUsage field's value.

func (*VideoSelector) SetSelectorSettings 

func (s *VideoSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *VideoSelectorSettings) *VideoSelector

SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value.

func (VideoSelector) String 

func (s VideoSelector) String() string

String returns the string representation

type VideoSelectorColorSpaceSettings added in v1.38.5 

type VideoSelectorColorSpaceSettings struct {

	// Hdr10 Settings
	Hdr10Settings *Hdr10Settings `locationName:"hdr10Settings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Video Selector Color Space Settings

func (VideoSelectorColorSpaceSettings) GoString added in v1.38.5 

func (s VideoSelectorColorSpaceSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*VideoSelectorColorSpaceSettings) SetHdr10Settings added in v1.38.5 

func (s *VideoSelectorColorSpaceSettings) SetHdr10Settings(v *Hdr10Settings) *VideoSelectorColorSpaceSettings

SetHdr10Settings sets the Hdr10Settings field's value.

func (VideoSelectorColorSpaceSettings) String added in v1.38.5 

func (s VideoSelectorColorSpaceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type VideoSelectorPid 

type VideoSelectorPid struct {

	// Selects a specific PID from within a video source.
	Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Video Selector Pid

func (VideoSelectorPid) GoString 

func (s VideoSelectorPid) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*VideoSelectorPid) SetPid 

func (s *VideoSelectorPid) SetPid(v int64) *VideoSelectorPid

SetPid sets the Pid field's value.

func (VideoSelectorPid) String 

func (s VideoSelectorPid) String() string

String returns the string representation

type VideoSelectorProgramId 

type VideoSelectorProgramId struct {

	// Selects a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream.
	// If the program doesn't exist, the first program within the transport stream
	// will be selected by default.
	ProgramId *int64 `locationName:"programId" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Video Selector Program Id

func (VideoSelectorProgramId) GoString 

func (s VideoSelectorProgramId) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*VideoSelectorProgramId) SetProgramId 

func (s *VideoSelectorProgramId) SetProgramId(v int64) *VideoSelectorProgramId

SetProgramId sets the ProgramId field's value.

func (VideoSelectorProgramId) String 

func (s VideoSelectorProgramId) String() string

String returns the string representation

type VideoSelectorSettings 

type VideoSelectorSettings struct {

	// Video Selector Pid
	VideoSelectorPid *VideoSelectorPid `locationName:"videoSelectorPid" type:"structure"`

	// Video Selector Program Id
	VideoSelectorProgramId *VideoSelectorProgramId `locationName:"videoSelectorProgramId" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Video Selector Settings

func (VideoSelectorSettings) GoString 

func (s VideoSelectorSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*VideoSelectorSettings) SetVideoSelectorPid 

func (s *VideoSelectorSettings) SetVideoSelectorPid(v *VideoSelectorPid) *VideoSelectorSettings

SetVideoSelectorPid sets the VideoSelectorPid field's value.

func (*VideoSelectorSettings) SetVideoSelectorProgramId 

func (s *VideoSelectorSettings) SetVideoSelectorProgramId(v *VideoSelectorProgramId) *VideoSelectorSettings

SetVideoSelectorProgramId sets the VideoSelectorProgramId field's value.

func (VideoSelectorSettings) String 

func (s VideoSelectorSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type VpcOutputSettings added in v1.37.1 

type VpcOutputSettings struct {

	// List of public address allocation ids to associate with ENIs that will be
	// created in Output VPC.Must specify one for SINGLE_PIPELINE, two for STANDARD
	// channels
	PublicAddressAllocationIds []*string `locationName:"publicAddressAllocationIds" type:"list"`

	// A list of up to 5 EC2 VPC security group IDs to attach to the Output VPC
	// network interfaces.If none are specified then the VPC default security group
	// will be used
	SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"securityGroupIds" type:"list"`

	// A list of VPC subnet IDs from the same VPC.If STANDARD channel, subnet IDs
	// must be mapped to two unique availability zones (AZ).
	//
	// SubnetIds is a required field
	SubnetIds []*string `locationName:"subnetIds" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The properties for a private VPC OutputWhen this property is specified, the output egress addresses will be created in a user specified VPC

func (VpcOutputSettings) GoString added in v1.37.1 

func (s VpcOutputSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*VpcOutputSettings) SetPublicAddressAllocationIds added in v1.37.1 

func (s *VpcOutputSettings) SetPublicAddressAllocationIds(v []*string) *VpcOutputSettings

SetPublicAddressAllocationIds sets the PublicAddressAllocationIds field's value.

func (*VpcOutputSettings) SetSecurityGroupIds added in v1.37.1 

func (s *VpcOutputSettings) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *VpcOutputSettings

SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.

func (*VpcOutputSettings) SetSubnetIds added in v1.37.1 

func (s *VpcOutputSettings) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *VpcOutputSettings

SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.

func (VpcOutputSettings) String added in v1.37.1 

func (s VpcOutputSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*VpcOutputSettings) Validate added in v1.37.1 

func (s *VpcOutputSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type VpcOutputSettingsDescription added in v1.38.14 

type VpcOutputSettingsDescription struct {

	// The Availability Zones where the vpc subnets are located.The first Availability
	// Zone applies to the first subnet in the list of subnets.The second Availability
	// Zone applies to the second subnet.
	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"`

	// A list of Elastic Network Interfaces created by MediaLive in the customer's
	// VPC
	NetworkInterfaceIds []*string `locationName:"networkInterfaceIds" type:"list"`

	// A list of up EC2 VPC security group IDs attached to the Output VPC network
	// interfaces.
	SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"securityGroupIds" type:"list"`

	// A list of VPC subnet IDs from the same VPC.If STANDARD channel, subnet IDs
	// must be mapped to two unique availability zones (AZ).
	SubnetIds []*string `locationName:"subnetIds" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The properties for a private VPC Output

func (VpcOutputSettingsDescription) GoString added in v1.38.14 

func (s VpcOutputSettingsDescription) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*VpcOutputSettingsDescription) SetAvailabilityZones added in v1.38.14 

func (s *VpcOutputSettingsDescription) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *VpcOutputSettingsDescription

SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.

func (*VpcOutputSettingsDescription) SetNetworkInterfaceIds added in v1.38.14 

func (s *VpcOutputSettingsDescription) SetNetworkInterfaceIds(v []*string) *VpcOutputSettingsDescription

SetNetworkInterfaceIds sets the NetworkInterfaceIds field's value.

func (*VpcOutputSettingsDescription) SetSecurityGroupIds added in v1.38.14 

func (s *VpcOutputSettingsDescription) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *VpcOutputSettingsDescription

SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.

func (*VpcOutputSettingsDescription) SetSubnetIds added in v1.38.14 

func (s *VpcOutputSettingsDescription) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *VpcOutputSettingsDescription

SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.

func (VpcOutputSettingsDescription) String added in v1.38.14 

func (s VpcOutputSettingsDescription) String() string

String returns the string representation

type WavSettings added in v1.35.7 

type WavSettings struct {

	// Bits per sample.
	BitDepth *float64 `locationName:"bitDepth" type:"double"`

	// The audio coding mode for the WAV audio. The mode determines the number of
	// channels in the audio.
	CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"WavCodingMode"`

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *float64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Wav Settings

func (WavSettings) GoString added in v1.35.7 

func (s WavSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*WavSettings) SetBitDepth added in v1.35.7 

func (s *WavSettings) SetBitDepth(v float64) *WavSettings

SetBitDepth sets the BitDepth field's value.

func (*WavSettings) SetCodingMode added in v1.35.7 

func (s *WavSettings) SetCodingMode(v string) *WavSettings

SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.

func (*WavSettings) SetSampleRate added in v1.35.7 

func (s *WavSettings) SetSampleRate(v float64) *WavSettings

SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.

func (WavSettings) String added in v1.35.7 

func (s WavSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type WebvttDestinationSettings 

type WebvttDestinationSettings struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Webvtt Destination Settings

func (WebvttDestinationSettings) GoString 

func (s WebvttDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (WebvttDestinationSettings) String 

func (s WebvttDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis
Package medialiveiface provides an interface to enable mocking the AWS Elemental MediaLive service client for testing your code.
 Package medialiveiface provides an interface to enable mocking the AWS Elemental MediaLive service client for testing your code.

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.